Chapter 42

To Song’s mild embarrassment, she did not figure out why Commodore Trivedi was being so unpleasant before Wen told her.

“The Gallant Enterprise was diverted to pick us up at Port Allazei,” the large man said. “She’s miffed that the flagship of her flotilla – and herself along with it – was made to play ferry for students and officers of lesser rank.”

“None of us had any influence on that order,” Song pointed out.

Not even Commander Tredegar, with his gold and connections, would have been able to influence the deployment of one of the Garrison fleets. The admiralty was infamously territorial.

“Trivedi’s in no position to take out her anger on those above,” Captain Wen shrugged. “So we get to bear the brunt of it instead. She’ll try to keep us off deck even when we near Asphodel, mark my words.”

It was not the retaliation that angered Song so much as the pettiness of it all. All the instructors aboard were members of a covenant: though they might not be of higher rank than Trivedi, the commodore was passing on useful connections out of foolish spite. Proving Wen right, along with word that Asphodel was in sight orders came down to stay below deck until the Gallant Enterprise had docked. Fortunately, the instructors were getting just as restless as the rest of them.

After half an hour of packing up their things and combing through their cabins to be sure nothing was left behind, the order was politely ignored. The brigades were made to line up in the hall and the instructors led them up to the deck like a line of lost ducklings.

“It is her ship,” Angharad quietly said. “She could have us all detained with a single order.”

The Thirteenth was at the back of the line, so  no one aside from Expendable was close enough to overhear – and the Malani seemed distracted, constantly pulling at his collar.

“She will not,” Song just as quietly replied. “That would have to be reported, and then the good commodore would have to explain why she saw fit to confine us in the first place.”

“She could invent a reason for it,” Angharad grimaced.

No doubt at the discomfort of calling a superior officer a liar even in a hypothetical.

“Which would be contested by a member of every covenant of the Watch, ensuring the matter would be thoroughly investigated,” Song pointed out. “It’s simply not worth it for her to push the matter.”

The Pereduri hummed in agreement.

“It is a poor leader who hands out punishment where it is easy instead of where it is deserved,” Angharad finally said.

Strong language, coming from her. As predicted the commodore was furious but she did not risk a confrontation and instead sent stiff-faced officers to inform the instructors that passengers were to head to the forecastle, where they would not be in the way of her crew. The crew was doing fine, in Song’s eyes, and there was plenty of room. Yet much like it would be too much trouble Commodore Trivedi to push the matter of their coming, it would be the same to defy her repeatedly.

The brigades and instructors moved to the front of the ship, beneath the sails, and while the older blackcloaks huddled in a circle passing around what looked suspiciously like a flask of liquor the students were left to their own devices. The sight of a tall, burning light in the distance brought home how soon they would be arriving, so general nerves put paid to any notion of politicking.

“That light is the Collegium, I assume?” Tristan asked.

He was squinting into the wind, though occasionally his gaze drifted. Perhaps looking for Sakkas, the increasingly suspicious bird that had reportedly followed them from Tolomontera.

“It is,” Song confirmed. “And only so visible because we are during the Asphodelian night.”

The capital had been built by the Antediluvians, so it was no surprise that the firmament above it provided Glare to the island. Night and day in Asphodel were regional, if not all that complex: one great Glare light shone down on thirds of the island for eight hours at a time, laterally, while another larger but shallower light swept through the center of the island vertically before disappearing in the sea to the south, later reappearing in the waters to the north to resume it slow downwards journey.

In practice, Tratheke and the surrounding valley had a day and night of twelve hours while the eastern and western thirds of the island had staggered eight hour ‘days’ and must make do with lamps for the rest. The old histories claimed the entire island had once had the same twelve-hour days, but that when the Second Empire ransacked the place they had knocked askew one of the mechanisms and created the discrepancy.

Song was not sure she believed that. While Liergan had undoubtedly crippled Asphodel in ways that resounded to this day, it was equally true that Asphodelian histories tended to blame any and all troubles on the Second Empire.

With the wind at their back and the waters around Asphodel largely free of dangers – Raseni pirates occasionally sailed the region, but even the boldest reavers would steer clear of a flotilla flying the black – they made good time to the Lordsport. While their gazes had naturally been drawn to the eastern third of the island, where a great curtain of Glare light faintly tinted gold fell like rain, the lanterns of Asphodel’s largest and wealthiest port soon claimed their attention instead.

Tratheke proper was further inland, but it was connected to the port by a massive Antediluvian causeway so the Lordsport was usually considered part of the capital even though it should rightly be counted as an outlying town. Not that that any such mundane concerns claimed so much as a thimble’s worth of room in the mind of Song Ren when finally the port came into the sight. The Tianxi had seen one of the largest ports built by the hands of men, in Mazu, so she had thought herself prepared.

Only the Lordsport had not been built by the hands of mere men.

The structure towered over a cliff, a gargantuan hangar with two levels: one at water height and the other at the summit of the cliff. Its frame was a brass alloy keeping up a curved ceiling made from massive panes of glass, and the length extended past the edge of the cliff and over the water, where brass walls descended into the deeps.

It formed a kind of interior harbor at the bottom, its water eaten away at by the teeth-liked lengths of the stone docks, but the true wonder of it was the machines. The space between every dock had metal frames in the water into which ships could slide, and intricate clockwork mechanisms sprouting out of the cliffsides brought up the hidden underwater platforms on which the frames rested all the way up to the top of the cliff – where matching docks waited hundreds of feet in the air, jutting from the top of the cliff like upper teeth to the jaw.

A large carrack was beginning to descend from its perch as the Gallant Enterprise sailed into port, the brass pistons beneath the platform letting out huffs of steam as they smoothly lowered the ship back to the water.

“What utter madness,” Angharad murmured.

“There are ten such platforms, though only eight still work,” Song told her. “Raseni ships shot at the cliffside clockwork last time the duchy was at war with the Rectorate, and despite Tianxi mechanists being sent for the best they could achieve was prevent the damage from worsening.”

“There’s lifts at the bottom of the cliff,” Tristan noted. “I’m guessing those are used to bring up everything that’s not a ship.”

She confirmed as much with a nod.

“Those are modern work, not ancient, and have been rebuilt larger half a dozen times,” Song informed him.

“Would have been smarter to just make a port where there wasn’t a cliff,” Maryam grunted. “So much for the wisdom of the ancients.”

She shot the other woman an amused look.

“The cliff at the summit of the Lordsport is the end of a great metal hall that connects directly to Tratheke,” Song informed her. “The city is at almost the same height as the top of the cliff, which I expect is why the port was built this way.”

“A metal hall?” Angharad prompted, cocking her head to the side.

“About a mile long. It had once had great carts pushed along furrows in the floor by aether engines, but both carts and engines were taken by Liergan,” she said. “Now it is a glorified road, though one free of rain and well suited to carriages.”

Which in and of itself was still worth envying. Keeping a widely travelled road between the Lordsport and the capital proper in a fit state for commerce would not be inexpensive – the Republic of Mazu was a largely coastal territory, but the upkeep of its share of the old royal highways was said to be a costly thing. Shouts sounded as the Gallant Enterprise began to pull into port, so Song shook off the distraction.

Soon they would make landfall, and the moment they did their tests would begin. This was where it began, she knew. Where she either took the first step in pulling the Ren out of the pit, or where she fell into it with the rest of her family.  Song clenched her fists.

She would not fail, because she could not afford to.

Tristan would admit to being somewhat grateful the ship was not going to be brought up the cliff.

While his mind knew that the machinery would not fail, that it was Antediluvian work that’d worked for centuries and no doubt been studied by generations of mechanists for the slightest loose gear, his blood ran cold at the thought of being on a ship lifted like some kitten picked up by the scruff of the neck. Fortunately, as the Gallant Enterprise was a warship and had not come to Asphodel to trade there was little to unload onto the Lordsport docks save students and instructors.

Commodore Trivedi gave them a cursory nod as goodbye, then headed back to the aftcastle. She shouted orders to prepare for immediate departure so the ship might make shore near Stheno’s Peak and disgorge the garrison soldiers it was ferrying as well. That, however, was not the thief’s concern. The pack of dockworkers, soldiers and the one richly dressed woman on the docks were. The Rectorate had left a delegation to wait at the Lordsport for the blackcloaks it’d contracted.

The money took the lead, as tended to be the way of things.

“Welcome, welcome,” the fair-haired woman called out. “It is Asphodel’s great pleasure to welcome the Watch to its shores.”

Tristan looked her up and down, raising an eyebrow. Merchant. The Rectorate, like most of Trebian nations, had its own sumptuary laws – on top of the Sacromontan ones, which they were all bound to follow through the Treaty of Blancaflor – and Hage had drilled both he and Cressida on their details. Not only would it help them tell the standing of those they faced, it was necessary knowledge should they intend on disguising themselves. Those lessons were how Tristan could now tell that the stranger was walking a very fine line.

Oh, the ocher dress was merely opulent but there were little details. Malani wax-print clothes were for nobles only, but the blonde woman wore only a capelet of checkered blue-white-ocher – which, by local law, would count as an accessory instead. Only highborn could wear more than a single piece of gold jewelry, so she wore a golden hair chain that curved behind the ear to take the appearance of dangling earrings then looped around the neck to become a layered chain necklace.

It must be wildly expensive and so impractical that to put on it must require a maid, but still a single piece of jewelry. The wealth and clear intent to thumb the nose at the Asphodel sumptuary laws told him who was standing on the docks long before she finished her introduction: a member of the Trade Assembly, the island’s great merchant magnates.

Captain Oratile was the one to step forward to answer her, the Malani’s bag hoisted up against her shoulder.

“A pleasant reception,” she blandly replied. “May I know whom I address?”

“I am Mistress Maria Anastos, owner of a trifling few ships,” the stranger said. “I came to oversee some matters at port, and since our Lord Rector could not spare someone of proper standing to greet you I thought to lend him a hand in the matter.”

He discreetly rolled his eyes at Song, whose lips twitched. If she had not been waiting for them he would eat his own hat – and he’d gotten his tricorn back, so it was not an oath to take lightly. Several officers among the soldiers looked angry at her words, but the richly armored middle-aged woman they kept looking at only seemed bored. Bribed, if he had to guess. Not that it was unexpected for the Trade Assembly to have sunk its claws into the top officers of the greatest trade port in Asphodel.

“Unnecessary courtesy, Mistress Anastos,” Captain Oratile blandly said. “The formal delegation from the Rookery has yet to arrive, we are here on contract.”

“Ah, but I hear you are from the infamous Scolomancia,” Maria Anastos lightly said. “How spendthrift of our ruler, to entrust the safety of our homes to students. Why, I simply had to take a look at these valiant youths.”

Not without reason did foreign rulers tolerate the Watch sending out green students on contracts: the blackcloaks waved all costs on them. It helped only lesser contracts were picked for the tests, the sort where failure would not have disastrous effects. Tristan had thought it a recent scheme, but Song informed him the practice was old as the school. The Watch liked to use it as a tool of diplomacy, handing a few free favors to regional powers it wanted to get in good with.

“Our handpicked candidates thank you for the praise,” Captain Oratile said, sounding faintly bored even as she remained perfectly polite.

There was a flicker of irritation in the magnate’s blue eyes before she put on a smile.

“I look forward to hearing of their performance,” she said, then paused as if a thought had just occurred to her. “The lay of Tratheke can be difficult to grasp, for newcomers. It would not do for watchmen to get lost, so you are all welcome to visit the trading hall at any time for… directions.”

Even as she spoke her gaze swept across the brigades, as if to make clear the students would be able to accept that invitation when instructors were not around. As if satisfied by whatever she saw, the magnate then nodded.

“May you fare well on Asphodel, rooks,” Maria Anastos said.

She turned and strode away, calling for one of her escorts to have her carriage readied, and left them to stand there awkwardly with the soldiers and dockworkers. The captain settled matters with these quickly, in contrast to the affair just ended, and within moments they were walking up the docks to the bottom of the Lordsport with a sergeant for escort.

Even at this late hour Tristan found there were men out and about. The guards looked half asleep, save for those standing near three docked warships that must belong to the Asphodel home fleet, but the foot of the cliff was livelier. Past the stone docks they came onto a metal floor, some alloy of iron and brass almost warm to the touch – though it could only be seen in patches, covered by generations of dust and dirt as it was.

Beyond the stretch of warehouses and customs halls waited a sprawling bazaar, half its shops still open if largely deserted. It was full of the staples of the western Trebian, Sarayan spices and Cratesi silverwork displayed along with Kastei jugs of oil and wine, but also of goods from further abroad. Expensive Tianxi porcelain and ceramics, set atop a tide of cheap workshop goods. Most of these were peddled by locals, he gauged, but there was a surprising number of merchants with the Cathayan look about them.

It was one thing to hear that the Republics had become one of the greatest trade partners of Asphodel, another to see it at work.

It was perhaps fifteen minutes on foot, carrying their affairs – the black cloaks and heavy armaments earned quite a few stares – to one of the lifts. That one was guarded by a pair of soldiers instead of dockworkers, neither of which argued with the sergeant who ushered them onto the platform. There was a railing around the edges, at least, thank the gods. Tristan found himself clutching it a little tight as the lift gate was closed behind the last of them and the soldier lit a large red lantern.

A minute later there was a sudden twitch from the platform beneath their feet and it began to rise.

Maryam nudged him, as if to comfort, and he sighed. He chose to distract himself by looking up at the ceiling of the great hangar over their heads, the river of lanterns and lamplights there almost soothing to the eye. The lift was blessedly swift in getting them up the cliff, and even more blessedly a smooth ride beyond that first bump. It clicked into place after reaching the top, the sergeant opening the gate on the opposite side and ushering them out.

Though the hour was late and most of them growing tired, many still stared as they walked out. It was worth a second look, Tristan would concede: from out at sea it had been difficult to grasp how utterly massive the hangar in which the Lordsport had been built truly was. It was tall enough that bird nested and wind flowed as if it were the sky, perhaps even tall enough for clouds.

The second half of the trading town was sleepier than the first, and in truth less impressive. There were markets here, and warehouses, but not the likes of a bazaar – too large, too empty. The sort where great merchants would trade entire shipfuls instead of haggle over trinkets. There were also a great deal of stone and wood houses, easily thrice as many as there had been at the bottom of the cliff. Most the locals must live here, Tristan figured.

Besides the hangar itself, the most eye-catching part was the great boulevard that effectively split the upper town in two. It had three pairs of deep furrows carved into it, as Song had told them, though now they were mostly full of mud and dirt. It was impressively wide, at least four carriages wide, and steel markers put in the ground kept its immediate surroundings clear of all structures for what looked like around twenty feet.

It was easy to see why the causeway was considered the heart of the upper town: after cutting through the halves, it continued in a straight line for the rest of the hangar and onto the long hallway that Song had told them of. The one heading to the capital proper.

The sergeant guided them to the start of the causeway, which had been turned into a town square of sorts. There was room there for bringing in large trade goods, but it was clearly not the focus: on the three sides of the square crowded halls filled with carriages and wheelhouses. Many were for rent, transport companies, but the blackcloaks were instead led to the largest of the halls where soldiers stood guard. Transport had been arranged by the Lord Rector.

Each brigade shoved into a small carriage while the instructors settled into a large wheelhouse. Their bags went atop the roof, safely secured, and they settled in for the ride. There were windows with shutters on them and the cushioned benches smelled of mildew but were comfortable besides. Tristan took the bottom left corner, Angharad sitting across from him and Maryam to his side. It took but a few minutes before all five of the carriages  began to head down the leftmost third of the road – which, Song told them, was meant for the use of foreigners – but Maryam had already toppled headfirst into sleep. She snored daintily, hood bunched behind her head like a pillow, and Tristan unclasped his cloak to drape over her as a sheet.

He avoided looking either Song or Angharad in the eyes afterwards, though he still caught sight of a grin or two.

Through the open shutters he watched as they left the town behind. The Lordsport filled barely a third of the room atop the cliff, so large it was, and the rest had been abandoned to weeds and sinuous cypress trees grown from the thin earth over the metal floor. There were guardhouses on each side of the entrance to the grand hallway, which must be tall as a four-story house, so that Asphodel could close access at will.

More interesting was the beginning of the hall past them, which bore a great statue on either side every thirty feet or so. Behind the stone were painted poems in strange letters vaguely reminiscent of cryptoglyphs, written in gold.

“Ancient rulers of Asphodel,” Song quietly told him. “Going back to the times before the Second Empire, though the statues were only commissioned during the Succession Wars.”

“There are quite a few children,” Angharad noted.

“It is their appearance when they come to rule that is displayed, by custom,” Song said.

Tristan did not bother count them, though he would venture more than a hundred had been placed, but he took note of when the statues ended and the walls became painted instead. Lord Rector Evander’s statue must have been on the other side, as he doubted the old woman on his was the supposedly young male ruler of Asphodel.

The painted walls were a beautiful piece of work, colored with a taste for the red and the yellow. The centerpiece of it was a seemingly endless knot of serpents biting each other’s tails, patterns repeating even as what was around them changed, and it took him a moment to realize the cleverness of it. It was painted so that, when the statues caught up to patterns they could be scraped off to make room for the letters and the next-to-last snake biting could seamlessly become the last.

There was little excitement to be had going through the great hallway, not even a bumpy ride given how perfect and flat the metal floor was. There had been lights hanging above at the start, but as they went further out these became rarer and rarer until they ceased entirely and only the lanterns of their coach lit the path ahead. It became an almost lonely thing, their five isles of lights traveling alone in the dark.

They spent around twenty minutes at a fine pace before they began to slow, Tristan opening the shutters to pop out his head and see what was ahead. The Thirteenth’s carriage was last in the procession, but he could still see ahead by virtue of the lights on the ceiling resuming: they had reached the end hallway, where a fort stood and soldiers waited on the road near a wooden barricade blocking the way. The carriages stopped in front of the barricade, forming a line.

The handful of soldiers there wore thick coats with a long sleeveless chainmail vest over them, and two rows of tied steel plaques going around the torso. The mail collar was the most eye-catching part, lined as it was with red silk, but the greaves worn over the breeches displayed ornate owls glaring ahead so they were a close second.

“Why owls?” he muttered.

Even the Guardia preferred fearsome beasts to put on their armor, when they could afford to put anything at all. Tredegar leaned in, flicking a look through the window and humming in understanding as she noticed the greaves.

“The owl is the heraldic beast of House Palliades,” she told him. “If these men wear such greaves then they are not simple soldiers but lictors.”

The personal army of the Lord Rector, doubling as the Tratheke city watch. It was an odd notion to Tristan, having one’s troops patrol the streets instead of a designated body of men, but he was aware that Sacromonte was the oddity there. Most cities used garrisons to keep order in the streets, not guards. No doubt his home would have been the same, were all the houses of the Six not so deathly afraid that one of them would suborn such an army to overthrow the others.

Tristan cocked his head to the side, considering the nature of the port and the trade artery they had been traveling down.

“Makes sense,” he finally said. “The hall is where all the goods flowing into Tratheke pass through, they’d want the fort sitting atop it in the hands of the Lord Rector’s most trusted.”

“It does not surprise me that Asphodel has only ever been forced to submit by great powers,” Tredegar noted. “The Lordsport could easily be defended against a great host, and the northern shore of Tratheke Valley is sheer cliffs. Only by marching an army through the mountains can the capital feasibly be sieged.”

“Unfortunately for House Palliades, there are armies in the mountains,” Song spoke from the corner. “That is why the Council of Ministers exists.”

Nothing like a knife at a man’s throat to convince him of the virtues of sharing power. Occasionally the knife was put in the throat instead, true, but that was the price of going around calling your chair a throne.

“The rulers of this isle should have called their nobility to heel decades ago, by steel if need be,” Angharad opined. “Better a generation of weakness from the spent strength than a dozen decades of worsening rot.”

“Is that so?” he blandly smiled.

Better for House Palliades, perhaps, but hardly anyone else. Certainly not the thousands that would die in such a war. And for what? One noble putting the others in their place, what a grand prize for the commons. How did Ilaria’s old verse go again?

Lives like coppers, easy spent

Eternal glory’s bloody rent

And why not?

The silent statues of victors

Will outlast wailing mothers

“She’s right.”

His eyes swiveled to his side, where a half-asleep Maryam was watching the lictors with cold blue eyes.

“Leaving that kind of rot to fester in your nation invites in all manners of vermin,” she said. “Better a single great bloodbath to bind the land together than a hundred smaller ones when you are eaten up piece by piece.”

Angharad Tredegar’s face twitched, as if she were so unsure whether to be pleased or insulted so her face had attempted both simultaneously. Song clicked her tongue disapprovingly.

“There can be no virtuous empire, for the fundamental machinery of empire is evil,” she quoted.

Hear hear. The thing about evil, Tristan figured, was that it wasn’t a thing so much as the absence of a thing – so you couldn’t destroy it, not really. At best you could burn yourself like an oil lamp keeping it out, only sooner or later you’d burn out and the man after you might not bother. So most people, instead, they moved the evil around. Pushed it away from people they cared about and onto the people they didn’t.

It was the same with nations. Might be the Murk would be better were Sacromonte still queen of the Trebian Sea, if the wealth of Vesper’s greatest trade artery still flowed in with the tide. But then there’d be a dozen more Murks out there to pay for it, wouldn’t there? A rat could afford no truck with sympathy, or philosophy, but neither would Tristan sing the praises of shifting around evil like the pieces of some awful puzzle box.

“Tianxia is powerful enough to preach that gospel,” Maryam said. “But how many lesser realms ended up buried for it, Song?”

Song’s jaw clenched and she breathed in – only for Angharad to clear her throat.

“It appears there might be an issue with the guards,” she said, nodding at the shutters.

Tristan shot her an amused look, but given the stiff look on the faces of both other women that distraction was for the best. Commander Tredegar and Captain Oratile were talking with officers, or at least lictors wearing red feathers on their kettle-shaped steel helms. Oratile kept showing them papers, but the lictors were shrugging and gesturing at the inside of the fort. The Malani captain finally snapped off something in exasperation and stalked off, Commander Tredegar following with a frown.

But a minute later Osian Tredegar was knocking at the carriage door, telling them there would be a delay.

“Is there trouble with our papers?” Tredegar asked him through the open door.

“We’re being given the runaround,” Commander Tredegar said. “The officers say only the fort’s colonel can validate them but that he’s currently eating. He will be coming down only when his meal is finished.”

His niece frowned.

“We are here at the behest of the Lord Rector and the lictors are his personal troops,” she said. “Why would they insult us so?”

Tristan snorted. She was the noble-born of the Thirteenth, she should have been the one to catch on. Commander Tredegar turned a raised eyebrow on him, as if demanding he elaborate. Tristan saw no need to refuse a well-connected commander.

“That colonel is a lictor, but they’re also someone’s cousin,” he said.

The older Tredegar nodded approvingly.

“Most Asphodelian officers are nobly born, and all that rise so high must be,” he said. “Captain Oratile believes that the Council of Ministers is behind the delay.”

Song let out a noise of displeasure.

“This isn’t even aimed at us, is it?” she said. “Some Minister is shaking the Lord Rector’s cage by making it plain they can stop the movement of even those directly contracted by the throne.”

Commander Tredegar only smiled, neither agreeing nor disagreeing.

“We should be here for at least another half hour,” he said. “Take the time to stretch your legs – there are terraces at the end of the road, if you want a good look at the capital. It is quite the sight.”

Tristan flicked a glance the way of Song and Maryam, finding them still somewhat stiff, and decided to compassionately give them privacy to work it out. He was not at all fleeing behind Commander Tredegar out of fear of being dragged into it. The man’s niece was not far behind him. They were not the only ones emerging from their carriages, other students walking out onto the causeway, but aside from trading a nod with Cressida the thief paid them little mind.

It was the promised terrace that had his interest, so he walked past the carriages and the lictors to where the hall ended. On either side of the causeway were roofed terraces, overlooking the causeway sloping downwards into the valley for the last mile separating them from Tratheke. It continued past the end of the hall and through green fields, bare to the elements for the rest of the way. Tristan slipped into the left terrace, past a few seats and tables to the railing. Though there were storm clouds on the horizon the view of the capital was clear, and what a view it was.

Tratheke, he thought with something like awe, was not really a city.

Oh, there were people living in it but the dwellings had been built out of the bones of something older and grander. You could still see them peeking out, despite men’s best efforts: it had the sketched silhouette of great box, brass ribs closing in from the sides and forming four quarters with the Collegium in the middle. The solid surroundings parceled inwards, revealing how the old Antediluvian university had been filled: tall facades of stone and brass bearing a thousand burning gas lamps.

It was a city of lights, each of the quarters bearing so many tall-tiered edifices they felt like solid blocks of their own – intercut with the elegant, sinuous streets laid at their feet. The layout of it was too smooth, too pleasing to the eye. Tratheke had not grown, it had been crafted like some pretty trinket.

The districts all converged towards the Collegium at the center, a solid square of galleries and arched clocktowers that could only be entered through stone bridges far above the street. That assembly was a wonder in its own right, but here only a mere foundation: from it sprouted a massive cube of glass, filled with lights and taller than the tallest towers of Scholomance.

A brass tower could be glimpsed inside at the center, rising all the way to the center of the glass cube’s summit. There stood an elegant palace of brass and stone, surrounded by sprawling gardens, set atop the glass like a crown.

Ancestors.”

Angharad Tredegar took slow leaning on her cane for the rest of the way to the railing, coming to stand by his side. She looked awed, more than he would have expected. Was Isasha not one of the greatest cities in the world? They say there are few Antediluvian ruins in Malan, he then recalled. It may well be that Malan’s wealthy capital had none of those ancient works within its walls – though it may also be that she had never visited that city at all, coming from another of the isles.

“Wen told us the entire Collegium was once a single library, the greatest in the world,” Tristan idly said. “It made me imagine something smaller. Can you imagine the amount of books?”

“I cannot,” Angharad admitted. “Thousands, millions? It must have taken decades for the Second Empire to take them back to Liergan.”

They’d not taken everything, their patron had taught in his Saga class. Only the works they did not already have, which happened to be at least two thirds. It had still left Asphodel one of the greatest centers of learning in the world, but one that would never be able to challenge Liergan.

“Now those empty stacks are houses and shops instead,” he mused. “No wonder the smallest houses within go for a manor’s price – with the glass keeping out weather and seasons alike, it must be like living in a permanent mild summer.”

“That city cannot be entirely inhabited,” Angharad said. “It is simply too large – I am not sure half a million souls would be enough to fill it to brim. How could the Rectorate feed so many without beggaring itself bringing in grain?”

While, instead, Asphodel was known to export grain.

“Song told me that barely half is inhabited nowadays,” Tristan confirmed. “The northern outskirts of the city are what passes for slums here.”

Only the slums were well within the walls and the structures there would stand for another thousand years, so even the worst of the capital was more palatable than the best of many cities out in the Trebian Sea.

“I do not recall that conversation,” Angharad noted.

“It came up when she asked me to look into something for her,” he vaguely replied.

The Pereduri took the hint, not inquiring further. Tristan had no intention of telling her the matter had come up while they were discussing the Tratheke coteries, who mainly staked out their territories in the northern half of the capital since it was abandoned and the lictors cared little beyond keeping control of the gates and main avenues.

Hage said that being able to make their lairs out of grand old ruins had led to some delusions of grandeur, including the local word for coterie being ‘basilea’, a bastardized version of a cant term for kingdom. Tristan had a list of the painted signs to avoid and of the handful willing to talk with the Watch without first being held at blade point.

“Not that I mind the company,” he idly said, “but I expected you to…”

He gestured vaguely behind them.

“The others will be heading this way eventually, I expect,” Tredegar said.

He cocked an eyebrow at her, unblinking, and eventually she coughed into her fist.

“If I stayed back my uncle would have sought my company.”

Which should not have been a problem, given how well she got along with him, but flicking a look that way told him what it was she’d fled.

“Sergeant Kavia, huh,” Tristan said, lips twitching.

“She keeps bringing up how well we get along in our Skiritai classes,” Angharad said, sounding pained. “How I could do with someone around to help me polish my skills.”

“Innovative tactics,” Tristan gravely said. “As expected of our Warfare instructor.”

She shot him a plaintive look.

“Watchmen are expected to limit collateral damage,” Angharad complained.

“She does what must be done,” Tristan grimly said, squinting into the distance. “…to tumble your uncle.”

The genuinely disgusted look she made at that had him swallowing a grin.

“I do not believe he is interested, besides,” she said.

“There are hints,” he agreed.

“No small ones, if even you pick up on them,” Angharad teased.

That was rich, coming from a woman who’d yet to notice that Shalini Goel kept looking for excuses to put hands on her.

“I am not sure you are in a position to speak of subtlety in such matters,” he replied instead, sardonically quirking an eyebrow.

“It cannot be that obvious,” she grumbled, then cleared her throat. “We have never discussed it, but I’ve been informed that you are…”

“Disinterested?” Tristan shrugged. “Yes. Never saw the attraction in any of it.”

He occasionally felt an outpouring of physical affection, but nothing like the desire he had read about and seen aplenty.

“I have occasionally wondered if I might be seeing it too much,” Angharad sighed, looking out in the distance.

He hummed, keeping his gaze on her face.

“Is that what happened with Captain Imani?”

And that face closed like a pulled shutter – abruptly, almost angrily. Which was telling, he thought. There should have been little heat if he were asking about a former lover, but heat there was. The source of the anger, at a guess, was because he had turned a personal conversation into an interrogation. Yet it could only bean interrogation if she had something to hide in the first place.

So there was a corpse buried in the garden. Good to know. It was, in truth, a little reassuring. Knowing there were bones in her flower beds made the noblewoman more comfortable to be around, instead of a manslayer with no handle on her save arguing labyrinthine rules of honor. Where her shoulders had stiffened, a knot in his came loose.

“We have had disagreements of a personal nature,” Angharad said, gone stilted.

“Anything we should know about?” he asked.

“Should it prove necessary, you will be informed.”

Oof. Phrasing so precise he could cut himself on it. That was never a good sign with Angharad, best to step back and wait until he had a fresh angle to go digging again.

“Well, we all had our little adventures when we split off,” he easily said. “I don’t think Cressida has yet forgiven me for that time I drugged her and put her in a bath.”

Angharad blinked once, twice.

“You did what?” she asked.

Grinning, Tristan got to spinning his yarn even as in the back of his head the little voice got to wondering. This was not his first journey with Angharad Tredegar, see, and if the Dominion was any indication the noblewoman was not only unflinching but decisive in cutting all ties with those she held in disregard. Violently, of need be.

So if not sex, what was it that made Imani Langa an exception to that?

Maryam could not quite stop tapping her foot, which was visibly irritating Song. Yet every time the pale-skinned woman ceased a few moments later she realized she’d begun again without noticing. The discomfort had begun at the Lordsport, she figured, but it’d been fainter there. It would be, when so close to the sea. The moment they left the great metal hallway, though, there was nothing faint about the way the local aether had been mangled.

And mangled was a word she chose with care, as the damage here was not so simple as a cut or a hole. It felt like… haphazard rips, a calm lake sometimes suddenly turning into harsh rapids or a waterfall or shipkilling reefs. The aether churned around the wounds like a furious sea, spilling and foaming. All matter of aether creatures could hide in such places, if they felt like it, but the worse was that Maryam could see it all coming.

Feel herself approaching the rapids, pulling in her nav and flinching at the battering she was about to sense. Like a gut punch that took ten minutes to hit your belly, its coming inevitable.

She took to winding her nav around her rings just to distract herself between the wounds, slipping on three and pulling tight. The creature, though, was agitated. Invigorated by the way the aether was here, perhaps? It pulled at even a mere three rake-rings, though not enough to hurt itself. Just enough for Maryam to feel the nudge, and she could not help but feel as if she were being taunted.

It is not clever enough for that, she reminded herself. Instinct is not malice. Not that the former endeared her any more than the latter.

The outskirts of the capital, at least, were a windless pond. She released the rings, putting them away, and stirred herself to gaze through the shutters at the streets their caravan of carriages passed through. Tratheke was a strange place, she decided after they passed the outer wall through one of the myriad gates facing the south, half of which went unguarded.

The city felt… lifeless. Sterile. Clean stone facades and bright brassy lamps filled every corner, some sort of strange green glass filling the windows of shops and houses alike. It felt as if no building was willing to settle for being a mere single story tall when it could be four, and even the Glare lamplights towered high as ten men standing on each other’s shoulders. Such wealth on display, but then it did not truly seem like the city’s.

What mortals had brought here was wooden shutters, straw and dirt in the streets. The men of Asphodel could lay claim only to the filth streaking the bottom of towering edifices and old structures gutted so they could be stripped of stone and gleaming brass. Rats infesting a city of gods, Maryam thought. What a life it must be, knowing that the best of everything you owned was older than the very tongue you spoke. That the finest things your fellows could make were still dross.

It was no fit life, living forever in the shadows of the Antediluvians. The first of the Izvoric had been wise when they fled the wars over the holds in the highlands to settle on the coast. The highlanders had grown wealthy and powerful, turning those ancient ruins into fortress-cities, but Maryam saw only a slow poison in it. Volcesta might have been a dirty, sprawling mess but its people had looked ahead instead of back.

Their lodgings for the night, and possibly much of their time in Asphodel, awaited deep inside the city. Not far from the edge of the Collegium, though not inside it. The Black House had been described to her as more compound than hostel, filling an entire city block. A relic of the time where the Watch had been almost as influential on this isle as the Lord Rectors themselves.

It was easy to recognize when they’d reached the place, even by lamplight: the tall, four-story tall edifice had its shutters and gates painted black. Rain must have touched the paint, once upon a time, as faded trails of shade spilled beneath every window like cosmetics gone wet. Even though the Black House was of the same stone and brass and glass as every building around it, those small touches were enough to lend it a mournful air.

“Solid stone and few ways in or out,” Song mused. “A hundred watchmen could hold that place for months against an army, if they had to.”

“It is an eye-catching edifice, so let us hope there is some kind of backdoor,” Tristan grunted. “Else half the city will know anytime one of us goes for a walk.”

By which he meant going for a sneak, Maryam fondly thought. She doubted he’d ever met a rooftop he did not want to skulk on.

“All these streets look the same to me,” Tredegar admitted. “It’s the lamplights and bronze everywhere. I hope one of you is more discerning, for I expect I would get lost wandering in a coin flip’s span.”

Much as she wanted to make sport of the Pereduri for that, Maryam expected that if she could not navigate by feeling out the aether she would fare much the same. And would soon enough, because while the south of the city had been largely calm the Collegium ahead felt like a screaming whirlpool. The Second Empire must have ransacked that place down to the last dregs, and not gently either.

Black-painted gates opened after a shout from the lead coachman and the carriages filed in one after another, entering a wide courtyard where a few servants with touches of black to their gray livery immediately went about welcoming everyone.

“Local hires, not part of the Watch,” Tristan murmured. “Else they would wear entirely black.”

They did have that slight Asphodelian accent, with those teethy th sounds that stood out when speaking Antigua. A young woman with dark hair and a shapely silhouette that showed even in livery was assigned to bring the Thirteenth to their rooms and give them a look around Black House. Tristan lingered in the courtyard, though, and Maryam doubled back to see what that was about. He was standing by the large carriage, looking inside.

“Something wrong?” she asked.

“Hage never came out of the instructor carriage,” he said, sounding amused. “And it is now empty.”

“Masks,” she said, rolling her eyes. “Where would he even go off to, if not here?”

“I expect he’s already preparing to open a Chimerical here in the capital,” Tristan replied. “I will have to look for it sometime in the next few days if I am to continue my lessons.”

“Your classes are terrible,” she informed him.

A cocked eyebrow.

“Yours are taught in a horrible eldritch dark hole that tries to make you kill yourself,” he countered.

That was an unfortunately solid argument, so instead of committing to a doomed defense Maryam went on the offensive.

“Thievery is wrong,” she informed him. “Shame on you.”

He glanced at her cloak meaningfully.

I didn’t steal it, did I?” she sniffed. “Come along now, you’re holding up everyone.”

He rolled his eyes but followed her in catching up to the others, who had not gone far anyhow. The Black House was even larger than Maryam had figured, with a large courtyard in the middle and the lodgings largely on the upper two levels of the surrounding rectangle. There were two kitchens, a dining hall large enough for sixty and public baths. Cassandra, the servant guiding them, mentioned there was a roof garden but that at this hour the doors there were locked.

Beneath the house were the Watch’s armory, vaults and what she delicately described as ‘rooms for involuntary guests’. The doors to there were locked as well.

“The latrines lead to underground as well, you said?” Tristan asked.

“The city sewers run beneath the basement,” Cassandra smiled. “Our latrines feed directly into then.”

She was smiling at him quite a bit, actually, which had Maryam sharing smirks with Song. Poor girl: that road was such a dead end it’d been turned into a graveyard. After circling around the sights once, Cassandra led them to their rooms. They were near the front courtyard, and to Maryam’s surprise they all had their own. The Nineteenth was settling in four rooms of their own further down the hall when the Thirteenth arrived.

“Usually we would lodge you out back, in the suites, but those have been set aside for the arriving delegation,” Cassandra apologetically said.

“They are fine rooms,” Tredegar assured her. “Finer than most at Scholomance, I assure you.”

They were, Maryam agreed after taking a look. More spacious than her room at the cottage and the furniture matched. The bed sheets had been freshly changed. She brought her bag inside, noting with some amusement that Cassandra had gone into Tristan’s room to continue speaking with him, and set it down by the commode. She’d barely even begun to unpack where there was a rap against the doorframe. Captain Wen stood there, glasses off.

“Song’s room,” he said. “Now.”

She nodded, putting down her cloak on the bed and following him. The others were already there, Song sitting in a seat while Tristan and Tredegar leaned against the back wall.

“Good news,” Captain Wen drily said. “The cult you’re to investigate has garnered the continued interest of the Lord Rector him, so you are to meet him in a private audience tomorrow morning. As your patron, I’ll be taking you to the palace.”

Song straightened in her seat.

“It would be best if we were not known as blackcloaks during the investigation,” she said. “I know that some of us have appropriate clothes to do this, but is there-”

“The storage downstairs will have clothes,” Wen shrugged. “Anything else?”

True to form, the overweight captain did not actually wait for any of them to answer before nodding and walking away. Maryam knew if there was a real issue they could call out and he’d return, but the silence gave him free rein to disappear. It lingered in his wake until Song rose with a sigh.

“I will talk to the staff about getting access to the storage,” she said. “I know Angharad and I have the right sort of clothes, but the rest of you will need something more presentable.”

“Pick something,” Tristan shrugged. “If I am to borrow them only the once, I hardly care.”

Though Song should have been miffed at being handed the work, instead she looked distinctly pleased. Silver eyes moved to Maryam, who snorted.

“So long as it’s not a gown,” she replied.

“Come along, if you are concerned,” Song suggested.

“Alas, there is another task I would like to see done before going to bed,” Maryam replied. “I’ve a test in mind for Angharad’s contract – which will require Tristan’s help besides.”

The Pereduri grimaced at the mention of a test but did not quibble. She was no welcher, whatever else might be said of her. Song studied them a moment, then sighed at whatever she found.

“I’ll try to find you something blue,” she said. “I promise nothing more.”

Tristan evidently recalled the talk they’d had about this before, because he was out with Song in the following moments to fetch the necessary parts. It left her with Tredegar, who looked tired and grim.

“In my room, perhaps,” the noblewoman suggested. “We should not keep using Song’s.”

Maryam did not particularly care so she conceded. Tristan was back in moments, his hand closed. Inside it would be a pair of colored pebbles he had bought a pouch of for a Mask exercise, the sight of which had given Maryam the idea for the test in the first place. So far she had only sketched out the generalboundaries of Angharad Tredegar’s contract, attempting to ascertain basic details.

They’d established that there was at least a second of empty time between the beginning of the ‘glimpses’ and the present, and that the Pereduri could not glimpse more than ten times in an hour without strain – fewer, if it was done in quick succession. Tonight, though, Maryam was interested in a more conceptual sort of limit.

“Show her,” Maryam asked her friend.

Tristan opened his hand with a flourish, revealing a pebble painted white and a second painted red. Angharad slowly nodded, then turned a questioning look to her.

“He will shuffle them behind his back,” Maryam said, “then present two closed fists. I want you to glimpse ahead for the color of the pebble in the hand you tell him to open.”

“It seems not unlike the door test,” Angharad noted.

One of the few tests discreet enough to be done on the ship: Tristan had been made to stand outside the door of their room, Angharad predicting how many fingers he’d be holding up behind opening to door to verify. She had not got a single instance wrong.

“There’s a difference,” Maryam simply said.

The Pereduri shrugged, nodding her assent to Tristan. He took the pebbles behind his back and got to shuffling them. Even looking for it, Maryam could not tell when it was done. Less than a minute later two closed fists were presented. Angharad hummed, then batted her eyes as she used her contract. She tended to close them when glimpsing ahead, though Maryam was not yet sure whether it was a habit or obligatory. The Pereduri suddenly blinked in confusion.

“Left hand,” she disbelievingly said, “has a yellow stone?”

He opened it, revealing she was correct.

“You changed the colors of the pebbles behind your back,” Angharad guessed.

He only smiled.

“Not all oracular contracts truly allow their contractors to see the future,” Maryam told her. “Some are merely… very good guesses made by the god, using every detail known. More or less. Only you were unaware that there were other pebbles, much less of their colors, so it appears yours truly does predict what is to come.”

Tredegar frowned.

“The spirit I contracted with called what he granted me his ‘sagacity’,” she admitted. “I am unsure what it truly means.”

“That you might well be using but the slightest portion of what was given you,” Maryam said.

Angharad passed a hand through her braids.

“That is both comforting and troubling,” she admitted.

“Don’t go being too troubled,” Maryam said. “There’s likely a difference between how much the god granted you and how much you can safely use.”

Tredegar made into a Saint was not something anyone sane ever wanted to encounter. The dark-skinned noble nodded.

“Have you other tests in mind?”

“Always,” Maryam toothily smiled.

By the time Song returned, they had tested whether it made a difference to the prediction if the pebbles were handed to Maryam while Angharad had her eyes closed and whether or not removing one of the pebbles while she could not see them changed anything. Neither did, Maryam taking note and already pondering how she would next look for a limit to the foresight. Surely there was one.

Then Song Ren laid out blue skirts and a cream bodice on Angharad’s bed.

“This is a dress,” Maryam flatly said. “I asked for one thing, Song.”

“Ah, but it is not a gown,” the captain smiled. “Try it on.”

Tristan was grinning, enjoying her misery, which made it entirely deserved when Maryam laughed at the sight of his being put in a servant’s livery.

Appropriately, she went to bed still grinning despite her defeat over the dress.

The carriage they took out of the Black House belonged to the Watch, and lacked windows: its frame was reinforced with iron and instead of a window it had traps to aim guns through. Unfortunately these did not allow for much of a look outside, so Song sat blindly through her first journey through the streets of the Collegium – catching only glimpses of Glare light and the touch of a warm breeze.

The Thirteenth only left the carriage after it reached the basement of the great brass tower at the heart of the district, which was not inhabited but a collection of lifts. Lictors waiting for them there bundled them off onto a brass lift with ornate railings, which began to rise moments later. Feeling somewhat cheated of the sights, Song was further aggrieved when lictors waiting at the end of the lift guided them through what was clearly servants’ quarters without giving them a look at the palace proper.

It was all so furtive she half expected the Thirteenth to be secreted away to the Lord Rector like some dirty secret, but once they reached the hallway outside Evander Palliades’ solar the lictors simply told them to wait until they were called before returning to their posts. They were left to stand there, uneasy, before Wen snorted and plopped himself down on one of the many chairs littering the long hall.

The Thirteenth, after a moment, followed suit. Hopefully they had not drawn attention hesitating, though if they had their appearance should survive at least a first glance. Though they were being received as watchmen, none of them had come wearing the black. The last thing Song wanted was to warn every courtier in the palace that blackcloaks were coming to dig up their little cult.

She herself had put on a set of formal clothes gifted by her mother, while Angharad had come in a splendid noble’s dress. Tristan was in servant’s livery, slouching as if it were his birthright to wear it, and Maryam was modestly dressed as a handmaid in skirts and blouse. Making her Angharad’s even in appearance would have been… ill-advised, so she was to pretend to be Song’s.

Though they had arrived at a sharp eight, they were not alone in the hall: near the oaken doors of the solar waited a bearded man dressed in gray striped satin from head to toe, his hat a cascade of black-and-pearl feathers. He screamed wealth to Song’s eye, and not the landed kind.

It was fifteen minutes before the oaken doors opened, a pair of lictors escorting out a finely dressed pair, while the majordomo called for ‘Captain Wen Duan’. The gray-clad man scowled angrily but held his tongue. Wen rose, stretching out with a sigh.

“He must want a private talk with me before sitting with you,” the bespectacled man said. “I expect they’ll end for you shortly.”

Song nodded, for what else was there to say? It was not for her to dictate anything in the Lord Rector’s own hall. She watched Wen’s back as he disappeared past the doors, which pulled closed with hardly a sound. She spared a curious glance for the pair that had just exited and was now strolling down the hallway arm in arm. No contracts, so no name, but Song would guess them being nobly born from the quality of the clothes alone.

The man was short and stout, tanned in the Lierganen way and with the laugh lines of a perpetual smiler. He had brown eyes and a broken nose, wearing a high-collared yellow short-sleeved jerkin spilling lace while a matching paneled red doublet overly padded trunk hose combined to make him look somewhat like a jolly balloon. His small bonnet of black silk paired with a swirling mustache only added to the effect.

The woman, on the other hand, was tall and thin – which her austere white partlet, narrow around the neck, only called attention to. Her black skirts and bodice, matching a long nose supporting small spectacles and pursed lips, lent her the air of a dark-feathered vulture. The only touches of color on her were cuts in the sleeves revealing a red petticoat whose shade matched the man’s doublet, a golden jeweled belt at her hip and pearls around her neck.

And while Song had been studying the pair, they’d been studying her right back.

“Why, hello there!” the man called out. “I don’t believe I’ve ever seen you at court before.”

Song, choosing manners, rose to her feet and offered the slightest bow.

“Mistress Song Ren,” she introduced herself. “We are new arrivals, on fresh business.”

“How exciting,” the short, stout man vibrated. “Business, you say! How delightfully vague, darling.”

“We have yet to introduce ourselves, dear,” his companion told him.

He gasped, as if overcome by how own freshly discovered rudeness.

“Manyfold apologies, Mistress Song. I am Lord Locke,” the man introduced himself. “And if I may present my lovely wife-”

“Lady Keys,” the woman provided. “It is a pleasure, Lady Song.”

“It is all mine,” Song replied. “If I may introduce my companions-”

They had, without prompting, risen to join her.

“Lady Angharad Tredegar, Master Tristan Abrascal and Mistress Maryam Khaimov.”

Maryam, predictably, drew some surprise from the pair but it soon passed and they paid her skin no visible mind afterwards. A point in their favor. Disinclined to let herself be interrogated about their purpose for coming to this hall, Song instead asked to theirs.

“I must say, you hardly have the Asphodel accent,” she said. “Would you happen to be visitors yourselves?”

“We are on a secret romantic adventure,” Lord Locke confided, his voice just short of shouting, which was as quiet as he got. “Asphodel is our latest stop, and the Lord Rector’s hospitality has been most pleasing. Most pleasing indeed!”

“Much better than in Sordon,” Lady Keys scathingly said. “Why, when we had the Count of Torena for dinner-”

“When we had him over fordinner, darling,” Lord Locke uproariously laughed. “Over. Why, the implication!”

His wife let out a genteel little laugh. Song hid her discomfort. She would not say it felt like they were lying, not exactly, but there was some glint in their eyes. Was she imagining the malice there?

“Indeed,” Lady Keys chuckled, peering through her spectacles. “Over for dinner, my mistake.”

“I assure you, my friends,” Lord Locke grinned, “that we did not eat the Count of Torena.”

“Bony fellow, he was,” Lady Keys mused. “It would have much too hard on the teeth.”

A beat passed, none of them quite sure what to say, while Lord Locke twirled his mustache.

“Lobster tonight, do you think? I’ve a craving.”

“You read my mind, darling,” Lady Keys happily said.

She then winked at them.

“Why, my friends, it has been a pleasure,” she said. “I hope we shall see you around court.”

“Indeed,” Lord Locke grinned. “Why, we ought to have you for dinner sometime!”

A beat, then they both roared with laughter. They walked away chuckling, complimenting each other on their fine cut of humor in whispers so loud they could be heard from the other side of the hall. They left a bemused sort of stillness behind them, Song opening her mouth twice only to close it. It had been a… perplexing experience, that conversation. Angharad broke the ice.

“Those are either very great fools,” she opined, “or very dangerous people. Let us pray not both.”

“I thought they were charming,” Maryam said, at least half driven by spite. “Lovely couple, really.”

“And the implied cannibalism?” Angharad flatly asked.

“All in good fun, surely,” she insisted.

Angharad seemed about to tack on something, possibly unwise words about cannibalism and the Triglau, so Song gave her a quelling look. The Pereduri cleared her throat, looking away.

“Tristan?”

Maryam had been the one to speak, but when Song followed her gaze she found the gray-eyed thief staring at the distant back of the nobles with a frown.

“Did you notice something?” she asked.

“I’m not sure,” Tristan muttered. “They were… it’s just a feeling, Song. There’s something off about those two. Did they have contracts?”

“Neither,” she said.

He flicked a look her way.

“Can you see boons?”

“I’m not sure,” she echoed, biting her lip.

“Then we should look into that, if we get the time,” he said, and she nodded back.

Before they could say anything further, the oaken doors opened anew. Their gazes were drawn that way, and as Wen had predicted the majordomo called out their names. They headed into the solar with the bearded merchant’s baleful gaze at their backs.

The room they walked into was too large to be called a solar, Song thought – the size of a courtyard, and almost as empty. Oh, the sides were a riot of rich tapestries and gilded stacks of ancient volumes, but the pure white marble floor was two-thirds bare. Near the back of the room the Lord Rector’s bureau stood, a massive beast of red wood flanked by two porcelain vases tall as men and a few smaller tables. There were cushioned seats before it, and behind sat Lord Rector Evander Palliades.

Song had already known he was young, read that he was only twenty-two years old, but she was still startled to see it. The man was slender, almost weedy, and his large round brass-rimmed spectacles only added to the effect. He had an angular face and wavy brown locks, with a bit of stubble growing, and the Tianxi would not have batted an eye if she saw him walking the streets of Port Allazei wearing black.

Lictors lined the walls on either side and Wen sat before the bureau, face bland.

“The Thirteenth Brigade, as advertised,” Lord Rector Evander said, warm voice carrying. “You may approach.”

They did, the eyes of armed men never leaving them for an instant. They would be dead in a heartbeat, if they acted a threat. The Lord Rector hummed when they came to stand but a few feet away from his bureau, considering them one after another before coming to rest on Maryam.

“A northerner, truly,” he said, sounding amazed. “A rare sight in these parts. Your name?”

Maryam, as coached, bowed.

“Maryam Khaimov, Your Excellency.”

“I hear you are of the people who dwell beneath the Broken Gates,” he said. “The Izvori?”

“Izvoric,” she corrected, accentuating the last letter.

He nodded, muttering the word to himself a few times.

“A shame you are here on contract,” the Lord Rector noted. “I have long been curious about the northern continent. What little the Malani deign to share reeks of revision.”

Those dark eyes then came to rest on her.

“You would be Song Ren. Captain Duan tells me it will be you who decides how your brigade is to proceed with the contract. Do you have a plan in mind, Captain Ren?”

She bowed.

“According to the documents provided me, your suspicions are that the cult of the Golden Ram is serving as a gathering point of malcontent nobles,” Song said. “I would ask that my cabalist Angharad Tredegar, formerly the Lady of Llanw Hall, be introduced to your court as a guest so that she might bait out the cultists.”

The Lord Rector raised a heavy eyebrow.

“And the rest of you?”

“I am what is called a sniffer, Your Excellency,” Song said. “It is-”

“I am familiar with the concept,” he thinly smiled. “Contract-finders. You want to comb through my court and palace for traces of the Golden Ram.”

Song nodded.

“Preferably while under the assumed identity of a merchant having some dealings with the palace. As Maryam is a Navigator, she would aid me in this endeavor while passing as my assistant.”

She cleared her throat.

“Meanwhile, I would ask that my cabalist Tristan Abrascal be allowed the use of palace servant livery so he might get around discreetly and follow the trails we will unearth.”

Lord Rector Evander glanced at Tristan, then wrinkled his nose.

“Sacromontan?”

The gray-eyed thief nodded.

“Yes, Your Excellency.”

“And not overly chatty,” the other man noted. “Good. I will allow use of the livery, but I will require regular reports to my majordomo about what you have done while wearing it.”

The glasses moved back to Song.

“It will draw attention if you leave and return too frequently,” the Lord Rector decided. “Send for the tools of your trade, blackcloaks: until you are done sniffing through my court, the five of you will be staying in the palace.”

Chapter 41

With Wen’s impromptu torture session come at an end, they were released to stretch their legs and eat a bit before heading out to their afternoon covenant classes.

While the other instructors came to pick up their students and guide them to whatever room they’d secured for the lesson, Tristan was not so blessed. He waved off Song’s concern, telling her it was handled, then spent fifteen minutes looking through their cabin for the note Hage should have planted. Insult and injury, it was not him that found it but Fortuna.

“Under the pillow,” she chortled happily. “I can’t believe you missed that.”

He gritted his teeth.

“It was too easy, I was sure that-”

“Sure that you were right, but you were wroooooong,” the Lady of Long Odds taunted in a singsong voice.

Infuriating as Fortuna was, he had greater concerns. The handwriting was Hage’s, which confirmed his suspicion as to his instructor’s identity – to some extent – and explained the following sadism. Hage had decided their class was to be had at midnight on the galleon’s forecastle. Attending that class would have been made easier by the devil getting permission from Commodore Trivedi for his students to traverse the ship, but he explicitly had not. Neither would he get involved if his students were caught and punished.

This forced the seeking of some diplomatic compromises, which was how Tristan found himself standing in the deserted hallway with a rapier’s point resting against the hollow of his throat.

“A month’s delay,” Cressida Barboza said, pushing in the point slightly.

Smiling, Tristan kept his pistol steadily pointed right at her head. It was not yet cocked, not that she would be able to tell from this angle.

“Come now,” he said. “A truce until we return to Tolomontera seems much more reasonable. Scholomance business in Scholomance, yes?”

“Ira got my seat,” Cressida hissed. “I’m locked out for the year.”

“I heard,” he replied. “A shame that you decided to align yourself with her.”

The glare that earned him was a baleful thing but what of it? Angry as she was, Cressida could not deny she was the one who had set aside their arrangement. He’d no longer even been involved in the matter when she was beat to the punch by Ira. Besides, they both knew this was posturing. If she opened his throat with a blade she’d be executed before the Gallant even reached Asphodel, which meant she was making a show of threat and fury to leverage him.

“You owe me,” she said.

Thus, and now that? That would not do. He cocked the pistol pointedly.

“I do not,” the rat coldly replied. “Count yourself lucky I am not inclined to further pursue the matter of your bearing arms against me.”

He saw the flicker of satisfaction in her eyes and knew in that heartbeat he’d been had. She sighed theatrically and slid her rapier back in the sheath.

“I will count us even, then,” Cressida said, as if it were some great concession instead of him falling for her trick. “Have you thoughts on getting up to the deck?”

Fuck, he unhappily thought. He had just thrown away good leverage for nothing because she had gotten under his skin. He could go back on that, refuse it, but would it be worth it? No, he decided after a heartbeat. Not when there had been genuine anger in those glares back at the docks. Better to take that loss, consider it an investment into appeasing her.

“Fine,” he spoke through a snarl, playing up the anger.

The greater the appearance of indignation, the more she would believe she had won off him and the further she would be appeased. If he was to pay up, he’d milk it for all it was worth. The thief lowered the pistol.

“How much rope did you bring?” Tristan asked.

She cocked her head to the side.

“You’d be surprised,” Cressida Barboza said.

Maryam had not been sure they would be allowed to use Signs while on the ship, so it was a pleasant surprise to learn they had permission.

The real trouble, Lieutenant Mitra told them, had been securing a room where they could practice. Repeated use of Gloam in a small space tended to taint the location, so they could not practice anywhere near or food or where people might sleep. That was probably why they’d ended up standing in a cramped room full of stacked cannon balls in crates. Upon the door being cracked open to reveal this, the signifier from the Eleventh – Qianfan – asked in that surprisingly high-pitched voice of his why they did not simply use the same practice room as the galleon’s Navigator.

“She does not have one,” Lieutenant Mitra replied. “Our fellow guildswoman is more officer than practitioner, these days. It’s not so uncommon with these ambitious types: she’ll keep her Thalassics polished and leave everything else to assistants.”

He paused.

“Know that the Akelarre Guild is not immune to the degeneration that is the end of all things, built or born, and remember that decay into death is the only journey,” Lieutenant Mitra added.

The stringy man then clapped his hands, smiling.

“All right! So, who here believes they have mastered the Bayonet? Form it thrice in a row without a mistake and I’ll tip you my dessert rations at dinner.”

Maryam found herself sharing a martyred look with Alejandra Torrero, who while generally disgusted with everyone and everything not part of the Fourth Brigade was always willing to commiserate over their instructor. That Lieutenant Mitra was her brigade’s patron did not seem to have inured her to his ways.

It was already the third time since they’d gathered for class that the lieutenant had used the word death and it had not yet been five minutes. It would be a little less unsettling, Maryam mused, if the gloom were not so cheerful.

“Come, you two,” Lieutenant Mitra called out to them. “The inexorable end of all things is no excuse for dawdling!”

Over the ensuing hours of practice, Maryam Khaimov learned three things. Well, four if you counted the confirmation of her already-held suspicion that signifying in a room full of crates was awkward and difficult when the practiced Sign made holes in whatever it touched.

Working with the metal scraps they’d been given to pierce through, however, was very helpful in helping her refine the results of the Bayonet in a way that practicing the Sign in the Abbey had not been able to. The Bayonet was an Ancipital Sign, and one of the most straightforward from that branch: through tracing the Sign one gathered Gloam to themselves, shaped it into a long and thin blade and then released it through contact with a surface. Usually the next surface the burdened hand made contact with, though skilled signifiers could delay and withhold.

As Gloam ate into most anything save Glare, the Bayonet was quite lethal if used on a person but it was also a Sign with a lot of secondary applications. Captain Yue had told her it was nicknamed the ‘Akelarre lockpick’ by virtue of the fact that putting a Bayonet through most locks tended to scrap that lock, and there were a hundred more small uses for what was effectively a Gloam knife.

Actually trying to pierce through metal, though, showed her that the Bayonet had that shape for a reason. If the blade was forged too broad it did not pierce so much as scorch, and if it was too short then it tended to burst like a thrown tomato when the Gloam sunk into the surface. Which might have had its uses, if it did not burst so close to her fingers – Maryam did not have so many of those left as to get careless with them. Lieutenant Mitra noted her adjustments with approval.

“The Bayonet was designed to instantly kill a grown man through touching either their forehead or occiput,” the Someshwari said. “You need the length to punch deep enough past the skull.”

He, uh, rather sounded like he was speaking from experience. Maryam reminded herself that no one who had been named a Master of the Guild in their thirties was to be taken lightly.

Regardless, lesson aside she had come to three conclusions. The first was that Qianfan was one of the finest signifiers of her age she had met: he traced elegantly and flawlessly, like a Tianxi scholar writing characters. He was also faster than them, having already finished a third perfect Bayonet by the time Alejandra began her second and Maryam was still tying a bow on her first.

Lieutenant Mitra duly awarded him the extra dessert along with a helpful reminder that the grave was the birthright of both prodigies and lackwits.

The second conclusion was that Alejandra Torrero had not ended up in the Fourth because she lacked skill as a signifier, which Maryam had figured was the most likely explanation for anyone believing joining up with Tupoc Xical a sound notion. The scowling Lierganen was, with the Bayonet at least, quick and clean. The reason why cabals would not have wanted to snap up became clear the first time she traced a Sign: whenever Alejandra pulled on the Gloam, her skin above the waist pulled taut and soured like old milk.

She looked like a sickly, corrupted corpse.

That distressing appearance would have been enough for the pickier cabals to overlook her even if such a turn was not almost certain to come from a botched obscuration, something known to cause… instability in a signifier, over time. Tupoc, no doubt, had found that a virtue: he seemed to be collecting such dangers, what with Expendable apparently having little control over his shapeshifting contract.

No doubt any day now they’d learn that the tinker had turned herself into a literal powder keg and that Bait was some sort of bloodsucking ghost.

The third thing Maryam learned was that Lieutenant Mitra, for all his debonair fatalism, could still be given pause. It came out when he asked about her rings, frowning at her admission their use helped her trace Signs in spite of some difficulties. He suggested practicing without them, to wean off reliance. Disinclined to out the full details of her situation while there were another two students badly pretending to put up their targets as they eavesdropped, Maryam directly reached for the largest gun in her armory.

“I was told to use them by Captain Yue,” she said.

Lieutenant Mitra winced at that, through the disheveled beard.

“The same Captain Yue with the…”

He gestured at the side of his face, where Yue had burns scars only mostly hidden by her hair.  Maryam nodded. Reading between the lines of how much time Captain Yue had to spend on her many curiosities, Maryam had long suspected that she had a light touch as senior signifier of Port Allazei. Given Yue’s general impatience with things and people that did not interest her, that might be for the best.

“Well, I’ll not argue with the woman who did Caranela,” Mitra said. “I am in no particular hurry to reach the inevitable.”

“That’s twice now I’ve heard that name,” Maryam said. “Carenela. It is a town?”

“Was.”

Alejandra Torrero, her face still a sallow ruin, outright ceased pretending she hadn’t been eavesdropping on their conversation. Now that she was no longer pulling on Gloam her face began to slacken, but it would take minutes yet before she returned to her usual appearance.

“Caranela was a town out in Old Liergan that the Watch put in quarantine when it caught the yellow plague, some decades ago,” Alejandra said. “Most everyone died but it didn’t spread, so there was a lot of praise. It’s one of those stories bandied about whenever the blackcloaks go recruiting in the region.”

Her eyebrow rose, looking like stripe of fur on a carcass. Maryam had seen enough corpses not to flinch, but it was a sight.

“I never heard talk of an Akelarre being involved, though.”

“You would not have,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “As I understand she was quite young, still a sergeant. Yue was part of the quarantine force and lobbied for the adoption of a policy. The yellow plague, you see, has a survival rate of one in ten. It is one of the worst diseases we know of.”

Mitra smiled thinly.

“Sergeant Yue went to her superiors and sold them on an idea: the Akelarre Guild has a great many experiments it would like to conduct that would likely kill the subject, but the Watch cannot go around acting like a pack of black-clad children of Necalli.”

Maryam was not sure she liked where this story was headed.

“Thus her proposal was that, in situations like Caranela, Watch officers should be allowed to attempt those experiments if an argument could be made that they would result in fewer deaths than expected.”

“We were never told this in Mandate,” Qianfan said, joining Alejandra in shedding pretense.

Unlike the Lierganen girl, who wore her appalment as openly as she could while her face was tainted, Qianfan seemed indifferent at the implications. More interested in the details than the blood soaking them.

It is not a lesson for first years,” Lieutenant Mitra said. “Besides, the policy had since been clipped. After a bloody mistake out in the Someshwar, the Conclave made amendments and now the proposed experiments need to pass before a committee. And even then, should the trials then be proved unnecessarily cruel or lead to more deaths than anticipated, there are grave consequences.”

And with the Watch when men talked of grave consequences that first word tended to be literal. Yet the story, Maryam thought, was not quite finished.

“But they let her try her idea,” Maryam said. “In Caranela, I mean.”

I’ve been called a lot of things, over the years, Captain Yue had told her that night. And one of those sobriquets she’d spoken had been butcher of Caranela

“They did,” Lieutenant Mitra said.

His expression was stiff and he did not elaborate.

“Did it work?” Alejandra pressed.

A moment of silence.

“Two in ten survived, instead of one,” Mitra finally said.

“She was right, then,” Maryam quietly said. “She saved lives.”

Dark eyes turned to her and his lips thinned.

“So she did,” Lieutenant Mitra acknowledged. “But she did it by opening the belly of children with silver scalpels, so none argue that the Butcher of Caranela did not earn her name.”

Captain Oratile was almost bluntly direct, which was rare with Malani, but Song did not dislike it.

“Colonel Cao dropped assigned readings for you onto my lap and she is much higher up the food chain than I am, so you’ll be doing them dutifully,” the dark-skinned officer informed them. “I hope you enjoy reading about the industries and shipping of our order, because there’s about a month’s worth of that ahead of you.”

“I do not,” Tupoc politely told her.

“That’s a shame,” Captain Oratile mused. “For you, anyway. I won’t be reading your reports, Cao can have that pleasure since she asked for them in the first place.”

Sadly, Tupoc appeared charmed by the open dismissal. The captain’s forthrightness had yet to dent, and drew the eye more than anything else about the Malani. Captain Oratile was, after all, quite mundane in appearance. Neither short nor tall, neither ugly nor fair, and while her hair was tied up in braids they were not particularly long. Even those eyes were an unremarkable brown, without so much as fleck of other color. She had some calluses on her hand, a fighter’s mark, but did not have that particular killer’s gait that Skiritai so often did.

No, if there was anything at all about the Nineteenth’s patron that stood out it was that easy confidence. Captain Tozi cleared her throat.

“When we spoke on Scholomance, ma’am, you mentioned some teaching ambitions,” she said. “Has that changed?”

Song was coming to notice something interesting about Tozi Poloko: she never truly deferred to anyone. She was polite, did not truly overstep, but sometimes it peeked through that Tozi did not particularly consider her superior officers to be superior. What she had just said was a decent enough example. While it was politely and respectfully phrased, it was still very much a student telling her patron what to do.

Song wondered whether that was the doing of Tozi’s contract. It must do strange things to one’s sense of danger, to know the most likely source of your death at all times. To her it seemed the kind of pressure that would forge either fearlessness or cringing cowardice.

“I’ve a proper class prepared for Teratology, worry not,” Captain Oratile waved away.

She then took a second look at her assembled class, the captains of the four brigades, and sighed at what she saw. They’d gathered in the captain’s own cabin, which she appeared to share with Sergeant Kavia by the sheer number of weapons being hoarded, and in truth it was a little tight in here. Enough that Imani Langa was seated on one of the beds instead of a stool, which given the choppiness of the seas outside Song somewhat envied.

“Look, the lot of you are on what the Academy informally refers to as the ‘upper’ track,” Captain Oratile said. “Upper in contrast to the ‘lower’, which is what most Stripes go through: a finishing school for officers, qualifying them for a particular kind of command and bringing them into the Stripe circles of patronage.”

She rolled her shoulder, leaning back against her desk.

“You, however, are being groomed for high-ranking positions. Not in the way that those going through the Academy’s upper track are, future colonels and captain-generals, but in that you are being formed to lead formations of covenanter cabals.”

Imani cleared her throat, earning a nod of permission from the captain.

“Are we to understand,” she said, “that you went through the ‘lower’ track yourself?”

“I did,” Captain Oratile easily replied. “What I’ve done for the last half-decade, children, is lead a Garrison company to catalogue the lemures of the Tower Coast. That position means wrangling both Savants and Laurels while not burning through assigned funds too quickly. Hence, a Stripe was sent for.”

Some twitching lips all around. While none denied that the three societies of the College made great contributions to the Watch, they were also very prone to squabbles and infamously terrible with money. It was an old joke in the black that if you sent three society robes to buy food at the market they’d come back with a book, a friend and toolbox then complain to the Stripe about the lack of supper.

“While I’ve mostly served as an officer in the regulars I have also studied as a teratologist, which made me suited to the command and saw me sent up to Academy in the first place,” Captain Oratile said. “I’ll not belabor the matter of my personal history further: my experience is with a specialized command, and I expect the trajectory of our respective careers will radically differ.”

She sighed again.

“That is what has me wary of teaching you.”

She drummed her fingers against the table.

“Now, what I can offer you is some advice in dealing with local authorities and other Watch forces,” Captain Oratile said. “I’ll not force it on you, and your readings aren’t going anywhere, but feel free to draw on my experience during these hours if you would like.”

Straightened backs at that, and from everyone. Even Tupoc saw the worth in such lessons, and why should he not? The overwhelming majority of the people they would have to deal with over the length of their careers were either locals or rank-and-file watchmen. At Scholomance covenanter students gathered like hothouse flowers, but after graduation arithmetic would inevitably win out: fewer than one in ten watchmen belonged to a covenant.

“That would be most agreeable,” Song carefully said.

The dark-eyed captain glanced at her, then hummed.

“Fine,” she said. “Some of you will pursue contracts within Tratheke. Before you do, the first thing you need to do is pay a visit to the head of the city watch – called the lictors, in the capital.”

As Captain Oratile began to warm up to her subject Song reached for her book and pen. A small command run by a Stripe, with a handful of other covenanters beneath her and specializing in particular assignments. The Nineteenth’s patron could not possibly know, but what she’d led for half a decade was precisely the kind of free company Song Ren intended to form after graduation.

Tristan had spent most of the afternoon counting watch rotations on the deck right above where the students lodged, which only reinforced that the plan he’d first come up with was the most feasible way forward. If it’d been only sailors on board sneaking through might have been feasible, but hatefully enough Commodore Trivedi appeared to be using the soldiers being ferried to Asphodel as guards.

Competence in one’s adversaries was a vexing thing. Tristan would have preferred to make enemies only of fools, but he had yet to master such discernment. One could only dream.

“Would you hurry?”

Pressed against the wall, he shot Cressida a dark look. She returned a roll of her eyes. Fortuna popped her head through the wall a moment later, shaking it. Only then did Tristan ‘risk’ peeking past the door. By pleasant happenstance, there was no sailor or soldier in a position to see him do this. As he had no intention of tipping his hand to the other Mask regarding his goddess, he was resorting to the pantomime of being overly careful instead.

It was irritating Cressida greatly, which he counted as a side benefit.

Padding quietly across the wooden floor, Tristan ghosted across the gunnery deck. If the Gallant Enterprise were an older warship there would only be one, but for this luck was on their side: there were no fewer than three. It meant patrolling them all was not feasible, as since the gunnery decks took up so much room some of them had to be used for sailors to sleep. The lowest deck had been near certain to be the one so designated, in their shared opinion, and they’d been right.

Not that being caught by sailors would be any better than the soldiers.

That was why the two Masks were very, very careful as they made their way to the closest gunport. Loud snoring warned them of company long before they made out the sleeping forms in the hanging hammocks. The real test came when they’d stepped past a bearded man who slept like the dead and knelt by the gunport. Both checked with their fingers, but the oil they’d brought proved unnecessary: the hinges were already well taken care of, unlikely to scream.

They still took their time cracking the gunport open.

In continued silence, Tristan tied the rope around his waist and secured it to his belt just in case. Cressida opened her bag silently, handing him the wall hammer and spikes. That she was better equipped than he for the work of robbery had been fortunate but Tristan thought it might graduate to being a concern in the coming weeks. Sliding on leather gloves, he nodded at her in the dark. She tied the rope to a hook in the wall, knelt by it and nodded back.

After that, there was nothing to do but climb. Tristan had not attempted anything of this scale since the tower back on the Dominion and had not bloody missed it. As they’d discussed Cressida gave him only a little rope at the start, enough he could hang slightly beneath the gunport mouth and begin the climb, only loosening her grip once the rope began pulling upwards.

The spikes dug into the wood well enough, and unless Cressida cut the rope Tristan was not at risk of dying even if he fell, but the whole affair was still a nightmare. The side of the ship was a slippery hell, any slightly off angle sending his boots skidding, and there were lights moving on the deck above so he couldn’t hurry – he had to wait, arms aching, until the lamps went away.

It was a climb that would have taken him mere minutes in the open, but as they must it took him near twenty and he came damn close to falling when a brass cap he rested his boot on halfway unscrewed. Near a quarter of that time was spent just before the edge of the top deck, waiting for room to climb and pull Cressida up after him.

It was easier for her: once on deck, he tied the rope to one of the railings and tugged four times to signify it was her turn. Much as he would have rather let her climb, the lights on the deck at the back would be returning soon. He helped pull her up instead, as quickly and silently as they could, and they hid behind barrels when a pair of sailors passed by them chatting quietly in Umoya.

After that making their way to the foredeck was just a question of patience. The sailors were not truly looking for someone sneaking about the deck, more interested in watching the dark waters for some approaching ship or storm. The pair slipped across the open space, then up the stairs on the side of the commodore’s cabin and to that narrowing space before the prow.

Hage was waiting there, sitting on the bottom of the bowsprit – a large, inclined mast aimed towards the front of the ship – with a purring Mephistofeline splashed onto his lap like a veritable puddle of cat.

“You are early,” the devil said, tone disapproving.

“You always complain I am late when I’m not,” Cressida shot right back.

Tristan shot her look, only barely hiding his surprise. She was already familiar with Hage? He’d refrained from asking her about it, concerned he was more likely to reveal he was being taught by the devil than find out anything new, but perhaps he should have. Hage, as disinclined to miss anything as always, bared the least fearsome of his teeth in a smile.

“She followed you back to the Chimerical some time ago,” the devil said. “Though you do not share a class.”

“He did not need to know that,” Cressida said, frowning.

Ah, so she was a student of poisons then. It was always a good idea to keep track of one’s meals, but it looked like Tristan was going to have to get methodical about it.

“It is fair trade,” Hage replied, “as you are about to learn something of his. There is a reason this class is to take place outside.”

“I assumed sadism,” Tristan said.

“That one’s a given, really,” Cressida noted. “Even if there is another answer, there’ll be a pinchful of sadism on top.”

“No, children,” Hage sighed. “It is because of this.”

He pointed a finger up, prompting their eyes to follow, and for a heartbeat Tristan thought they’d fallen for a petty trick. But then he caught sight of the silhouette perched on the rigging, black against the pierced dark of firmament. The large magpie cocked its head to the side, letting out a cackle-call.

“Sakkas?” Tristan blinked. “What are you doing here?”

“Of course the bird has a name,” Cressida muttered, sounding pained.

The magpie let out another call, shuffling back and forth on the rigging, before taking flight and landing on the deck. There it walked about with a straight back, as if posing its feathers for their eyes.

“Tormenting my cat is what he’s doing,” Hage flatly said. “He keeps baiting Mephistofeline to leap into the water.”

Said cat had gone utterly still on the devil’s lap, eyeing Sakkas with wide and greedy eyes. Tristan had seen that look often enough he let out a shout of protest as Mephistofeline burst out of Hage’s grasp, leaping for the magpie, and he was stepping in to chase away the glutton when he saw there’d been no need – the magpie deftly hopped up, wings aflutter, and as Mephistofeline sloshed against the floor it landed on the cat’s back before letting out a triumphant cackle.

His Infernal Highness took to that poorly, meowing furiously and flopping onto his belly to mixed effect as he tried to bat down his foe. Sakkas flew off before he could, landing on the railing and shuffling about in a victory parade. Tristan’s lips twitched up into a smug smile. While he was, of course, a proponent of peace if there was to be any bullying he was not displeased that it would be Sakkas on the clear winning end.

“That bird was not worth revealing what class I’m in,” Cressida flatly said.

“No,” Hage acknowledged, “but awareness of whatever lies inside was.”

Tristan’s jaw clenched.

“So there’s really some entity possessing it.”

“It is a bird, Tristan,” Hage said. “Given the small size of their minds, it would take less than a day for the intelligence that seized the body to be the only intelligence. It is not possession but replacement.”

Oddly enough, that made him feel somewhat better about it. Cressida’s concern, understandably, was more practical.

“What’s inside?” she bluntly asked.

“Difficult to tell without a Navigator digging into it,” Hage casually said. “It is, at least, not a complicated intellect. Cleverer than a dog but less so than a child.”

“You don’t seem worried,” Tristan observed.

“It appears to have some sort of fondness for you,” the devil said. “I do not believe it capable of deception, so you might consider it a sort of lesser spirit following you around.”

Even on a ship heading away from Tolomontera, which was charming but also a little worrying. Perhaps speaking with Maryam about taking a look – without harming Sakkas, obviously – was in order. The old devil stretched his body lazily, his cat slinking back to his boots to beg for comfort petting he was immediately indulged in.

“By the looks of it, the two of you climbed up the side of the galleon to reach here,” he idly said. “Well done, though it was the riskiest of the methods. We now pass the second part of the lesson.”

The two of them leaned in, which made it all the worse when Hage began shouting for the sailors on deck to run here. The devil grinned with all his teeth, savoring their dismay.

“Now we find out if you can make it out of the ship’s gaol before morning.”

Well, there went his night’s sleep.

While Angharad would concede that what Captain Oratile was teaching them fell under Teratology, it was a rather different sort of class than what she was used to. The Malani captain, instead of dragging them through a dozen books and theories in search of some eldritch truth about the nature of spirits, had set down three maps of the island of Asphodel and begun addressing knowledge of a more practical nature.

“As you can see Tratheke is set in a large valley between two mountain ranges,” the captain said. “The farmland around it is the most fertile on the island and Tratheke Valley is the most densely populated region of Asphodel.”

She put down a small black stone atop the inscribed outline of the capital.

“The city’s unusually clean and lacks slums, so it’s short on the kind of lemures that usually become part of metropolitan food chain,” Captain Oratile said. “Symbiotic breeds of lares will abound, however – mostly myrmekes, the kind that feed on trash, but you can expect coronals on the outskirts.”

A cleared throat from Thando Fenya.

“I am unfamiliar with the species,” he said.

“They look like ravens,” Captain Oratile said, “but are in fact a kind of hard-shelled mollusk. They hunt mostly through their emanations, which are adhesive and trap insects as well as small animals.”

Angharad was not the only one to make a moue of disgust. Tristan leaned in with interest, though he still looked like an exhausted, bedraggled cat – he’d stumbled into the cabin at four in the morning, muttering something about the hatefulness of devils, and delicately refused to deny any rumors about him spending part of the night in the ship gaol. The captain rolled her eyes, then set down two white stones: one on each side of Tratheke Valley, near the mountain ranges hemming it in.

“The Tika and Toli mountains are regularly patrolled, but given the sparse sources of Glare the presence of lemures cannot feasibly be stamped out,” Captain Oratile told them. “That means lemures will descend into the valley from there, most frequently packs of lesser breeds like lupines. Larger creatures like ursals or manticores might get displaced as well, but usually because they are sick or wounded.”

As the captain began expounding about the spirit breeds in the mountains, it became clear to Angharad why Asphodel continued to have lemure troubles even though it was a well-populated island that had been settled for hundreds of years. Tratheke Valley, holding the capital and rich farmlands, was under the direct rule of the Palliades family of Asphodel. The rest of the island, however, was parceled into a headache-inducing maze of noble estates.

Malani noble holdings were not necessarily contiguous, alliances and inheritances had seen to that, but it was frowned upon for one’s properties to be too widely spread. How could you properly serve as a noble when three estates on different sides of the Isles all required your hand? It was considered proper to trade land with other nobles in such situations, a wisdom contrasted to the nightmare that was the Imperial Someshwar – where a traveler could walk a mile and owe road tolls to ten different lords.

The noble houses of Asphodel made the Someshwari look tame.

Oh, the eastern peninsula beyond the Toli mountains was not so bad. The coast had been parceled like thinly sliced cheese, but further in the demesnes were larger. It was the mountain valleys and the western third of Asphodel – rocky coastlands around a large plateau – that were so divided that the map noting whom the territories belonged to had more letters than lines on it.

How could a land defend itself from the depredations of the Gloam when there were more border steles than roads? Lemures raided into Tratheke Valley because the Asphodelian nobles had to pick and choose which of their holdings they would defend and few would be inclined to keep their soldiers in small, desolate mountain holds when they had richer prizes to ward. It was a truth long known to the Kingdom of Malan that even a rich land could be poor, if it had a weak king.

“The Nitari Heights are known for their nemeans, but you’ll find the base of those cliffs is much more dangerous and the summit,” Captain Oratile continued, laying down a white stone on the great western plateau. “Great snakes nest in the caves and tunnels there, and at least one brigade among you will be headed out to the region to hunt a Ladonite dragon.”

Startled faces all around. Even Angharad winced the thought of facing such a creature, which she had looked into since it was on the Steel list. Ladonite dragons were massive winged snakes with front legs, prone to digging lairs high up on cliffsides. They hunted men, as all lemures, but also ravaged orchards. Not for love of the taste of apples and peaches, but because the fruits fermented in their bellies until they became a liquid the dragons could spew out as gouts of flame.

“Ladonites aren’t habitual ravagers, unlike most lemures we call dragons,” the captain told them. “Very territorial, yes, but they don’t usually venture out of that territory much. That the one the Watch was contracted to kill has been burning manors is quite unusual.”

Despite Oratile’s clear expectation otherwise, her words did not cause a great well of interest in picking that fight. Fighting a mad Ladonite dragon was, arguably, even worse than fighting the regular kind. That Tupoc was the sole exception to this, eyes almost shining, boded ill for the fortunes of the Fourth. For once Angharad would wish that lot the best.

“Well,” Captain Oratile said, “that finishes the outline.”

 She paused.

“I would recommend ink and paper,” she said, “as we are now to discuss the weaknesses – physiological and tactical – of the lemures you are most likely to encounter.”

It was mightily frustrating for Angharad to be unable to participate in the sparring, forced instead to stand leaning on her walking stick while the boys fought. Sergeant Kavia had secured permission for her to practice with a pistol, so the time was not entirely wasted, but even that small exercise exhausted her quickly. It was a constant source of irritation, that merely going up a set of stairs was enough to see her panting and red-faced.

Expendable’s practice spear was slapped aside, Kiran Agrawal following through with a feinting thrust that had the Malani leaning back – only for the other man to hook around the side of his neck and swing, toppling him smoothly. Angharad almost whistled in appreciation. Kiran, she was learning, was much better with a spear than his performance in the Acallar had indicated.

He was trained to fight men, not beasts.

“Kill,” Sergeant Kavia called out. “Take a few minutes, drink some water. Velaphi, you need to work on discerning feints. I’ll have a drill for you to keep practicing on your own time. Your captain’s a spearman, yes?”

Expendable nodded, pulling down his wide-brim hat over his face when the sergeant tried to catch his gaze.

“It’s a simple one-three, you should have no trouble teaching it to him,” the older Skiritai said, and he nodded again.

Still perched atop a table, legs folded, Sergeant Kavia then cocked a brow at Kiran.

“Agrawal, you need cut out those lohacarya flourishes,” she said. “Velaphi’s not good enough to use them against you yet, but some out there will be – you won’t be marrying up by doing well in a courting tournament, boy, so just go for the goddamn killing blows.”

The other Someshwari grimaced.

“Yes ma’am,” he said. “I have already been told it’s a bad habit.”

Sergeant Kavia waved it away.

“It’s common in our Someshwari recruits, and no worse a flaw than the Tianxi drilling their children like every fight will be fought with a line of spears around them,” she said. “We all come to the Watch with blinders on.”

The sergeant’s eyes then moved to Angharad.

“And?”

“Neither crossed the circle,” she replied.

That was her own exercise: Sergeant Kavia had walked a circular path around a part of the sparring area, and Angharad had to keep track of whether or not either man left the circle after entering it. It was to train her perception of room and help her learn the spacing used by spearmen.

“Correct,” Kavia grunted. “Who came closest?”

“Kiran,” she immediately said. “When he drew back to bait Expendable just before the end.”

The older woman hummed in approval, sounding pleased.

“You’re getting them more often than not now,” she said. “We’ll be moving on to the next exercise soon.”

Angharad almost smiled, pleased that despite her state she could do well at something. Thankfully the sergeant was a fountain of exercises, betraying the breadth of her experience as both a Skiritai and a drillmistress. Not that she must be without charm beyond these bounds, as it was not nothing for her to have been able to talk an officer into allowing them use of the mess hall for their class.

They’d had to move the benches first – though not the tables, which were screwed into the floor – but there was a respectable amount of room. The sergeant was skilled with both sword and spear, and for both the classes they’d had so far had begun by facing the other two in a spar while Angharad was made to watch the circle. Only after that did they move on to drills and shooting.

Sergeant Kavia was an experienced monster slayer, with good advice on many subjects, so Angharad would have enjoyed her afternoons a great deal if not for one little detail. One that she could almost count down to, since the others had gone to get water from the barrel in the corner and thus walked just out of hearing range.

“So,” Sergeant Kavia too-casually said, “is your uncle married?”

She tried to pretend she had not heard the other woman, eyes on the others getting ladles of water, but the silence stretched. Reluctantly, the noblewoman cleared her throat.

“Not as far as I know,” Angharad said.

“Lover – man, woman?”

Well, she supposed her uncle had been free to take one ever since he left behind Peredur and the duty to marry for the sake of House Tredegar. Not that discreet allowances were not allowed in even a third child, so long as reputations were not blackened, but the marriage market being what it was a man with no known lovers tended to be seen as preferable. Angharad could not recall her mother ever talking of her uncle’s potential dalliances, however, and would not have shared her knowledge of such even if she had.

“I did not ask.”

Sergeant Kavia clicked her tongue disapprovingly, as if Angharad had somehow let her down.

“I’m going to have to ask Duan,” she complained, as if this were also Angharad’s fault. “He’s going to be just terrible about it, I can tell.”

Desperate for anything at all to change the subject, Angharad cast her net for the first thing she could think of.

“You mentioned yesterday that you have spent near thirty years in the Watch,” she said.

Kavia looked amused, as if aware of the intended distraction, but nodded nonetheless.

“I enrolled at thirteen, then made skopis at nineteen after cutting my teeth on the Sordan War,” she said.

Angharad’s brow rose.

“If it is not indiscreet to ask, if you have served for so long then why…”

“Am I a sergeant?” Kavia grinned. “Because with my age and record, they’d stick me in a committee otherwise. I sock a couple of superior officers in the face whenever they try to promote me, nowadays.”

Angharad could almost admire that, though a detail from earlier stuck out to her.

“I had not thought the Watch involved in the Sordan War,” she said. “Was it not between the Kingdom of Sordon and the Kingdom of Izcalli?”

With rumors of other nations supporting Sordon discreetly, to prevent Izcalli from ever holding the two shores of the Auric Strait at once.

“We’re involved in all the wars, Tredegar,” Sergeant Kavia told her. “Whenever the great powers have one, so do we: shoving back into the grave whatever crawls out having gorged on the bloodshed. Doghead Coyac is one of the better Izcalli warlords, but he broke armies aplenty – that many corpses always wakes something up.”

Angharad slowly nodded.

“I heard,” she quietly said, “that such horror might be coming to Asphodel.”

“Pray you’re gone before that, girl,” Sergeant Kavia grunted. “Wars are bloody business, but civil wars are much worse. It’s one thing for men to fight, but when a nation turns on itself it doesn’t stop there.”

She spat to the side.

“Civil wars get gods involved, you see, and that’s when the wheels really come off the carriage.”

The Pereduri looked down at her hand, at the way her fingers had tightened around the head of her cane without her even noticing it. She did hope the war only came before she had left, cowardly as it was of her. What could Angharad do in this state, if war did come?

Only hide or die, and one was nearly as bad as the other.

Commodore Trivedi flatly refused the request made for the Gallant’s passengers to be allowed ashore at Lavega, reportedly informing Commander Tredegar that she had no intention of risking missing the tide because they felt like wandering.

The sole concession she was willing to make was that students and instructors were allowed on deck for an hour after the supplies were loaded, while she settled the last affairs of the flotilla ashore and the crew rested. Song found herself enjoying the sensation of the wind on her face after two days stuck below, even though the smells carried by the small port behind her were… flavorful, to be kind. She kept her eye on the half dozen ships anchored out in the bay instead, another fighting galleon and four older carracks as well a sleek silhouette that must belong to a skimmer.

Song had asked her brigade to leave her standing alone for a particular reason, so she was not surprised when she heard footsteps approaching. The very purpose of where she stood was to make herself approachable, after all.

Captain Tozi rested her elbows against the ship railing, folding her arms, and Song was almost surprised she did not need to push up on the tip of her toes for it. The other woman stayed silent for the moment, looking out to the water. It was not a small force that the Watch was sending to Asphodel, after all. Only two modern fighting ships, but Asphodel’s own home fleet would not be massively larger than the flotilla.

“Have you given thought,” Tozi finally said, “to which test you would prefer?”

“Some,” Song replied. “You?”

“Some,” Tozi agreed.

Now that they were halfway to Asphodel, they had been told in detail of the nature of the contracts ahead. The brigades would ask their patron to aim for one in particular, then the instructors as a whole would debate which brigade should get which and make their decision. Song was reluctant to tip her hand too quickly, but a bargain with Tozi would be advantageous here.

Should both Commander Tredegar, Captain Wen Captain Oratile strongly argue for particular arrangement it would make up a large portion of the assembly and weigh heavily on the debate. Not a sure thing, but good odds.

“I’ve no taste for the hunt,” Song shared.

Not only was the Thirteenth unsuited to taking on a Ladonite dragon – their finest fighter was not fit to fight – the task would take them to western Asphodel, out in the wilderness of the noble estates surrounding the Nitari Heights. None of her brigade were inclined to such rangings.

“Neither do I,” Captain Tozi said. “And as we once discussed, the exorcism out in the hills seems more trouble than it’s worth.”

The Rectorate believed that outside the city, out in Tratheke Valley, some remnant god was pulling back together and causing troubles. Missing cattle, silhouettes moving at night, strange growths. That contract would not be as much of a journey as heading west for the hunt, more along the lines of expeditions followed by returning to the capital for bouts of research, but Song did not want to take Maryam into god troubles before her friend had better mastered her Signs.

“Wise,” Song replied. “That leaves, I suppose, only the two investigations.”

Both of which would take place in the city of Tratheke but running along rather different lines. Song knew the one she wanted, but getting Tozi to choose the other might be tricky.

“Tracking down the killer would require particular skills,” she said.

The Rectorate believed that a contracted killer was acting in the capital, and the preliminary Watch investigation agreed: the wounds on the corpses had not been inflicted by steel or powder. With ten dead bodies to the name and the Tratheke city watch having failed to so much as catch sight of the killer, the Lord Rector was turning to the Watch to deal with the issue.

“A Mask, you mean,” Tozi mildly said. “I also happen to have one in my brigade.”

“Yours is nobly born,” Song said. “Arguably, that makes her the perfect fit for sniffing out the cult.”

Nobility took to cults like dogs to their own vomit and Asphodel’s was no exception. Most such cults were relatively harmless, trading boons with lesser gods for secret altars and ceremonies, so the Watch merely kept an eye on them without intervening. The cult of the Golden Ram, however, had grown enough of late to warrant attention. The Lord Rector, concerned it might be serving as the mortar for a noble conspiracy, had requested that the Watch unmask the leadership ring of the cult.

A highborn Mask would be a fine match for that task. Tozi frowned.

“I mean no offense,” she said, “but apprehending that murderer will be fighting work. You are a fair hand with steel, I’m sure, but at the end of the day only one of us has a Skiritai walking without a cane.”

Song made herself thin her lips in displeasure.

“If the investigation takes time she could yet recover,” she said.

Tozi shot her a flat look.

“Look, we both know digging up a cult could take months while taking the killer could over in less than a week with a little luck,” she said. “I do not begrudge that you want to get off the island as swiftly as possible, but the Nineteenth is simply the better pick for this.”

Song grimaced, then gave a jerky nod.

“That may be the case. I can concede.”

“And I’ll remember the favor,” Tozi acknowledged.

And from the Izcalli’s perspective a favor was being done: if Commander Tredegar and Wen argued for the Thirteenth to get the murder investigation they were not guaranteed to secure it but they were sure to open the debate enough any brigade might end up claiming it.

Fortunately for Song, she had been aiming for the cult investigation from the start.

The Thirteenth could have done well with the other, but the Tianxi knew she had the perfect bait to make the cult reach out: Angharad Tredegar. Also known as a beautiful highborn young woman with a recent injury, the very kind of recruit that a cult like the Golden Ram would be hungering for. Between Song’s eyes being able to pick out contractors, Maryam’s nose for sniffing out disturbances in the aether and Tristan’s knack for getting where he shouldn’t the Thirteenth was almost tailor-made for that contract.

“Odds are the Fourth will try for the hunt,” Tozi told her. “Xical is gagging for it.”

“The Eleventh would be capable as well, but I don’t see them straying too far from the city if they can help it,” Song agreed.

Imani Langa had not approached Angharad on the ship, where prying eyes were difficult to avoid, but Song had not forgotten what she was after. The captain of the Eleventh want to avoid the hunt at all costs, since it would take her brigade away until the end, and if Imani could not get an investigation that left the exorcism.

“Then it seems we have our tests,” Tozi said, and offered up her hand.

Song shook it, smiling as she began to think on how to spend her favor.

The plan had been for the morning to belong to Theology, but with news trickling down from Commodore Trivedi that they would be reaching Asphodel late in the evening the plans were changed to Mandate. That lesson, Wen told the Thirteenth, was perhaps the most important they would get on the boat. They ought to pay attention closely, he said, so Maryam dutifully set out to.

Beginning with their unusual teacher.

Lieutenant Joaquin was a study in the dangers of going by first impressions. Though he had the looks and build of a scrapper, with a shaved head and hard eyes, he proved polite and almost soft-spoken. Tristan had mentioned he was by repute a mathematician, which the man elaborated on when bringing up the burning question on everyone’s lips: why he was the one teaching Mandate where there was a Stripe on board.

“I have, for the better part of the last decade, served as the lead intermediary for a Peiling Society venture,” Lieutenant Joaquin said. “The Society has been attempting the predict the trajectories of the moving objects of firmament through mathematics, in order to create a living map of Vesper’s ceiling. Its theories naturally require observation to be proved or disproved.”

He folded his hands behind his back.

“As a result, stargazing towers need be built across disparate regions of Vesper,” Lieutenant Joaquin said. “This has required from me negotiation with nobles of all stripes and familiarity with a variety of foreign laws – as well as a grasp of where the Watch falls within these.”

He paused.

“It is up to your Mandate teachers on Scholomance to teach you philosophy and organization,” Lieutenant Joaquin said. “I will, instead, attempt to impart you with some practical realities going forward: what your powers, duties and boundaries are as Watch student brigades operating on Asphodel.”

That this was being done on the ship, Maryam thought, was a reminder of how rushed their tests were. Those lessons should have been given by Professor Iyengar at Scholomance, but why would she when everyone else’s trip abroad was still months away?

“Now,” the lieutenant said, “the Rectorate is a signatory of the Treaty of Blancaflor. Can any of you tell me what this means?”

Imani Langa was first to raise her hand, and so called on though others followed after her.

“A Watch officer in the course of discharging a contract has the rights of detainment and petition,” she recited.

“Good,” Joaquin nodded. “Now, explain what these are – and where their limits lie.”

Through a staggered round of answers coming from multiple mouths, Maryam was allowed to piece things together. The Treaty of Blancaflor was, historically, the great compromise that put an end to the incessant wars between a fledgling Watch and Sacromonte over control of the Trebian Sea. In exchange for some major concessions – Sacromonte being the mediator for all Trebian states, the supremacy of Sacromontan currency and some hefty trade privileges – the Watch had been allowed rights in the region that other realms had balked at granting, some refusing outright.

The right of detainment was that a Watch officer, Song in the Thirteenth’s case, could order the temporary detainment of any lowborn man or woman, so long as they were not an official in service of the ruler. If a motive recognized by the Treaty was not then produced the detainee would have to be released with compensation, but it was still a hefty right.

“How well we are able to enforce detainment depends on the strength and tolerance of the local rulers,” Lieutenant Joaquin said. “On Asphodel, for example, traditionally servants of the rector’s household and even the palace at large have come to be considered ‘officials’. We cannot detain them.”

The shaved man raised an eyebrow.

“Should you, in the course of a contract, need the ability to interrogate such a servant or even a lord – what would be your recourse?”

The answer, as it turned out, was the earlier mentioned ‘right of petition’. Given the occasional urgency of Watch duties and how ignoring that urgency could have dire consequences, under the treaty officers could directly petition the rulers of a state in which they had taken a contract. Said ruler would immediately receive the petition allowing that officer to interrogate, investigate or otherwise bother someone beyond their authority and decided on an answer, becoming fully responsible for any consequences ensuing from a refusal.

It was, of course, not quite so simple as that.

“In practice, the right is only as strong as the ruler we deal with,” Lieutenant Joaquin told them. “In Asphodel, the lord rector might not be able to let us detain a minister even if we had evidence of cult involvement simply because doing so would result in civil war. We would have to reach out to other aristocrats to broker an arrangement or threaten the use of force.”

He paused.

“For the duration of your time on Asphodel, your right to petition will be exercised only through your patron,” he said. “You will have full freedom of the right of detainment, but abuse of it will have consequences.”

A hand went up, and Tupoc Xical cleared his throat when he received permission through a cocked eyebrow.

“The Iron Law,” the Izcalli said. “It that not also one of our rights?”

“That one is not granted by Blancaflor but by the Iscariot Accords,” Lieutenant Joaquin noted. “Hence why I intended to turn an eye to it later. Still, there is no harm in an early detour. Since you seem so interested, Xical, tell me: what is the fourth clause of the Iscariot Accords, the same colloquially known as the ‘Iron Law’?”

The pale-eyed man straightened.

“The Watch may kill any who have broken the Iscariot Accords and be made to stand trial for this only by the Watch itself,” he said.

Willingly broken the Iscariot Accords,” the lieutenant corrected. “Though admittedly the wiggle room there goes both ways.”

Maryam’s brow rose.

“This seems,” she said, “like a clause that would be even more difficult to enforce than the rights we have discussed.”

“Which is why it frequently is not,” Lieutenant Joaquin told her. “Yet it is the foundation of our authority regardless. The lawful and moral right to purge corruption wherever it is encountered is what makes us more effective than most local authorities even with our limitations.”

He paused.

“Consider this – even if the Grasshopper King were contracted and plotting with a god of the Old Night, killing him would lead to war. Killing the lessers in this conspiracy and then bringing the evidence to great lords of Izcalli, however, might well see the king quietly removed instead.”

He swept through them with his gaze.

“What I described is only be possible if we have the right to pursue and kill members of the conspiracy, which we gain through the fourth clause. It could be said that the Iron Law is the method and privilege through which we keep the world afloat,” Lieutenant Joaquin said, then his brow rose. “That is why any watchman below the rank of captain exercising it without orders will be hanged unless they have a very good reason for it.”

What a tightrope the blackcloaks walked, Maryam thought. Every power and privilege subjected to an eternal tug-of-war between need and practicality. How often watchmen must trip and fall on either side of the rope and be buried for it.

“Inkwells out,” the lieutenant ordered. “I will now list the clauses of Iscariot Accords you are allowed to enforce even as students, including the rare circumstances in which you would be able to exercise the fourth clause.”

A steady look.

“I should not need to explain,” Joaquin said, “that if any of you resort to the Iron Law without true need, being expelled from Scholomance will be the least of your troubles.”

The weight of his words quelled the room, but in her it birthed a question.

“Do you expect we’ll need to use it, sir?” Maryam asked.

What did he know that they did not?

“There’s a Tianxi saying,” he said, “that goes something like this: ‘treasuring a jade ring becomes a crime’. It means that to own a precious thing invites disaster through the greed of others.”

Lieutenant Joaquin clicked his tongue.

“Asphodel is weak, and it owns a treasure,” he said. “So keep your hands on steel, children: the kind of jackals that are about to come calling won’t stay their hand for fear of what a black cloak means.”

Chapter 40

The galleon cast a long shadow across the dock, all of them waiting standing within it.

It was barely three in the morning, and though Tristan was not unused to keeping night hours few of his companions shared the habit. Maryam kept leaning against him, half falling asleep on her feet, and he could only roll his eyes. Had she refrained from visiting the Abbey last afternoon she would be better rested, but now that Captain Yue had given her those eerie rings that helped with her Signs she was near obsessed with practice.

Tredegar shuffled to his left, earning a curious glance as he absent-mindedly caught Maryam’s sleeve so she would not tip over. The dark-skinned noble had been uneasy since they left the Rainsparrow Hostel, tightly wound enough she’d looked like she wanted to decline when sailors had come down the ramp to take their bags onto the ship. There was something up with Tredegar these days, and he was growing increasingly sure it wasn’t some petty schoolyard affair.

Someone laughed closer to the water, one of the instructors. Sound carried far out here, and the Allazei docks were somehow both empty and swarming. There were but a handful of garrison soldiers keeping an eye from their posts by the docks, but the great galleon called the Gallant Enterprise was a hive of activity – though now that the black-clad sailors had brought in all the crates it was the ship’s deck that was the heart of it.

Not that the Thirteenth was alone on the docks, far from it, for all that the talk was sparse and quiet. Odds were that they’d only be sharing a ship with the others on the dock for a few days, but Tristan still found them worth assessing.

Captain Wen had made it clear that should some disaster strike the student brigades could call on the Asphodel watchmen or the diplomatic flotilla, doing so without a great need would wreck their performance on the yearly test. The only people the Scholomance cabals would be able to call on were the instructors and each other. In other words, the muster that’d showed up here would be the available roster for their time abroad.

He was far from the only one to have realized that. Song had been reading everyone’s contracts from under the brim of her hat and the others were looking at the Thirteenth just as intently – if without magic silver eyes. It was just the four of them standing together, too, as their patron had abandoned them in favor of an omelet cornet and ‘conversation with people I actually like’.

Some of those out there Tristan was passingly familiar with.

The Fourth kept clannish distance from everyone else, almost glaring, but Tristan noticed they were less skittish with each other than they had been at the start of the year. If Bait was to be believed the monthly fights for who got to have a name were mostly halfhearted formalities nowadays and the unpleasant names stuck on them had been used so much any sting had long been sanded off.

Tupoc caught him looking and stared back with unblinking pale eyes, subtly mouthing ‘in your sleep’ before slicing a finger across his throat. Charming as ever.

A new detail about the Fourth was how their patron, Lieutenant Mitra, was standing with them staring off at the distance. The Someshwari was narrow-faced but broad-shouldered, mostly standing out because of his unkempt hair and beard – both which spread about in long, disorderly strands. He also looked rather gloomy, helped along by eyes bearing dark circles. A glint of light caught on the ring he bore, prompting Tristan shake Maryam awake and discreetly gesture that way.

“Does the ring mean anything?

She blinked at him a moment, smacking her lips, and only then actually began seeing the things around her.

“Um,” she eloquently replied. “Silver is the mark of a Master of the Guild?”

He cocked an eyebrow, his next question silent. He was no Akelarre, to know whether a ‘Master’ should be counted some grand dignitary or messenger boy.

“The captain on the Bluebell was a master as well,” Maryam said, blue eyes now fully awake.

At that he hummed, nodding his thanks. Captain Sfizo had supposedly kept a horde of crazed lares from continuing to flood the ship before almost casually caging the Saint – though admittedly only after several had wounded it for him. Still. Lieutenant Mitra was not one to trifle with, then. Hage had once mentioned that most Akelarre did not take up ranks higher than captain by old custom, preferring to sort themselves by hidden ranks inside their guild instead.

Song leaned in close to both of them, pitching her voice low.

“This Qianfan, you know him?”

Their gazes moved to the brigade standing closest to the Fourth, the Eleventh. That one bore relatively few surprises, but the Tianxi just mentioned had been one.

Captain Imani Langa and Thando Fenya were mostly accounted for, as was their Skiritai hatchet man: a Sacromontan by the name of Salvador who Tristan would be giving a very wide berth. The man reeked of coterie in all the worst ways, and Tredegar apparently holding in him high esteem from shared Skiritai classes only made him deadlier to the rat’s eye. A killer who knew when to keep it in the sheath was twice as dangerous.

Their fourth member was the aforementioned Qianfan, a tall Tianxi boy – and a Navigator student, hence Song’s question to Maryam.

“Barely in passing,” Maryam replied. “He’s one of the most frequent visitors to the Abbey cells.”

Like the Thirteenth, the Eleventh had been abandoned by their patron – he was one of the two chatting with Wen, a heavyset Lierganen man with a shaved head and face displaying fierce jowls and the broken jaw of a street tough. A deceptive appearance, as Lieutenant Joaquin was from the Peiling Society and a mathematician of some repute as well as their designated Mandate instructor.

That decision was made all the more interesting by the identity of the third patron in that little circle: Captain Oratile was a Stripe, the patron to the Nineteenth and also the chosen Teratology instructor. That the dark-skinned Academician would not be the one teaching them Mandate had come as something of a surprise.

The Nineteenth seemed surprised when she left them behind to join the other patrons, perhaps hinting at a soft hand overseeing them. Tristan looked that way the least, for… practical reasons. Tredegar cleared her throat softly, dark eyes staring the Nineteenth’s way, and he almost winced in advance.

“That girl is still glaring at you,” Tredegar told him.

Cressida Barboza, as it turned out, had not gotten the last Aetheric Warfare slot or forgiven him for his role in that outcome. Their captain wasn’t getting involved, at least – Tozi Poloko, she of the ridiculous haircut and lying eyes. Song liked the Izcalli officer some, but something about her reminded Tristan of those merchants that gouged desperate youths on bread prices and made it seem like a favor all the while.

Beside the captain towered Izel Coyac, a broad-shouldered man with powerful arms and stubble for hair. Umuthi, Tristan had learned when he asked around, and regarded by other tinkers as both a skillful hand with a tool and a rather friendly fellow. Going by the hairlessness and what he suspected were bindings under the tunic at chest height, Coyac was also corregido – a man once believed a woman.

The last of them, Kiran Agrawal, was another of Tredegar’s seemingly endless Skiritai acquaintances. The Someshwari spearman was friendly enough he’d come over to greet her, and he had the grooming habits of someone born to coin. No one else kept their beard and mustache that neat. Mind you, the jewelry alone would have told Tristan that: it looked like real gold. Song had quietly noted him to be a contractor, though she’d not elaborated.

“Pretend you don’t notice,” Tristan whispered back.

“A spurner lover, Tristan?” Tredegar teased. “Already?”

Much as he balked in being made a figure of fun by someone who had thought Isabel Ruesta was in any way a good idea, getting scathing would only draw attention to them.

“We had a slight disagreement over class scheduling, that’s all,” he vaguely replied. “Nothing too heated.”

“That is not a heatless glare, Tristan,” Tredegar told him. “I have some expertise in spurned glaring, and would rank this firmly in the upper half of the species.”

“How is Captain Imani, Angharad?” Song mildly asked.

The Pereduri coughed into her fist, looked away and commented on the mildness of the breeze so early in the morning. Tristan shot Song and grateful look that she pretended not to notice, then let his attention drift to the last pair waiting on the docks. They stood away from the other instructors close to the ramp leading onto the galleon.

Commander Osian Tredegar, Angharad’s uncle, was one of those roguishly fashionable types that infanzonas would cause a minor society scandal with before setting aside for a more respectable marriage. He was rich but also an Umuthi, which was a shame because Tristan was not fool enough to try lifting the gold of someone who could make aether traps. Rather amusingly, Commander Tredegar had been trying to get out of a conversation for the last fifteen minutes but the other side was not taking the hint.

Sergeant Kavia was a short, middle-aged Someshwari whose rank was suspiciously low. Her looks were unremarkable and her black hair kept in a bun, but she bore a bejeweled shield on her back along with two swords at her hip and one of those strange bladed Someshwari circles called chakram. That one had Skiritai written all over her, in Tristan’s opinion.

Alas, whether or not Commander Tredegar would eventually be able to escape with dignity from that conversation was to remain unknown, as shouts from above ended their common wait. A Watch officer on the deck of the galleon shouted for them to come aboard and be received by the commodore, which gave the older Tredegar an excuse to hurry up the ramp. The rest of them began to follow after.

“There should still be an instructor missing,” Song frowned.

Tristan almost smiled. He could understand why she’d believe that, as nearly all of their shared classes and the covenant ones had a face to them. Lieutenant Mitra for Theology and the Akelarre, Lieutenant Joaquin for Mandate and the Savants, Captain Oratile for Teratology and the Stripes. Even Captain Wen for Saga and the Laurels – poor Thando, sole Arthashastra student and about to inherit Wen’s full attention for hours at a time.

Sergeant Kavia should be covering Warfare and the Skiritai, which left Commander Tredegar for the Umuthi and thus one seat glaringly empty.

“I’d be rather surprised,” Tristan said, “if the Mask were not already aboard.:

It was tradition for the captain to welcome passengers aboard, and Song suspected that most would have been eager to rub elbows with the collection of covenanter instructors boarding the Gallant Enterprise even should they be disciplined to humor mere students. Commodore Trivedi instead looked at them all as if they were a tedious chore. Either the woman was well-connected enough to think the passengers beneath her, or commodore was likely the highest rank she would ever attain.

Competence alone was not enough to make it into admiralty ranks.

“Welcome aboard,” Commodore Trivedi blandly said. “My officers will bring you to your quarters. Accommodations will be made for your… classes, but I will not brook any wandering around and getting in the way of my men.”

She paused, forced a half-hearted smile.

“I may extend dinner invitations, should time allow. Dismissed.”

Some of the instructors seemed amused, others irked, but it was Captain Tozi that drew Song’s eye. There was something like contempt in the other woman’s gaze. They did not linger on deck, however, for Commodore Trivedi’s word was law on her own ship – and another few, as she led the entire diplomatic flotilla headed to Asphodel. Naval lieutenants escorted them into the belly of the beast, Song taking in every scrap of detail she could. And one truth became obvious quick enough.

Unlike the last galleon they had been on, the Gallant Enterprise was a fighting ship.

It was not a groaning old dog coming apart at the seams but a modern warship with fortified decks and forty gleaming culverin cannons. There were around hundred sailors crewing it and by the looks of it almost as many soldiers.

The students were promptly assigned quarters above the cargo hold, splitting three cabins between them. Luck of the draw had the Thirteenth score one of the smaller private ones and the Nineteenth the other, thus inflicting the sharing of close quarters with Tupoc onto the Eleventh. Song offered the gods due thanks for this, burning an offering to Menshen Zhu for having kept both evil spirits away from her door.

She bunked above Angharad while Tristan took the bed below Maryam’s, the four of them unpacking their affairs as much as they intended to for the length of the trip. Beyond a short stop at the port Lavega, where the Gallant was to link up with the rest of the flotilla, it was not planned for the ship to make landfall before reaching Asphodel – meaning they’d be splitting their time between this room, the dining hall and whatever could be borrowed for teaching purposes.

Wen knocked at their door shortly after, informing them they were to return to sleep but that there would be a wake-up call in a few hours. The instructor had agreed that classes were not to be skipped even on the first day. There was no argument from the Thirteenth, Maryam’s short spurt of wakefulness already turning to smoke, and they gladly collapsing onto their narrow bunks after snuffing out the lamp.

Song woke when the ship passed through the Ring of Storms, the noise and movement stirring her out of sleep, but she went back to sleep before they were even through.

At the seventh hour Captain Wen hammered at their door, tossing a bag full of grain biscuits and salted meat when Angharad sleepily opened the door. The Pereduri narrowly caught it.

“Water barrels are down the hall,” Wen told them. “You have forty-five minutes to ready for class.”

They rushed to eat and dress, Song and Angharad padding away to the barrels to wash – a handful of the others were there as well, looking as if the manner of their awakening had been no gentler than the Thirteenth’s. Song returned with a clean face and neck but to a sight that had her wondering if she was still asleep: Tristan, sitting on his bed, was feeding a rotund black cat a piece of biscuit from the pack.

“Is that Mephistofeline?”

“It’s either that or one of the lard cuts grew fur,” Tristan replied.

Mephistofeline, indifferent to the insult, kept eating up the crumbs and biting at his fingers.

“Well,” Song muttered, “I suppose we know who your instructor will be now.”

“And Cressida Barboza’s as well,” the thief muttered. “That I could have done without.”

There was a loud snore as Maryam twisted in her covers, arm slipping past the edge of the bunk bed and hanging loose.

“You let her go back to sleep,” Song accused.

“She cursed at me in her native tongue,” he drawled back. “I’m not getting anywhere near her when she does that – not as long as she sleeps with a hatchet under her pillow, anyway.”

The silver-eyed Tianxi sighed.

“Fine, I’ll take care of it,” she said.

There was an unloaded musket to use as a stick. Song paused when reaching for it.

“That biscuit is coming out of your share, by the way,” she said.

He snorted.

“If you’d tried one, you would know it’s not great loss.”

Ship rations rarely were any good, admittedly. It was a narrow thing, but Song was able to ensure her brigade was awake, dressed and not starving by the time Sergeant Kavia came to gather everyone. She counted the heads, as if they were sheep returning from a wander, and then led them through the depths of the ship. There she bade them good luck and knocked at the door.

And that was how seventeen students found themselves crammed into a small room smelling vaguely of anchovies just before the turn of eight, as the door had opened to reveal the rictus grin of one Captain Wen Duan. Saga, it seemed, was to be the first class.

None of the other students had dealt with Wen before, save for Tupoc, and it showed from the sheer amount of baffled, offended and sympathetic looks that the Thirteenth received within five minutes of everyone being stuck in a room with the man.

The Eleventh was told to sit further back because Captain Imani was ‘too distractingly Uthukilen’, Tupoc was complimented on having managed to trick so many people into listening to him since they’d last met and Captain Tozi Poloko’s surname was almost certainly deliberately mangled in pronunciation. Not that the Thirteenth was spared, as Maryam was informed he’d known livelier corpses. After rounds of insults barely camouflaged as him taking attendance, to Song’s relief the captain actually deigned to begin teaching them something.

“While you are all living monuments to staggering levels of ignorance about the world around you,” Captain Wen Duan casually said, “I’m not paid anywhere near enough to put in even a token effort in mending that sad reality.”

He reached behind his bench, taking out a bulky cloth sack and setting it on his knees before pushing his glasses.

“We’ll settle for you gaining a modicum of understanding about the nation we are all sailing to.”

Untying the ropes around the head of the bag, he reached insides. The better part of seventeen gazes followed the gesture.

“We’ll start with the basics,” Captain Wen said. “Can one of you tell me what the capital of Asphodel Rectorate is?”

Hands rose, Song’s one of them, but she paid closer attention to the faces than who Wen would pick. Captain Tozi was no surprise, and neither was Thando Fenya – he was a Laurel, after all. More interesting was Alejandra Terrero from the Fourth. Not all Navigators concerned themselves with the lay of the seas, but it seemed like Tupoc’s signifier might be one of them.

“Fenya,” Wen said. “Amaze me.”

“Tratheke,” Lord Thando said. “The name is derived from words in the Cycladic cant meaning ‘singing box’.”

A noise of approval. Wen reached inside the bag, producing a small orange.

“Tratheke is where we will dock and where three out of four assessment tests will take place,” he said.

He then turned a look on Thando.

“Here,” the bespectacled man said. “Have a praise orange.”

To the Malani’s honor, he caught the orange that Wen tossed him and mostly hid his confusion. He best start getting used to the feeling, as Thando Fenya was the only Arthashastra Society student headed to Asphodel and thus he would be suffering the undiluted Wen Duan dosage during the afternoons.

Song almost pitied him for that. Almost.

“All right,” Wen said. “Now, who runs the place?”

Now that was an interesting question, she thought. In principle, the answer was the rector of Asphodel – currently Lord Rector Evander Palliades the Third, ninth ruler of the relatively recent Palliades dynasty. The Rectorate, despite the name, was effectively a monarchy in practice. The complicating factor here was that, reading between the lines of every book on Asphodel she had got her hands on, the office of rector in general and the Palliades family in particular had been losing their grip on the reins of power for the last eight decades.

Thando’s hand went up again, though it went ignored, and this time it was Tupoc’s hand that went up along Captain Tozi’s.

“Poloko,” Captain Wen said. “What have you got?”

“Lord Rector Evander Palliades,” she said, then frowned. “Second of his name.”

Wen tossed her an orange, which she caught with a pleased smile.

“Don’t go smiling, that was a shame orange for getting it wrong,” the captain told her. “Song, try to redeem your covenant.”

The look Captain Tozi turned on her for that was rather cool. Ugh, and she was the captain Song most wanted to cultivate ties to. The Tianxi cleared her throat.

“Asphodel is ruled by its lord rector, but the office is advised by the Council of Ministers, an advisory body made up from great nobles,” she said. “The Ministers have a degree of control over courts and the treasury.”

Wen only cocked an eyebrow, evidently considering the answer incomplete, so she pressed on.

“There is also the Trade Assembly, an association of the wealthiest merchants of Asphodel, whose leading magnates control the trade keeping the Rectorate afloat,” she continued. “While they have no official authority, they have a great deal of informal influence.”

The reason the Palliades were still rectors even though their blood claim was weak and there was mounting discontent was that the Ministers and the Assembly were at each other’s throats. The heart of it was about land: the nobles controlled great estates they guarded jealously, keeping the magnates from turning their wealth into power by buying land. Both sides tried to pull the Palliades their way to check their enemies, allowing the family enough leverage to continue squeaking through,

Captain Wen nodded.

“This is a praise orange,” he informed her before tossing it.

She snatched it up despite his best effort at lobbing it low enough it’d slip her grasp. Tupoc got a praise orange as well for identifying the island of Arke and its iron mines as both the source of much of Asphodel’s current wealth and the reason it had been fighting with the Duchy of Rasen regularly for the last two centuries. Captain Tozi redeemed herself by explaining that the city of Tratheke was built out of massive Antediluvian ruin, which many believed to have been a university of sorts.

Imani was thrown a shame orange for a lacking answer regarding the closest diplomatic ties of the Rectorate were – according to her, Sacromonte and the Watch.

“Sacromonte backs the Rectorate, and encourages it to fight Rasen as standing policy,” Wen agreed. “You’re right about that. But the old ties to the Watch have grown weak – Asphodel is mostly clear of monsters and the Rookery now buys grain through the City instead. Who’s stepped into that gap?”

Song knew the answer, as it was good as plainly writ in Trade in the Trebian, Ninth Sails Edition, which was why she knew the way the question had been phrased was a trap. While Thando Fenya correctly identified Tianxia as a growing trade partner for the Rectorate – the southern republics were famously gluttons for iron – he was still thrown a shame orange. Song took some small pleasure in elaborating on his answer when prompted.

“The Kingdom of Malan imports large amounts of cattle from Asphodel,” she added, “as the native breed of sheep is highly prized in the Malani heartlands.”

Something about it producing fine wool without taking sick in the warm weather. Which meant the Malani had ties to the Council of Ministers, as only the nobles had large enough estates to raise cattle on that scale. And since the Trade Assembly controlled the iron shipping to the Republics, which kept them rich enough to compete with the nobles, the magnates had ties to Tianxia. It was no wonder that the Watch believed there would soon be war in Asphodel, given that two powers stronger than the nominal ruler of the state were in bed with foreign interests.

Song knew better than to believe the Republics were anything less than cutthroat in their efforts to dominate the Trebian trade.

“Now, perhaps I am too hopeful a man but I choose to believe that the lot of you are capable of understanding the basic implications of what has been said here,” Captain Wen said. “Now, consider this: the Asphodel Rectorate has unveiled the existence of a functional Antediluvian on its home island, the capacity to build cutters and that it secured a large cache of tomic alloys.”

He paused.

“Then consider further that all of these great and mighty boons are inside land that is ruled over directly by the lord rector of Asphodel, allowing young Evander Palliades to entirely cut out the aristoi and the magnates.”

Captain Wen leaned in.

“What does that sound like to you?”

“Blackpowder,” Kiran Agrawal grimly said.

“Elaborate,” Wen said.

It was another than answered – Angharad, to Song’s mild surprise.

“A great source of revenue not hampered by the Council of Ministers would allow the lord rector to muster funds and soldiers to assert authority over the nobility again,” she said. “To call the magnates to heel would then be trivial.”

“You two can split the orange later,” Wen mused, setting it down on a barrel. “Broadly speaking, that assessment’s correct – the Palliades have a chance at ruling Asphodel in more than name again, if they survive the next few years. That Lord Rector Evander kept secret the shipyard find until the very last moment indicates he understands the dangers ahead.”

The bespectacled man rolled his shoulder.

“There will be eyes on you from the moment we dock at Trathekes,” Wen warned them. “Traditionally, the Watch can be said to be on the side of whoever holds the seat of lord rector. In practice, however, the power of the countryside aristoi means our men at Stheno’s Peak had to cultivate good relationships with them to be able to move unhindered through their lands.”

“Surely,” Bait slowly said, “neither these ministers nor magnates would try to hinder us when our contracts are to the benefit of Asphodel.”

Wen laughed.

“There’s war coming for that isle, boy,” he said. “If it looks like the Lord Rector will win it, the old nobles will reach out to their Malani friends and the merchants send letters to the Republics – they know a resurgent Palliades family will bury them. There’s not a scrap of sharp steel on Asphodel that will not be scrutinized for allegiance, and though you are students you wear the black.”

He clicked his tongue.

“Behind you stands the weight of armies and fleets, children,” he said. “Your personal opinions matter little, but these grand men will dissect your every step like augurs trying to read in such entrails the intentions of the officers above you.”

And if the Watch decided to back a faction, Song read between the lines, it might very well tip the balance their way. Malan and the Republics were powerful, but the Watch was closer – and could more easily commit more of its strength. Yet the Watch could not take sides, as Professor Iyengar had told them in that first lesson. To do so would be a poison lethal to the order.

“You will have to tread lightly,” Wen Duan said. “Which is why we’re now going to spend the rest of this morning learning names .”

Skeptical looks.

“Whose names, you ask?”

“No one asked that,” Tristan muttered.

“Ah, my first volunteer,” he happily replied. “And, of course, it is the names of every great family, trade cartel and court official on Asphodel.”

He cracked his hands.

“And in case you were wondering, every mistake will be punished.”

Chapter 39

Angharad found herself, against her will, spellbound by the sight of Captain Wen Duan eating an apple.

Not for any messiness or lack of manners but because he was shaving slices off it, one small bit at a time, and popping them into his mouth – without looking at his hands or paying attention to either the apple or the folding knife. It was like looking at a man walking the edge of a cliff in a windstorm. Surely, any moment now, Wen would cut himself. That he stubbornly did not was impressive, but also frustrating in some abstract away.

“You know, I’d be miffed about your uncle throwing his weight around the Thirteenth so much if he weren’t bribing me again,” Captain Wen said.

Angharad grimaced, which was about the only thing she could do without collapsing in exhaustion afterwards these days. She had tried to raise a cup of water this morning and it’d felt like her fingers were made of rubber. She’d barely been able to grasp the cup, much less move it.

“Surely,” she tried, “it is merely a gift of thanks for your-”

“Nah, it was pretty bribe-shaped,” Wen mused. “It’s not like he just slid me a bag of gold under the table, he’s a classy man your uncle, but it had those definite bribe characteristics. I should know, those were the only good thing about the Dominion. The frequent probes are what senior officers use to sell the assignment to suckers who volunteer for the tour.”

Angharad choked.

“You mean to say that the Watch knows about bribes on the Dominion,” she said. “That they allow this?”

“It’s official policy, even,” Wen said. “You just have to report them. That way the infanzones keep sending their little darlings, certain that pouring gold into our pockets will give their brats an edge to survive and come back covered in glory.”

It was a relief to learn that Uncle Osian might not have broken the law by paving her way on the Dominion, although Angharad was leery at the notion of any involvement with bribes. Hypocrite, she chided herself. You sneer at gold when you’ve been bought and sold with promises thin as air. Eager to leave that dark thought behind, she cleared her throat.

“Thank you for visiting, Captain Wen,” she said.

The corpulent Tianxi narrowly avoided carving out a tenth of his thumb, instead producing a thin slice of apple he swallowed with a pleased smack of the lips.

“I’m patron to the Thirteenth,” he shrugged. “Which you are still part of, as far as I know.”

She grimaced again.

“That uncertainty,” Angharad delicately said, “is why I wished to speak with you. While I had been considering transferring to another brigade, the situation has changed.”

Another miraculous dodge, another slice of apple.

“Heard about that,” Captain Wen agreed. “A motion that went through all the hoops, even passed a vote in the Conclave. Someone must have called in pretty juicy favors for that.”

He paused.

“So now you’re stuck on the boat you were hoping to leave and you’re coming to me to…”

He squinted at her through those gold-rimmed glasses.

“To learn what has been going on since you started rooming with the Thirty-First, I’m guessing.”

“That is not inaccurate,” Angharad admitted. “I know only rumors of what happened with the Forty-Ninth, or even of the assault on Song. It appears reconciliation took place in my absence.”

Which had her jaw clenching, just a little bit. If there had been such grace and artfulness to be found in the brigade, why had it only made an appearance after she left? Was she truly so disliked none of them found it worth trying when she’d still had a foot in the cottage? Wen narrowly saved the side his forefinger from a rather nasty scrape, chewing on his slice.

“Could be,” the large man said.

Angharad patiently waited, but all he did was shave off another piece and eat it.

“If you might elaborate,” she said.

“I won’t,” Wen Duan bluntly told her. “You misunderstand what I am to you, Tredegar. I am not your informant, and my taking your uncle’s coin does not mean I am beholden to you in any way. If you want to know what the others have been up to, ask them.”

He leaned in.

“If you want advice, I’ll give it,” Wen said. “If you need a message passed it’ll be, well, not a pleasure but something I can probably pawn off to Mandisa so close enough. You are not owed a thing more.”

Angharad grit her teeth.

“I did not mean to imply-”

“No, but you did nonetheless,” he easily cut through. “Choke it down and keep moving, kid.”

He carved up a shallow bit of apple, the tip of the knife whispering against a nail, and took up the piece.

“Anything else?”

Angharad breathed in and closed her eyes. There was throbbing in the back of her head, near the nape, but the headache was a constant companion now. Part of her wanted to wait longer to pursue this, until she was further down the road to recovery. She had only revealed it all to her uncle last night, there were still over two weeks left before the ship to Asphodel departed. But that voice was the part of her flinching away from the work, from the embarrassment of the necessities that yet lay before her.

So Angharad swallowed her pride, well aware she would be getting used to that taste over the coming days.

“I would ask for advice,” she finally said.

“Never pair a Lanka red with monkfish,” Wen replied without batting an eye. “It feels light enough when you try the bottle, but it isn’t. Spoils the taste completely.”

It insulted her Pereduri pride somewhat to have let him spring that on her.

“On the matter of resuming a place in the Thirteenth, more specifically,” Angharad said.

“Ah, that,” he smiled. “I’ll tell you, then, that the real meat of that situation is a choice you have yet to make.”

Wen Duan pushed his glasses back up his nose.

“Are you trying to return for Asphodel, or for good?” he asked. “Either way you’ll need to sit down with Song, but those would be different conversations.”

Asphodel, Angharad almost replied, but she held her tongue. To speak in haste was rarely wise.

“Do you believe she would be inclined to accept a temporary arrangement?” she asked instead.

“Not without you coughing something up,” Wen bluntly said. “You had two selling points, Angharad: your sword hand and your connections. The way I hear it, the hand’s going to be on the mend and she gets to lean on your connections regardless. What is it that you bring to the table?”

“I will recover in time,” Angharad said. “By the time we leave for Asphodel I will be able to walk with a cane, and depending on how long we stay there-”

There she gave him a quizzical glance, hoping for an answer.

“Depends on your test and how quickly you finish it,” Captain Wen said. “Could be a week, could be months.”

Angharad’s lips thinned. A week on Asphodel after a few days on a ship – the Rectorate was not far from Tolomontera, accounting for fair winds – would not be enough for her to meaningfully recover. A month more and she would be largely back in good health, they had told her, but before that… Straining herself too early might well extend the length of her convalescence.

“I am not sure what I can offer in trade,” she admitted.

“So think on that, then, before you face Song,” Wen said. “It’d be best for you to abandon any notion of you having the larger end of the stick.”

He gave her a look that was hard to decipher.

“That episode with the mara did no wonders for your reputation,” the bespectacled captain said. “You might be on shakier footing than you think.”

Angharad licked her lips.

“What is being said?”

“That you acted the fool, and nearly got yourself killed,” he said, folding the knife and pushing himself up. “Neither of which is untrue.”

Wen bit into the remains of his apple, scarfing the juicy flesh down and swallowing it in a great gulp.

“You’re still on a visitor limit for the next few days, to avoiding straining you,” he said. “Do you want the Thirty-First added to the list of those allowed? Several visited while you were unconscious.”

“Please do,” Angharad replied.

He nodded, then idly tossed the apple core into the empty chamber pot in the corner of the room. He had a deft hand at that, she noted, for a man wearing spectacles.

“It’s not the end of it all, being on the back foot,” Captain Wen told her. “It’s where most everyone starts, Angharad. You’ll find a way to muddle on.”

Angharad mutely thanked him and he nodded back, strolling out of the room. The noblewoman collapsed back down onto her pillows the moment he left, closing her eyes as a ram pounded against the inside of her skull. Even conversation was tiring, these days, but she dared not sleep, not until she had found something she might bargain with the Thirteenth with.

It was a long day of chasing dead ends after that, and a long night.

Tristan had seen murders whose aftermath was less grisly.

He’d put up the scarecrow at the edge of the field, planting the pole deep in the ground and crossing it with a long branch at shoulder height. The head was a ball of cloth filled with straw and the cheapest hat he could find– a simple cap – but he’d clothed his masterpiece in a loose brown tunic with tied up bundles of straw shoved under to fill up the frame. It had been very convincing, in his opinion.

Not to the magpie, apparently, because it had gutted the thing.

The scarecrow had been brutally decapitated, his head on the ground bearing the marks of having been pecked open thought the cloth. Straw peeked out mournfully through these holes. The cap had been pulled off, ripped up around the edges and abandoned in the dirt. Worse was the fate of the scarecrow’s body: eviscerated, the tunic carved open at the belly with straw spilling out on the ground like entrails.

For that to have happened, Tristan knew, the strings keeping the straw bundles together would have needed to be pecked open. This… outrage was not mere happenstance: he was being sent a message.

“I don’t see any seeds,” Maryam said, taking a bite from her apple.

She chewed as loudly and obnoxiously as she could. Tristan frowned. It was true, none of the seeds he had sown that morning remained. As last time, the bird had been meticulous in removing them all.

“I know,” he said.

She swallowed, loudly.

“I don’t think your scarecrow idea worked, Tristan,” Maryam opined.

“I know,” Tristan replied through gritted death.

He pulled down at his tunic to hide his irritation. This was but a setback.

“I have only just begun,” Tristan Abrascal announced. “If I have to bribe Ferranda’s own tinker to make me traps, then by the Manes I will.”

He turned to glare at the cottage rooftop.

“Your days are counted, bird,” he called out. “This is far from over.”

He was a dignified man, so he did not shake his fist. This restraint was rewarded by the reveal of his enemy: on the rooftops there was a flicker of movement, dark feathers on tiles, and then an answering birdcall. It was the sound a door hinge would make if it could cackle.

“Yeah?” he grunted. “Well, let’s see how you outwit the latest traps out of Tianxia then.”

A rusty cackle gave answer.

“I think this might be my favorite thing to have happened all year,” Maryam confessed.

Captain Tozi Poloko held the kind of contract that nobles waged private wars to control.

While Song had never before heard of the Three Hundred Ninety-Ninth Brother, the god could not be a trifling one: it was no small boon, granting Captain Tozi the power to discern the most likely source of her death for the next three hours. It was a boon contract on top of that, so the Izcalli would not need to pay every time she looked for her death.

The price was not particularly onerous either, for someone of means anyway. Tozi Poloko was to raise a shrine to the Three Hundred Ninety-Ninth Brother every year until her death, but the Centzon word used could also mean ‘altar’. The implication there, Song thought, was that it did not have to be a particularly large shrine.

“Our patron will be teaching Teratology while we are on the Gallant Enterprise,” Captain Tozi said, as she broke the chicken bone with her bare hands and eased off the meat. “It is unclear to me if these lessons will continue while on Asphodel.”

In search of a cheap, private eatery with decent food Song had reached out to the finest source at her disposal and been recommended by Captain Wen the ‘Thirteenth Poultrayal’, a Lierganen rotisserie with one of the most audaciously blasphemous names she’d ever heard of. The owner was a taciturn, scarred man with a hook hand who could roast a fine chicken but categorically refused to put oil in all his lanterns or fix the chairs so they’d stop wobbling.

The lighting inside was flickering and smelled faintly of olives, though that did nothing to hinder a woman with eyes like Song’s from taking in the sight of Tozi Poloko.

The Izcalli was short and slender, almost boyish, and her haircut only strengthened the impression – shaved, save for a narrow, raised stripe of hair going all the way down her back and two small spots above her ears. The mark of Izcalli nobility, of the warrior kind: the cuachic was an honor granted to highborn who’d distinguished themselves in a flower war. The spots being there meant Tozi was descended from such a warrior but had not fought in such a flower war herself.

An elaborate and eye-catching hairdo, which along with the studs in her lips and nose did much heavy lifting in drawing the eye away from small, wet eyes and severe eyebrows.

“They will, though not as regularly,” Song replied. “Our own patron told me as much when he mentioned he will be teaching Saga over the journey.”

Captain Tozi popped a piece of chicken into her mouth, looking thoughtful as she chewed. She’d ordered half of one and torn into it happily, Song satisfying herself with chicken bone broth and what might just be the worst tea she’d ever drunk.

“I expect all four patrons will be instructors, then,” Tozi said. “I know the Eleventh’s patron is a Savant, I don’t suppose you know who’s behind the Fourth?”

“Their man is a Navigator,” Song told her. “A lieutenant by the name of Mitra.”

Tristan apparently had a source inside the Fourth Brigade willing to pass some information, so Song had in turn passed the Mask a list of questions. It was unfortunate that Maryam’s inquiries to Captain Yue about where this Lieutenant Mitra stood in the Akelarre internal hierarchy had been turned away, but then the signifiers were known to prize secrecy.

“Theology for the Navigator and Mandate for the Peiling Society robe, then,” Captain Tozi mused. “I wonder if they’ll send us a Skiritai or a Stripe to cover Warfare.”

Song was inclined to believe it would be a Skiritai, since any Stripe important enough to be sent with a diplomatic delegation to Asphodel was likely to have better use for their time than teaching classes. Mostly likely whoever was sent to train the Skiritai students would double up and teach Warfare on the side.

The Thirteenth, Nineteenth and Eleventh all numbered four students – while the Fourth numbered five, as it was in Tupoc’s very nature to be contrary – so seventeen Scholomance students would be sailing to Asphodel. Every covenant was sure to have at least one representative among the students sent, meaning every covenant would need to either send a teacher or charge one of the brigade patrons with that duty.

“Have you heard anything of the tests awaiting us?” Song idly asked.

She sipped at her terrible tea as Captain Tozi eyed her. Had this even been brewed with tea leaves or just something ripped out of the nearest bush?

“Rumors,” the Izcalli said. “Our patron says there’s sure to be an investigation among them, though. The Rectorate likes to hire the Watch to deal with contract-wielding criminals. Did you hear anything?”

Tozi Poloko had contributed enough unknown information to be worth cultivating as a friendly acquaintance, Song decided, so she cracked open the door a bit.

“I was informed at least one of the tests would take us outside the capital and into the countryside,” she said. “At a guess, an exorcism contract.”

The brown-eyed Izcalli grimaced, as well she should. Exorcism contracts were about removing an aether intellect’s influence from a physical area, and while they were not necessarily dangerous they had a reputation for being unpredictable. Those hiring the Watch usually could not tell the difference between a piece of an old god gathering strength or a lesser spirit that’d gorged on aether and decided to make mischief.

It meant taking exorcism contracts was like rolling dice. Uncle Zhuge had advised to avoid them unless she put together a brigade particularly skilled with such matters, which Song had not. While she had a Navigator, she lacked a Savant skilled in the relevant areas.

“Here’s hoping that the Leopard Society prick gets the short straw, then,” Captain Tozi drily said.

“I will raise a cup to that,” Song fervently agreed, and did.

“There,” Captain Yue said. “Try it on.”

It did not look like much, at first glance. A brass ring, a wide flat band. A closer look revealed, however, that there was a stripe going across the middle of the length. Etched cryptoglyphs, so small Maryam’s eyes could barely make them out – and her mind struggled to comprehend them where she could. The Izvorica did not even need to extend her nav to feel the conceptual symmetry laid there, like a subtle steel grip.

“What do they mean?” she asked instead of obeying.

“We don’t know,” Yue admitted. “Only around half of Antediluvian cryptoglyphs are understood, and no find ever allowed us to make out the meaning of these.”

“But you know the effect,” Maryam guessed.

“I do,” Captain Yue said, “and so will you. When you put it on.”

She plucked the ring from the unnecessarily ceremonious cushion it had been placed on, warily trailing her thumb down the length of the cryptoglyphs. They felt cool to the touch, like a pond come spring. Sliding it on, Maryam braced herself for something that never came. Moments passed.

“It had no effect,” she said.

“It’s not a magic ring, Maryam,” Yue said, rolling her eyes. “It is a device. Wrap your nav around it, as a string.”

Cheeks slightly flushed, she did. Now Maryam felt… something. There was some sort of conceptual symmetry at work but besides being felt it did not appear to, well, do anything. She wrapped her nav in a string around the ring three times before turning to her mentor with a cocked eyebrow.

“Stop,” Captain Yue said. “Now pull your nav back.”

Maryam frowned at pulled with her mind, as if to unwind the bob of nav she had woven around the ring, only the ring held the nav firmly in place. She stilled in surprise.

“Ah, so it works,” Yue grinned.

“What is this?” she breathed out.

“I’ve decided to call them rake-rings,” Captain Yue said. “Think of the ring as a gear that turns only one way. When the nav is pulled away from you, it gets stuck in the teeth. Take off the ring and your nav is released.”

“So long as I have it on, it prevents the entity from pulling at the nav I’ve woven around the ring,” Maryam quietly said, heart beating against her ears. “I would be able to trace Signs with what was bound without interference.”

“It will do more than that,” Yue said with a sly smile. And as this creature is strong, it might break a ring eventually. I’ll have a set made for you and you can weave around them like a pulley, distributing the force.”

The Tianxi grinned.

“Tools,” she said, “are how we took the world from spirits and animals. This is no different.”

Only the name still struck Maryam as odd, for why not call them gear-rings or pulley-rings instead? It was only thinking of a second meaning for rake she put it together.

“And when struggling against the rings the entity will hurt itself on the ‘teeth’,” Maryam said. “Like claws raked across its flesh.”

“Small wounds,” Yue agreed. “Drops of blood for you to swallow.  It won’t be able to help struggling, Maryam, even knowing it’s hurting itself. That is its nature.”

The Izvorica shivered at the light in Captain Yue’s eyes, which was neither cruel nor kind but coldly pleased in the way that a clock might be pleased when its gears ran smoothly. Caring only for the beauty of the function, indifferent to whether a finger was lost fixing the little pieces.

“It will feed itself to you, Maryam, one piece at a time.”

It was a pleasant visit, all things told, but to entertain four stretched Angharad’s limits.

Zenzele was the one to notice, leaning to the side and whispering into Ferranda’s ear as Shalini continued gesturing animatedly through her story. The victory of Lindiwe Sarru’s team against a lemure from the Steel list was the talk of Allazei, apparently, and the Someshwari gunslinger had been mightily impressed by the manner of the great chimera’s death – and that there’d been no casualty among Lady Sarru’s team.

“I know the woman they got the grenades from,” Rong contributed when Shalini stopped for a breath. “It cannot be done without dabbling in alchemy – there is a Glare effect – but the formula is supposed to be simple firepowder otherwise. Not all that difficult to make.”

“For a Tinker, perhaps,” Ferranda said. “Besides, I do not believe Angharad will be returning to the Acallar anytime soon.”

“I have had word from the Marshal,” Angharad said. “I am expected to begin attending when I can walk with a cane.”

The infanzona looked horrified.

“To fight?”

Angharad cleared her throat with some embarrassment.

“To serve as a new exercise,” she admitted. “I am to head into the arena and be protected from beasts by a squad.”

A pause.

“Marshal de la Tavarin will grant the right to draw again from the lists to any company that completes the exercise.”

“Oh, that’d be so useful,” Shalini muttered. “Are you allowed to fight at all?”

“Only with firearms, save in the defense of my own life,” Angharad said.

Zenzele cleared his throat from the other side of her bed.

“Interesting as that is, we will soon be expected by Philani at the Dregs,” he said. “You can scheme the details of her return another time, Shalini.”

The woman in question blinked, seemingly surprised, then glanced Angharad’s way. Whatever she saw there had her biting the inside of her cheek.

“Of course,” Shalini said. “I’ll swing by tomorrow, Angharad, my story’s not entirely done anyhow.”

“I will look forward to it,” she smiled.

Zenzele mustered the others out the door like a particularly polite sergeant, but even though she rose to her feet Ferranda did not take her leave. This was not unexpected – there had been talk between them of Angharad joining the Thirty-First, but also of obligations dictating otherwise. The infanzona was owed a resolution to that conversation. A silence stretched out between them, almost tense.

“I hear there was no permanent damage,” Ferranda finally said.

Angharad’s lips thinned.

“It is believed that I lost some memories,” she replied. “A minor loss, the Akelarre called it, but how would I know if it were otherwise?”

It was a fearful thing, to hear you had somehow been made less but would likely never learn exactly how.

“I looked into maras,” Ferranda said. “It could have been much, much worse.”

“That is true enough,” Angharad muttered. “My uncle was… firm in telling me as much.”

“If there was anger, I expect it was born of worry,” the fair-haired infanzona said, crossing her arms. “I truly am glad you were spared the worst, Angharad.”

The Pereduri’s brow creased. That made twice, now. That was the difference between wishing well and preparing the ground.

“You have bad news,” Angharad guessed.

Ferranda Villazur’s face, ever prone to severity, hardened.

“Our talk about your joining the Thirty-First should be considered laid to rest,” she said.

The surprise, Angharad thought, somehow stung worse than the words. She had not thought Ferranda the kind of woman to be moved by the rumors Wen mentioned, but perhaps that was unfair of her. Reputation mattered in Scholomance, Angharad had to acknowledge as much even if some took the obsession too far.

“I must remain with the Thirteenth for several more weeks at least,” she said. “Still, there are yet years ahead of us on this isle.”

“Laid to rest for good, Angharad,” Ferranda flatly corrected.

The noblewoman stilled. For good? That was… No, rumors would not put those words in the infanzona’s mouth. What had happened? Her bafflement must have been obvious, for Ferranda’s jaw clenched at the sight of it.

“You…”

Ferranda’s voice turned cold and clipped.

“Bad enough you headed out into Allazei alone without warning any of us, but that is far from the worst decision you made that night,” she said. “You wandered into a layer, Angharad, had an encounter with a parasite and after being lucky enough not to die outright you brought it back to the house.”

 There was cold anger in Ferranda’s eyes.

“Rong and Zenzele slept mere feet away from a dollmaker and never knew, because you never said a word about it all. If Song had not figured it out we might not have realized anything until the mara attacked one of them in their sleep.”

“I,” Angharad began, then swallowed. “There was-”

She bit her lip. How much could she tell Ferranda without revealing too much?

“You put my cabalists in danger,” the infanzona sharply said. “I do not care what your reasons were, Angharad. If not for a stroke of luck, your ill-considered stunt might well have gotten other people killed.”

Crisply she folded her hands behind her back.

“Recklessness is one thing when it is only your life on the line, but you brought others into the danger you courted. I cannot in good conscience seek to recruit you into the Thirty-First Brigade.”

Angharad swallowed, eyes shying away from the other woman’s burning gaze. She found herself looking down at her lap like a chided child, but how could she resent that when she had no defense to muster? She had… Ferranda was right to be angry. Neither Rong nor Zenzele had cause to pay for the decisions that Angharad had made, was yet making. She had brought trouble to their doorstep and never once warned them of it.

“I understand,” she forced out.

A moment passed, then she heard Ferranda sigh.

“I do not mean to sever all ties between us, Angharad,” she said.

The Pereduri’s head rose and she found the infanzona’s expression had softened the slightest bit.

“I draw a line now so that I need not ever do so again,” Ferranda said. “There can no longer be a question of your sharing a roof or brigade with us, but nothing else need change. I don’t expect Zenzele or Shalini would obey that order even were I inclined to give it.”

No, Angharad thought. Not matter the good intention, it could not be so neat as that. When a clay cup was shattered putting the pieces back together would not also put the water back inside. She had broken the trust extended her, it should not be easy for things to return the way they had been.

“I understand,” she repeated, like a child or a fool.

Ferranda let out a long breath.

“I should have waited longer before telling you,” she finally said. “Zenzele was right.”

Another prick of pain, to hear that Zenzele disagreed not with the word but the time of their speaking.

“No,” Angharad softly replied. “I am glad you did not. If you had visited more than once before telling me it would have felt…”

A lie, in some indescribable way.

“Your affairs are free to remain in the house as long as you wish,” Ferranda said, not. “I understand your ties to the Thirteenth are… uncertain, at the moment.”

The sound Angharad let out at that was half a sob. No matter how long she stared at the walls, she had found nothing that Song and the others might want of her. She closed her eyes, forced herself to calm. To break out weeping before Ferranda would shame them both. The other noblewoman waited in silence until she’d gathered herself, her breath steady even if her eyes still strung.

“Arrogance never really feels like arrogance, does it?” Angharad murmured. “Only like pride, until it breaks on you.”

Ferranda’s eyes were far away. Angharad suspected she knew where, and with whom.

“The gods delight in a well-laid plan,” the infanzona replied. “In that moment before you set out, when you have it all figured it out. It’s what ruins you, I think – being so sure that with a little cleverness, you can have it all.”

The infanzona smiled mirthlessly.

“Fate is a blind and cruel horse,” she said. “It will throw you off when you least expect it.”

“It is not fate that was blind,” Angharad tiredly said.

“Maybe,” Ferranda shrugged. “But what does that change? In the end, when you end up laid on your belly with the breath kicked out of you, there’s only one person who can decide whether you’ll get back on your feet.”

“Is that what you did?” she asked.

Ferranda snorted, looking away.

“I’ll tell you if I ever figure it out,” she said, sounding wistful.

The infanzona’s hand came to rest on the pommel of her rapier.

“A good day to you, Angharad, and my wishes for swift recovery.”

The Pereduri nodded at her listlessly. Ferranda hesitated for the barest instant, then nodded back. The door closed behind her, too soft a sound to echo as part of Angharad wished it might. At least there would have been something clear-cut, a sharp note. Instead she had only half-ends to wrestle with, bastard things that resisted easy definition. Little had changed, she thought, but much had changed around it.

Now the ground beneath her feet was revealed to be sand, and she still did not have a single fucking thing to offer the Thirteenth in a bargain.

What did she even have to her name? Now that Angharad looked back, it felt as if she had been standing on others her whole life. Coin and influence not her own had fed her, clothed her, fetched her the finest teachers and opened the way for her to ply her blade against others. Her skills, her victories, they were her own. That would never change.

But now she could only see that every paving stone on the road she had walked to those victories was set down by another.

Even now, the same uncle who had left Llanw Hall to make something of himself in the Watch was putting it all on the line for her. Using his every great deed, a lifetime’s worth of toil and perhaps even that life itself, as paving stones for Angharad’s road. It was an odious thing, to see how much she had taken and taken and taken while giving so little back.

Yet more odious was to face the truth that she did not know how to pay back any of it.

What could pay with, her blood? House Tredegar had been struck from the rolls, its holdings seized and the only wealth Angharad had to her name was handouts from her uncle and the Watch. She could not pledge a sword hand bedridden, and even when she left that bed how much would that steel truly be worth? Blades and muskets were not rare things, on Tolomontera, and neither were skilled hands to wield them. And spirits, what else was there to her?

Even her contract was-

Her contract. Angharad licked her lips. Her small glimpses, they were a fine tool but not of much use to anyone but her. But the gate she and the Fisher had opened on the Dominion, the visions that went down the winding path? Those could be of worth to others.

If they knew about them.

If Angharad abandoned, at least to the Thirteenth, the delicate conceit that her contract was about heightened reflexes. If she put her life in their hands, for sooner or later they would learn that foretelling contracts were forbidden under pain of death in Malan – and Angharad would return to Malan, there could be no doubt of that. For revenge, and for her father.

Angharad Tredegar closed her eyes, biting the inside of her cheek, and warred with herself. A blind and cruel horse, Ferranda had called fate. She might be right about that, Angharad thought.

But it still had a saddle on, for those willing to ride.

There were so many clocks in the solar it felt like they were growing out of the walls.

Fancy sorts made of gold and shaped like a pearl-inlaid music box, simple brass tickers, hanging dials and even an overlarge hourglass on a hinge you could flip. The ticking was like a dull, constant roll enveloping you from every direction. Fortunately, Professor Sizakele was interesting enough a teacher that the noise tended to fade into the background.

“Asphodel, huh.”

The professor was, at the moment, forty years old. From twenty to fifty she did not change all that much in body shape, save for filling her loose back robes in slightly different places. The hair grew, though, which was why she kept bound it in elaborate crisscrossing ribbons.

“I know little of the gods of the Rectorate,” Tristan said. “The few Asphodelians I met swore by no great names.”

The professor snorted, leaning back into her large cushion chair. It suited her well as a grown woman, but when a girl of ten her shoes barely reached the edge.

“That’s because the Rectorate has no great gods,” Professor Sizakele told him. “Do you consider yourself pious, Tristan?”

“I’ve never met a god more reliable than a good set of lockpicks,” he said.

Fortuna had wandered off to have a look at whatever petty devilry Cozen was up to, so he could afford to say this without retribution.

“Good, good,” the professor smiled. “Because the Orthodoxy’s just an old racket.”

He coughed in surprise at the bluntness of that.

“It got dressed up in nice clothes over the centuries, but at the core it’s just a list of the gods that agreed to play by Second Empire rules. Those that wouldn’t bow and scrape, pay obeisance to Liergan being the heart of the world…”

She slid a finger across her throat.

“The empire killed gods?” Tristan asked, surprised.

All gods not surrendered to the night were welcome in the Orthodoxy, that was what the priests always said.

“By the shovelful,” Professor Sizakele said. “Not so many when they were consolidating their hold on Issa, but by the time they began expanding north into the Trebian Sea the emperors had grown heavy-handed. Asphodel was a regional power, back then, so it they were particularly thorough.”

He cocked his head to the size.

“So they killed the gods that could be trouble,” he said.

A cocked eyebrow was turned on him.

“Say the rhyme, boy,” Sizakele ordered.

He almost rolled his eyes, but at her current age that might get his finger slapped with the stick. Instead he cleared his throat.

Salt and silver,

both harm the lesser

while river and line,

will bar the divine

but only bane and guile,

can slay the vile.”

The dark-skinned woman nodded in approval.

“There you have it,” she said. “A god manifest can be shot, but all that does is kill the face on a concept. Men keep praying, so another will form. The Second Empire was not so half-hearted: they slew the gods, sure enough, but then they brought over their own to fill those empty boots.”

“The Second Empire fell centuries ago,” Tristan pointed out. “What happened to those imported gods after?”

“Most broke and went rampant,” Sizakele said. “It’s no coincidence that the old rectors of Asphodel granted the Watch the right to run a private fortress on their land. Nowadays it’s more of a supply depot, but there was a time gods needed hunting in those lands.”

“So young gods would have the run of the roost, now,” he said.

“Some of them bearing old names, but that’s the truth of it,” she agreed. “It doesn’t help that the foundation of Asphodel is cracked.”

He cocked an eyebrow.

“Marble and grain are what Asphodel’s known for,” he said. “They still sell well as far as I know.”

Sizakele dismissed his words with a wave.

“That’s trade,” she said. “Stripe concerns. Why does Asphodel call itself a rectorate instead of a duchy, like their old rivals in Rasen do?”

“The capital was built out of some sort of ancient Antediluvian place of learning, or so the word goes,” Tristan said. “What does that matter?”

“Because First Empire fiddled with the fabric of the aether on Asphodel, as it their wont,” Professor Sizakele told him. “They are said to have made it stable, almost stale, and they left the aether devices ensuring this behind when they were chased out of the region by the Old Night. The Antediluvian libraries and the machinery were what made Asphodel a power to reckon with, once upon a time.”

“Only then the Second Empire rolled in,” Tristan finished.

And the Lierganen’s approach to conquest might be called magpie-like, if magpies dabbled in the occasional mass grave.

“They took everything that wasn’t nailed down and a few things that were,” Professor Sizakele confirmed. “Including much of that old machinery. The aether on Asphodel has been volatile ever since – prone to inducing flashpan gods instead of letting them coalesce properly.”

“Weak gods, then,” he tried.

“And lots of petty scavengers,” she said. “That’s nothing to celebrate for your brigade: gods are never as dangerous as when they are hungry and desperate.”

“But such lesser deities will be harmed by salt munitions and silver,” Tristan said. “They can be killed.”

“For a given value of killed,” Sizakele said. “If you kill Asphodel’s god of wealth, it will die. But what forms to replace it will have a lot in common, perhaps even the same name. The only way for a god to truly, fully stay gone-”

“Is conceptual poison,” Tristan finished.

Bane and guile, the rhyme called it. Killing the very concept at the heart of a god, either by tricking into acting against its nature or forcefully subjecting it to its ‘bane’. Like water for a god of fire, war for a god of peace. Conceptual harm had an echo in the aether, so it had lasting effects.

“So it is,” Professor Sizakele said. “Though if you’ve grown so bold as to interrupt me when I talk, it is time we moved on to a fresh set of lessons.”

She rose from her chair, went rifling through the closest clock-laden shelves and produced a large leather-bound volume that she loudly dropped on the table before him. Tristan squinted but there was no title on the surface.

“And this is?”

“Maduna’s Compendium of Banes,” Professor Sizakele viciously smiled. “We best get started, there’s a few hundred pairs for you to memorize.”

Maryam had not set foot in the Abbey since that first day.

Why bother, when the boons of the place would never be enough for her to reach a second year at Scholomance? Now, though, things were different. And not just because the senior signifier of Tolomontera was accompanying her down the stairs circling the endless pit of dark.

The ten rings in her pocket weighed less than a knife, but to her they felt heavy as all the world.

At Captain Yue’s instruction she kept descending, past the cell that had her number on it and down into the depths of the dark. All the way down to the bottom, where the silence grew oppressively loud and even the scuff of her boots against dusty stone felt like a scream. The last room was not a room: it was a long, broad stripe of stone extending into a dark nothing like a hanging tongue.

The absence of a guard rail should have unsettled her, given how it meant a single slip was all it took to fall into the abyss, but there was something… solid about the darkness here. Settled. Captain Yue clicked her tongue.

“I’ll never get used to this place,” she said. “The Gloam is too tame here, it’s unsettling.”

The older woman’s words felt too loud in the quiet, almost painful to the ear. Maryam swallowed.

“Why not my cell?” she asked.

“It works better down here,” Yue said. “And if the pit speaks to you, I’ll be there to stop you jumping.”

“Stop me from what?” Maryam croaked out.

“Not wasting my time, evidently,” Captain Yue said, rolling her eyes. “Go on, then. We don’t have all day and there’s not long left before you leave on that galleon – if adjustments are needed, I must know today.”

She grimaced and looked away. This fresh horror aside, Yue was not wrong about time growing tight. Not only a week and three days were left before she was to sail away on the Gallant Enterprise. Maryam breathed out, reaching into her pocket. She put on five rings, at first, each of them with a band of cryptoglyphs on the outside and a number engraved on the inside. Her left hand weighed down with brass, she reached for her nav.

The daily practice was paying off: her soul-effigy moved swiftly and precisely, more a dip pen than a brush. She wrapped the thread of nav around the rings in a simple but strong pattern, a five-wheel pulley pulled tight. Short of how much it’d take before the entity pulled back, but not much.

“Trace,” Captain Yue instructed. “Give me a Sphere first.”

Her hand moved, trailing Gloam, and she almost let out an incredulous laugh at how easy tracing the Sign was. Even easier than it had been in the layer. The sphere of pure Gloam formed with a pop, Yue letting out a hum of approval at the indication the working was hermetic.

“Release,” Yue said, and Maryam flicked her wrist.

The Gloam dispersed like scattered smoke.

“Six rings now,” the scarred captain instructed. “We need to find your first ceiling.”

Maryam had been told that in time she would be able to weave in another ring with but a little effort, but she was not yet there. She had to undo the entire spool of nav, put on the sixth ring and only then trace anew. Another Sphere, just as easily crafted – though Maryam almost felt like the Gloam came too easily.

“Seven,” Yue said.

She did not even make it to tracing before the entity began to fight her. Though it felt as if her hands should be pulled to and fro, that was a deception of her mind – her brain expecting physical consequences to a purely metaphysical struggle. Yet she still clenched her fingers, gritting her teeth as she struggled to keep her focus while the entity pulled wildly against the rake-rings. She could feel its anger, its fear.

She could feel when it cut itself struggling, the force pulling suddenly going slack afterwards as it fled.

Captain Yue had said that the creature hurting itself would return things to Maryam, but she felt nothing of the sort. Frowning, she slid her focus down the length of her nav looking for a change while her physical hand rested on the hatchet at her belt. The touch of the steel was familiar, was-

Jakov laughed, the great bearded bear of a man adjusting her wrist as he stood behind her.

“A clean snap, little queen,” he said. “Always a clean snap, else you’ll lose your bets whether my warriors are drunk or not.”

Her knees hit the floor.

“Run,” he snarled, blood dripping down his face, crimson streaks in the beard. “Go, Maryam. Your mother swore-”

Thunder and smoke, powder, and Jakov screamed-

Palms against the stone, Maryam Khaimov emptied her stomach on the ground. Jakov. Oh gods, Jakov. The first of the captains to join the Wintersworn, the kindest. The laughing man who’d taught her to throw axes so she could win rings off of drunken warriors at feasts. He’d been so proud, when she first nailed five throws in a row. She could almost see him lying on the ground, half his skull a blackened ruin from where the cannon shot burned it.

How long had it been, since she thought of Jakov? Too long. Bile rose up in her mouth again.

Captain Yue stood there and did not say a word. Maryam did not look at her, closing her eyes until she could think of anything at all but that wild laugh forever silenced.

“Two bits of memory,” she got out. “Connected, but not close in time.”

The first from the early days, the other from the very last.

“Emotional connections will have much stronger pull than time, which the Gloam cares little for,” Captain Yue noted.

She nodded, breathing in and out. A few more heartbeats passed.

“Your first ceiling is six rings,” Yue simply said. “For now, that is the amount of power you’ll be able to operate at. If you need more you can put on further rings, but expect a fight – and this sort of backlash afterwards.”

Maryam nodded, still panting.

“Take off the seventh, we’ll drill you while on six,” the older woman instructed. “I’ve no intention of sending you out of Tolomontera before you have the novice’s arsenal firmly in hand, Maryam. We will be coming down here daily until you do.”

The novice’s arsenal: the three basic Signs taught to every signifier intending on violence. Befuddlement, an Acumenal Sign that she already had some proficiency in. The Bayonet, straightforward Ancipital violence inflicted by touch. And last of the three, Burden: a minor Didactic curse that worked most anything that could be said to live.

Even though work lay ahead of her, Maryam’s heart was beating with something like joy: a year ago, wielding anything but a sloppy Befuddlement would have been a fool’s dream.

“Let’s get to work, then,” she said, and got back on her feet.

First, Tristan used a baited trap.

They were simple things, uncomplicated enough he was able to build his by hand. A well-positioned weighted basket with bait hung on a string so that, when the bird pulled at the bait, the string would make basket fall down and trap it. It took about half an hour for him to adjust one of the kitchen baskets for the purpose, then just as long talking his way out of Song being very unimpressed at the kitchen table now being occupied by a pile of potatoes.

Concessions had to be made, namely peeling an unreasonable amount of said potatoes, but he got his way. The bait was laid, a bowl of carrot seeds the bird would never be able to resist, and he went to sleep in a fine mood. Excitement only rose when he padded out into the garden come morning, a curious Song following, and they found the basket tipped over. No movement inside, but he would not be fooled: he raised the basket only slightly, so the magpie could escape.

Only there was no magpie inside.

“Is that a dead mouse?” Song frowned. “I thought the bait was seeds.”

“It was,” Tristan replied, glaring at the eviscerated mouse.

Even more insulting, the bowl was emptied of the seeds that had been the actual bait.

“That is one clever magpie,” Song said admiringly.

Song, he darkly thought, was going onto the list. Tristan cracked open the book on traps he’d rented from Silumko, who was clearly gouging him on the price and enjoying every moment of it. A simple bait trap had not been enough, so he would move on to something more elaborate: a funnel trap.

That took longer to build, and involved the use of more nails and pieces of wood than he would have liked. At least both were cheap and in great supply, since the Umuthi students might well riot if it were otherwise.

The result was a little rickety, as Maryam helpfully pointed out, but it held. A funnel trap was essentially a cage made of slightly spaced planks with bait inside and an entrance that the bird could squeeze through on the way in but not on the way out. His enemy, consumed by hubris, would not be able to resist entering to feast on the bowl of carrot seeds.

“Pride,” he told Fortuna, “will be the end of it.”

She rubbed her chin.

“Do magpies even eat mice?” Fortuna asked. “Maybe it was a warning, Tristan.”

She paused.

“Like the coteries back home, you know,” she said and put on her best gritty air.

She squinted and made what she thought a grim grimace but was in practice more of a pout.

“Back off, rat, or you’ll get it like the mice.”

“It’s a bird,” he flatly.

“A bird that’s winning, though,” she pointed out.

Come morning, he found a long twig abandoned halfway through the space between two planks as well as a toppled and conspicuously empty bowl.

Another dead mouse had been shoved into the funnel trap’s entrance.

“Where is it even getting all these mice?” Song wondered, passing him a cup of peppermint tea as he stood there in mute horror. “I have seen no sign of any around the cottage.”

She paused.

“Do you think it’s hunting them out in Allazei and flying them back here after?”

“I don’t know,” Tristan muttered, “but I do know this: no matter how clever it is, it won’t be cleverer than birdlime.”

It would have been proper for Angharad to journey to the cottage for this talk, but though her health had starkly improved – the headaches remained, but much of the pain in her bones was gone – she found it difficult to walk for more than a minute or two at a time. And with a cane, too. The journey to the north of Port Allazei was still far beyond her without the same kind of escort helping her to the Acallar, but that escort would not be able to find the hidden cottage.

The Thirteenth had, thus, come to her instead.

They came early on seventhday, though she’d had time to break her fast with her uncle earlier still. He was gone by the time Song knocked at the door, easing it open when Angharad bade her in. Her… not quite former cabalmates looked in fine health. Song wore her regular’s uniform as neatly as she ever had, and for once Tristan looked largely free of bruises. Even the dark rings around Maryam’s eyes had thinned.

“Have you ever had churros?” Tristan cheerfully asked before she could greet them.

She blinked.

“I have not,” Angharad said.

He presented a handful of wrapped pastry sticks.

“Would you like one?” he asked. “I got too many.”

A pause.

“Though it would have been the right number if Maryam did not have opinions on cinnamon that are factually incorrect.”

“I enjoy it in moderation,” the blue-eyed woman flatly said. “That is not moderation.”

“I now wonder if I should,” Angharad gamely said.

The thief waved his pastry sticks in a manner that might have been meant to be alluring but mostly had Angharad wincing at the spill.

“Take the churro, Angharad,” Song sighed. “He’s never going to shut up about it otherwise.”

The irritation there would have been on her face a few weeks ago was so slight now she wondered if she was imagining it entirely. Angharad took one of the offered pastries, nibbling at the top. It was still warm, if barely, and though the taste was quite sweet she rather enjoyed it.

“It’s good,” she admitted.

Tristan grinned.

“See, Song, that’s three people officially on the rolls of the Thirteenth who had some. That means-”

“It is not, nor will it ever be, a brigade expense,” Song informed him.

Her face was stern, but Angharad read an undertone of amusement to her tone. It was not an argument but teasing, and the sight of it brought a pang. If she had stayed, would she… No, that thought was a dead end. No amount of stirring the cauldron would change what had gone into it. She ate another bite of her churro, which now almost tasted bittersweet.

“Please, sit,” she invited. “You have my thanks for coming.”

After they sat, she did not belabor the matter with small talk. All here were aware of why she had requested the meeting.

“I had made arrangements to leave the Thirteenth, but the situation has changed,” Angharad frankly acknowledged. “I now find myself in a position where remaining with the brigade is a better course.”

Song’s face might as well be stone, and Maryam gave no reaction save for the thinning of lips. Tristan only smiled encouragingly, but Angharad knew that was skin-deep. If Maryam refused her return he’d not hesitate a moment before supporting her.

“I am not unaware,” she continued, “that I am not making this request from a strong bargaining position.”

She paused, leaving room for someone to intervene. She was not surprised by who did.

“You’re a swordswoman who can’t use her sword,” Maryam mildly said. “What, exactly, would you be contributing if you were taken back in?”

The brush with the phrasing Angharad herself had used during the argument at the cottage did not feel like a coincidence. The noblewoman swallowed, then breathed out. Pride would not get her through this.

“I apologize,” Angharad said.

Maryam blinked.

“While I spoke no lie when we last argued,” the Pereduri continued, “I phrased the truth cruelly, and did so on purpose. It was unworthy of me and underserved by you, so I owe you an apology.”

The blue-eyed woman frowned at her.

“That is to your honor,” Maryam said, tone the faintest bit sardonic. “But it does not answer my question.”

“No,” Angharad acknowledged, “but it needed to be said nonetheless.”

She clasped her hands on her lap.

“I will be able to move around with a cane much more comfortably by the time we reach Asphodel, but is true that I will not be fighting fit for some weeks after that,” she said, fingers tightening. “Which is why I offer the use of my contract instead.”

Surprise all around. None dared cross the line and ask, regardless of the implied invitation.

“While I have implied in the past my contract relates to reflexes, this is incorrect,” Angharad said. “It lets me see what is yet to come.”

She licked her lips, heart thundering. Never before had she spoken of her bargain with the Fisher in such detail.

“Small glimpses come easily to me, mere moments ahead, but should I concentrate I am able to have a vision stretching out much further.”

“How much further?” Song quietly asked.

“You don’t know?”

Angharad’s eyes flicked to the one who had spoken: Maryam, whose face was shadowed. Not angry, but perhaps on the threshold of it. Tristan’s brow had risen as well. Ah. They would think it unfair if her own contract had been spared Song’s eyes while his own had not. With reason.

“Her contract is difficult to read,” Song replied. “As if I were looking through water. I caught words enough to know it lets her see things, but not much else.”

A pause.

“My own god advised against digging, and was uncharacteristically serious giving the advice.”

Tristan let out a low whistle, eyeing her curiously.

“You are not contracted with a second-stringer, then,” he said. “I’ll back up Song’s question – how far ahead?”

“I have seen through an entire skirmish and the beginning of the pursuit after it,” Angharad said. “Perhaps fifteen minutes in all? I expect I could go further, the span did not feel like much of a weight.”

It was only a feeling, but she suspected she could go easily twice or thrice as long. It had been the repetition that scraped her raw, not the length of the spool.

“The cultist ambush out in the woods,” Song slowly said. “When your eyes bled.”

Angharad inclined her head in agreement.

“It was the first time I used the ability. My spirit’s tutoring was… not gentle. I used it many times in a row then, but now I do not believe I could do so more than once in a day without harming myself.”

The question that followed was not of the kind she had expected.

“Malani killed all Izvoric who could foretell, when they claimed land back home,” Maryam said, voice grown cold. “Are the laws so different for your own kind?”

Angharad swallowed.

“They are not,” she said. “By the laws of the Kingdom of Malan, to hold the contract I do would see me killed.”

And that got a second round of silence. Song, she thought, must have at least suspected. Not so the others, who did not quite seem to know what to make of this. Unwilling for the quiet to stretch out into trench too wide to cross, the Pereduri spoke up.

“I would pledge the use of that vision to the brigade,” Angharad said. “Even for personal matters, if our duties should allow.”

Swallowing her pride, she bent her head.

“Please.”

It was a long moment before anyone spoke.

“I would not tolerate your refusing orders,” Song said.

“I would not ask it,” Angharad said.

Even fevered by the mara, she had been forced to concede it had been too much to ask. The silver eyed Tianxi inclined her head.

“That is a start,” she said. “But while I may be captain to the Thirteenth, I will not welcome you back into its fold against the will the others. Tristan?”

The thief shrugged.

“I’ve never had trouble with Tredegar, personally,” he said. “I won’t argue against her reenlistment, so to speak, but I won’t argue for it either. Maryam?”

Blue eyes sought Angharad’s own. She did not grimace, though it was no great pleasure to be at the mercy of someone who made no secret of their dislike for her.

“Part of me wants to make you squirm,” Maryam said, “but what would be the point? It’d be a poisonous kind of satisfaction. I’d not be holding you to account for anything, just swinging the axe for the pleasure of it.”

The Izvorica’s jaw clenched.

“Your contract, I would know the boundaries of it,” she said.

“I have yet to learn them,” Angharad admitted.

“Then I will ask up to an hour a day of you,” Maryam Khaimov replied with a twisted smile, “so that you may be subjected to tests meant to do so.”

So that was her price. Something to hold over her, a sense of mastery. She won’t use it every day, Angharad told herself. The phrasing had left the door open to infrequency. And the hard truth was that Angharad’s bargaining position was best described as ‘on her knees’.

“I swear,” Angharad said.

Maryam wrenched her eyes away, then turned to Song. With a still-clenched jaw, she nodded at the Tianxi – who held Maryam’s gaze for a long moment, as if making sure, before nodding back. Only then did she look to Angharad.

“Well then,” Captain Song Ren said. “We’ll have to see about moving your belongings back in the cottage.”

Imani Langa had reserved a private room for four at the Crocodilian, a tavern whose main attraction was large tables and more-than-decent food at a decent price.

The Malani likely expected Song to show up with Angharad in tow, considering their social ties, but Song would have been mightily disinclined to indulge that assumption even if the Pereduri did not now look like someone had spat on her boots whenever Imani Langa was mentioned. As the captain of the Eleventh had sent word she would be bringing Thando Fanyu with her, Song Ren in answer brought the natural enemy of both spies and nobles.

“I asked around for the basics, and if that lot were any more suspicious their own shadows wouldn’t turn their backs,” Tristan Abrascal opined. “Langa’s got dagger-hand writ all over her and Fanyu’s made too little a splash for a noble with such good connections. They’re keeping a low profile on purpose.”

Song’s lips carefully did not smile. There was a certain satisfaction in having him speak out loud the words it would be improper for him to speak. The gray-eyed Sacromontan was leaning against the wall out in the hall, arms crossed, while they waited for the tavern-keeper to return from the room.

“Rattle their cage,” she murmured. “Langa is too smooth for us to get anything out of her otherwise.”

He flicked a look her way, nodded.

“What are we after?” Tristan asked.

“Where they stand in the coming lay of the land,” Song said.

Four brigades were headed to Asphodel, and while Song believed she had a decent grasp of where the Fourth would fall and where the Nineteenth stood regarding them both, the Eleventh was yet a mystery. Imani Langa had ties to Angharad, however soured, and so did Lord Thando Fanyu. Perhaps even the sort of ties that could be used to leverage the Thirteenth now that the mirror-dancer was associated with them once more.

Knowing whether or not the Eleventh was best kept at a distance would go some way in informing which contract the Thirteenth should aim for on Asphodel.

The tavern-keeper, a dark-skinned man with a pot belly and yellowing teeth but an admittedly impressive forked beard – finely groomed, unlike the oil-smudged leather apron around his waist – peeked his head through the door a moment later.

“It is ready,” he said. “Go on in.”

The Crocodilian was not so large a tavern that the space in the back truly warranted the name of ‘private room’, Song mused. Two thirds of the edifice was the main hall with its large tables, while the rest was split in two halves by the narrow hallway they were standing in. On one side was the kitchen, busily steaming, while on the other two doors waited. At a guess, the man’s own chambers and the small, almost cramped private room they were now ushered into.

Captain Imani Langa and her second were waiting inside, neither rising as Song and Tristan entered but nodding greetings instead. They had a pitcher and clay cups on their side of the square, slightly crooked table and as the Tianxi slid into one of the rickety chairs laid out for them she answered the owner’s inquiries by ordering a cup of the Crocodilian’s infamously mediocre cider. Tristan, to her surprise, ordered a chao vegetable stir.

“Captain Song,” Imani Langa smiled at her. “It is not in the Galleries as we first discussed, but I am glad to finally share a table with you.”

Song stretched her lips and inclined her head in what might be taken as agreement.

“Circumstances demanded my attention,” she said. “I look forward to deepening our acquaintance on Asphodel, Captain Imani.”

The other Stripe inclined her head back, then half-turned towards her companion.

“If I might introduce-”

“Thando Fanyu,” Tristan slid in. “Laurel, diplomacy track. Blood ties to the top brass of the Singing Jackals.”

He leaned in.

“Any truth to the talk you tried to get in as Skiritai but couldn’t make the cut?”

Thando Fanyu was not fair of face and, just like the gold bangles hanging on his ears and the riot of rings on his fingers, it was a distraction that made him harder to read. Not so much, however, that Song missed the suppressed twitch of anger that Tristan’s words brought.

“There is not,” Thando flatly said. “You are, I believe, Tristan Abrascal of Sacromonte. The apprentice of a Mask.”

“Congratulations,” Tristan drily replied, “you can recognize an accent and add up the obvious. I’m surprised the Jackals could spare sending such a promising prospect to Scholomance.”

Thando’s eyes tightened, but the cut was not as deep – or he was mastering his temper. Either way, there was nothing to gain in pushing further right at the start. Song cleared her throat and Tristan made a point of rolling his eyes before leaning back. He was, she suspected, perhaps enjoying this a little too much.

“I have made it a point to meet with the other captains who will be heading to Asphodel,” Song said. “I believe it wise to pool information, considering what we might be headed into.”

Imani cocked her head to the side.

“And what would that be?”

She had been right earlier: Langa was too smooth. Enough so that Song could not tell whether she was behind had right now. The Malani was practiced, very much-

“Either you’re outing yourself as pretty much useless or you’re yanking us around for good reason right now,” Tristan said.

Thando Fanyu stiffened in a way that told of irritating sharply risen.

“Your manners are-”

“What someone avoiding trying to answer the question would get hung up on,” Tristan drawled. “So it’s yanking around, then, is it? You could have at least waited until I got my food if you were going to waste our time.”

Imani Langa said nothing, only cocking an eyebrow at Song. Not so easily cracked, then. A different angle was required.

“Our patron will be teaching Saga while abroad,” she shared.

“Ours will be responsible for Mandate,” Imani calmly replied.

The food and drink arrived mere moments later. Song tasted her cider – aggressively mediocre, like pressed apple with rotgut rationed in – and she kept an eye on Tristan as he began digging into his plate. Using utensils, not chopsticks. The other two sipped at their glasses of ale, but only for a moment. The talks soon resumed.

“I visited the library in the Galleries,” Imani said, “and was interested to learn some of the books I sought had already been borrowed.”

“Oh?” Song replied, giving her little to work with.

“Access to those of them without a copy would be a fine gesture,” she smiled. “A pooling of information, as you mentioned.”

“I don’t know how it’s done in Malan,” Tristan said, “but back in the City, when there’s a trade both sides offer up something.”

“Trust, Master Abrascal, is earned,” Imani said. “One gesture at a time. Demanding it is pointless.”

“I agreed,” he cheerfully said. “How’re you to earn it, then? I’m all ears.”

“We called for this meeting in good faith,” Thando began, tone harsh, “If you-”

And Song learned, watching with mild horror, exactly why Tristan had ordered the chao vegetablestir. Almost all of those had peas, and as Thando Fanyu spoke the thief’s hand wielding the fork ‘slipped’. The oily pea bounced off the table, landing on the nobleman’s sleeve, and there was a heartbeat of stillness.

“Oops,” Tristan insincerely said.

From the corner of her eye Song saw Thando’s hand twitch towards the knife at his side, but her gaze was resting where it should be: on Imani Langa’s face. As she watched the Malani glance at her second, who was on the edge of crossing a line, Song got the barest glimpse of the calculations taking place behind those dark eyes.

Imani did not want to break with the Thirteenth, even though Tristan was causing the incident and her own second was the one being provoked.

“Thando,” she said, putting a hand on his arm. “Do not.”

Her gaze turned back to Song’s side of the table, cooled.

“I expected better of the Thirteenth, given how well Angharad spoke of you.”

Song’s hand itched to drum against the table, but there were witnesses. She could not indulge.

“Interesting,” Song said. “She has hardly said a word about you, Captain Imani.”

The Tianxi rose to her feet. She had what she’d come here for.

“Tempers have frayed, for which I apologize on behalf of my cabalist,” Song said. “Still, it might be best if we reconvened another day.”

“Agreed,” Imani Langa replied.

“Come, Tristan,” Song said as she rose to her feet.

“Sure, sure,” he said, sliding back his chair. “You can have the rest of my plate, Thando. It’s pretty good.”

The Malani’s jaw clenched. How many times in his life had he been so casually and persistently insulted, Song wondered? Not often enough to be unaffected. A useful weakness to keep in mind. This time she turned a stern look she actually meant on the thief, as there was no reason to continue pulling at the man. Tristan only smiled innocently, following her out as she offered the Eleventh a polite parting nod.

They were hardly four steps past the closed doors when Song hummed.

“Did you catch it?” she asked.

He folded his hands behind his neck, walking besides her.

“Langa wants something to do with us,” Tristan said. “Enough to let my prodding go when she could have leveraged it instead.”

He paused.

“The whole thing reeks, Song.”

“To the very Heavens,” she agreed. “I think it might be time for us to take a closer look at the Eleventh.”

“My thoughts exactly,” Tristan hummed. “Give me a few days and I’ll see what I can dig up.”

Song nodded, eyes gazing ahead. Pieces were missing, but she could already tell: there was blood in the water. It only remained to see who was the shark and who was the meal.

It was to be their last night at the cottage.

Given that the Gallant Enterprise was to leave on the early tide, it had been judged wiser for them to spend the following night at the Rainsparrow Hostel. It meant that Tristan had only one last shot at victory before he was made to slink off abroad in defeat, like some disgraced Someshwari general. It was why he was lying down in the bushes, hidden under a carpet of leaves.

“And you are quite certain,” Tredegar murmured, “that this is a magpie and not a spirit?”

The noblewoman was supposedly from a line of distinguished hunters on her father’s side, so she had been brought in as an advisor. She was sitting in the bush to his left mostly, as far as he could tell, because she wanted to avoid Song. Angharad’s reluctance to talk to their captain seemed to spring from the discomfort of not truly wanting to be under her command while being aware her return had been somewhat of a favor, a disparity she was not navigating with a surfeit of grace.

Maryam thought it was a good laugh to watch, though, so arguably morale-wise it evened out.

“Song confirmed it’s not a god or a lemure,” he replied.

“Song cannot see what is inside an animal,” Angharad said. “Or a woman, for that matter.”

Right, that misstep with the mara. Intriguing that the mirror-dancer had decided to wander into the Witching Hour when she should know the risks, but that wasn’t his trouble. Layers did not grow on trees, he doubted there would be any for her to repeat that stupidity with on Asphodel.

“You think it’s possessed?” he asked.

“I believe that even for a magpie, admittedly clever birds, it displayed great cunning,” Angharad said. “Perhaps too much of it. Whether ‘tis possession or something else, I cannot say.”

He chewed on that for a long moment.

“It only worked around traps out in the open,” he finally said. “Obvious ones, in a way. If it is only a bird the birdlime will be enough.”

She wrinkled her nose. The noble must not have found the use of that sporting, which it was not. Birdlime was, well, in practice that varied from place to place but the gist of it was that it was a sticky substance you could spread on a surface that’d catch the bird when it landed on it. The poor man’s recipe was the one made of holly bark, but that took most a night boiling then weeks stocked in a moist place. Tristan had sprung for a recipe with oil and turpentine instead, which did not need anywhere as much handholding to be usable.

He’d made enough to lay a flawless trap out in the garden: he’d put out a large flat rock, covered the thing in birdlime and then set down a small wooden bowl full of seeds on it. There would be no tipping that bowl, and no feeding on it without landing on the rock. The magpie’s hours were numbered.

“Oh,” Angharad breathed, pressing herself down against the grass. “There it is.”

She was right. The magpie had landed in the grass, barely a foot away from the baited stone, and it was hopping around. This was the best look Tristan had gotten of his enemy, and despite having known of it in principle he was still surprised by the bird’s size. Magpies were smaller than crows, at least the kind in Sacromonte, while this one was the size of cat. And not small cat, either. It was a handsome creature, its feathers lustrous and the streak of white on its sides and back of elegant cut.

It was also sniffing at the birdlime, as if suspicious.

“Either Malani magpies are much smaller than other breeds,” Angharad noted, “or that creature reeks of spirit.”

“It’ll take the bait,” Tristan insisted.

He’d not even finished the sentence before the magpie flew off. Angharad’s face was so forcefully solemn she might as well have burst out laughing. Tristan, gathering the dregs of his dignity, hazarded the theory that it might return. And it did! It returned to drop a large piece of dry bark on the limed stone. It then landed on the bark, pushing down on it as if experimentally, and let out a triumphant cackle-call before gorging itself on the carrot seeds in the bowl.

“I should have brought a musket,” Tristan darkly said.

Tredegar cleared her throat.

“Have you much improved your shooting of late?” she delicately asked.

“This is why you keep getting into duels, Angharad,” he informed her, then cleared his throat. “But point taken.”

He might have managed with grapeshot, but he wasn’t getting a cannon up those stairs alone. Or getting a cannon at all, unless he robbed the garrison fort. Or a ship. Huh, a ship might be doable. The thief considered the smug magpie, so cocksure in its temporary victory. It’d never see grapeshot coming. At this point he was coming around to the notion that this might not be your average sort of magpie, so it might be argued to be his duty as a valiant man of the Watch to take care of the situation.

“Have you considered negotiating with the spirit?”

He turned a stern look on the noblewoman.

“Angharad,” he said. “This creature has ravaged my fields, destroyed my works-”

“Traps,” she drily said. “It broke your traps.”

“Destroyed my works,” he sternly repeated, “and massacred presumably innocent rodents. You would negotiate with this fiend?”

“Sometimes,” Angharad gravely said, “we must make compromises with the night.”

She beamed at him expectantly, as if expecting him to be impressed.

“Treason, then,” he grimly said.

An odd flicker in her eye, then a half-forced smile.

“I do not think you will catch that bird with a bullet,” she told him. “Try as you will, of course, but were I you I would attempt an offering instead.”

He hummed, considering her still oddly serious face. Considering what he had read about Tredegar’s father in her dossier, she might actually be giving out good advice. He also recalled there’d been campfire talk about how many of the maze gods took to her, during the Trial of Ruins.

“I am almost out of seeds anyhow,” Tristan said. “I suppose at this point there is little to lose.”

He headed back inside with her, bravely facing Maryam’s cuttingly arched eyebrows as he took their nicest bowl, the ceramic one with the nice Izcalli wave patterns, and filled it with a third of the remaining carrot seeds. There was no trace of his foe when he returned alone – Angharad had elected to watch from inside, removing herself from the negotiations – save for the sight of the empty bait bowl.

Ceremoniously he made his way to the center of the garden, putting down the bowl with a bow and then sitting in the dirt out of reach.

“God of the land,” he called out, “I come to bargain.”

He sat there in silence for what to be a solid five minutes, mustering patience, before there was another of those short cackle-calls. The large bird flew out of the trees a minute later, landing on the other side of the bowl. As if they were seated on different sides of a table. Tristan’s lips twitched.

“It has come to my attention that-” he began, then frowned. “How much do you actually understand, truly?”

The magpie trilled.

“You can’t be a god,” he noted. “Song would have seen it. So… a possessed bird, some Gloam-warped magpie?”

The magpie hopped left, then right, and picked at the rim of the nice bowl.

“Terms, then,” Tristan conceded. “I would like you to stop eating the seeds I sow.”

Skeptical trilling.

“In exchange,” the thief offered, “I will fill this bowl with seeds once a week.”

The magpie kicked the nice Izcalli bowl, rattling it a bit. Tristan sneered.

“You’re not going to walk,” he said. “I could just stop sowing carrots, and where does that leave you?”

Cackle-call answered him.

“Fine,” the gray-eyed man muttered. “I’ll also leave out an apple every two weeks. How about that?”

The magpie hopped back and forth, then trilled – and took flight.

“It appears negotiations have broken down,” Tristan said.

He’d have to look into how much a cannon cost. Not a naval one, one of those smaller ones you put on a wooden support and could aim with a single man. Those could probably load grapesh- the thief almost topped forward from the sudden weight, wings flapping against his ear. He yelped ,covering his head as the magpie messed up his hair and dug its sharp talons into his uniform. Having made itself comfortable at his expense, it then stayed there.

Having no apparent intention of leaving.

“It occurs to me,” Tristan said, “that we might not have been having the same conversation on both ends.”

The magpie trilled into his ear, mussing at his hair with a wing. Gods the thing was heavy. Not as much as Mephistofeline, but then that was true of most ship anchors.

“Are we… allies?” Tristan hazarded.

A cackle-call. That seemed confirmation enough.

“You’ll need a name, then,” he said.

A pause.

“Rations,” he suggested.

The beak cruelly pecked at his scalp until he put up his hands in surrender. It was, clearly, clever enough to realize some implications. Or at least read his sense of mischief.

“Something that will make everyone else uncomfortable, then,” he mused, and there was a trill of approval.

Half an hour later, when Song strode into the garden angrily asking why her favorite bowl was missing and the bedrooms reeked of turpentine, she found him stroking the oversized preening magpie in his lap. It has very soft feathers.

“What is this?” Song asked.

“This,” Tristan proudly said, “is Sakkas. He’s with us now.”

Sakkas let a trill of agreement.

“No,” she flatly denied. “Change the name.”

“Too late,” Tristan grinned, “he’s taken to it now.”

The magpie let out a pleased cackle-call, Song blanched and Tristan only grinned wider. Yes, he decided as he stroked his bird, this would do nicely. It would do nicely indeed.

Chapter 38

Song put on her formal uniform for the hospital visit.

It was a gesture of respect, at least to her people, and she suspected that were she awake Angharad would understand better than most. Malani lived and died by appearances, after all. By now the way to the healing ward was almost painfully familiar, but she refrained from heading there directly after her Strategy class ended. If she did, the odds were decent she would run into the Thirty-First on a visit of their own.

The prospect of making stilted small talk with Ferranda Villazur and her cabal over Angharad’s unconscious form was rather unpalatable, so she held back until late in the afternoon.

Tristan was busy losing a battle of wits with a bird – one that her eyes confirmed was no lemure, thankfully – and Song had not even bothered asking Maryam if she wanted to join her on the visit, so it was alone she stood as she reached the gates of the hospital. The bored pair of guards at the gate waved her in after asking for her brigade seal, hardly even glancing at it.

The gray-robed attendant at the front was rather more dutiful, noting the number on the seal and asking who she sought to visit and why.

“Angharad Tredegar,” Song replied. “Merely to look in on her.”

The other woman nodded, writing it out in Antigua. But a few years older than Song, the stranger had the Cathayan look and must have been raised back in Tianxia for she had a thick eastern accent.

“Wendi?” Song curiously asked, accenting the word as they did out east.

The gray-robed attendant started in surprise, then smiled.

“I lived in the republic until the age of ten, yes,” she replied in Machin.

The eastern dialect was older than proper Cathayan, but shared common roots with the dead tongue that Cathayan had been carved out from – it made everything said in it sound rather stiff, which was why in plays the common conceit about characters from the Republic of Wendi was that they were pompous blowhards. Likely it did not help that the Duchy of Wendi had been the last Tianxi realm to become a republic.

“By the accent I would call you a Mazu girl, but the name tells me otherwise,” she continued.

Song’s lips thinned. It had not been safe for the Ren to stay in Jigong, after the Dimming. Part of the deal her grandfather had cut was for the authorities to allow the family to head into exile. Her father had relatives in the Republic of Mazu, who had granted the Ren use of a country estate before distancing themselves from the family as much as they could without breaking zunyan.

While Song had been raised almost entirely by those born in Jigong, it was not the first time she heard that there was a tinge of the Mazu crispness to her way of speaking. Exile took its toll in small ways as well as the great.

“Is my cabalist in a private room?” she asked, firmly moving away from the subject.

The estate in Mazu had but a small household guard protecting it. It was secrecy that had let it remain untouched, and Song had no intention of speaking on the matter of where exactly she had lived before enrolling in the Watch.

“She is in one of the wards, yes,” the attendant briskly replied. “While there is no guard, only restricted access, you will have to undertake a Judas test before entering after leaving.”

Wise, considering the dangers of possession. Song placed her hand against what appeared to be a nail-sized piece of brumal silver – worth as much as a diamond of the same weight – and waited out the appropriate length of time, casually eyeing the attendant’s open ledger. She glimpsed there the names of Ferranda Villazur and Zenzele Duma writ on different lines, as well as “C. Tred.” appended at the end of those same lines.

As Ferranda was not formally Angharad’s captain, Song realized, the infanzona had likely been refused entry and been forced to seek permission from someone who could grant it. Captain Wen should have been the one consulted, but with Angharad’s own high-ranking uncle present the gray robes must have felt comfortable bending the rules some.

The notion of Ferranda having to jump through some hoops amused, unkind as the thought was. While the other captain had not poached so much as picked up, it had not endeared her to Song either way.

The attendant from Wendi marked an X after Song’s name when the Judas test ended, then declared her free to visit. The directions led her to a ward across the hall and further down than the one where she had been laid to rest after the attack, but it was not a long walk. The door did not make a sound as she cracked it open, well oiled, and neither did it when she closed it behind her.

There was only a single oil lamp lit inside, but Song did not reach for another: it made little difference to her eyes. Laid on the bed was Angharad Tredegar, tucked under her sheets.

Her wrists were tied to the head of the bed by shackles.

Song sighed and slid into the seat to the right of the bed. The other woman was, well… physically she looked mostly fine. A small burn on her palm where the brigade seal had touched flesh and some bruising on the cheeks from when she had been wrestled down onto the ground. Calling what had followed the outing of her possession a brawl would be doing it too much honor.

The parasite in her mind had bade her to run and she had, but Song shouting about possession mobilized a garden’s worth of students in a heartbeat and Angharad was wrestled down without truly fighting back – she’d not been so far gone as to turn on watchmen. Save for some attempts to buck those holding her down, the Pereduri had given them little trouble before the garrison arrived to seize her.

Whatever the officers had done after taking her away, though, left marks: her face was wan, her expression sickly and she covered in old sweat. No visible wounds, but how much did that really mean when dealing with an aether entity? The door was soundless, so it was the change in the air that tipped off Song – her hand reaching for her pistol by reflex, until she caught sight of a black coat and forced herself to pull it away.

The stranger stepped through, raising an eyebrow.

“Ancestors, it’s dark in here,” the man who could only be Commander Osian Tredegar said. “Light another lamp, would you?”

“Sir,” she said, rising to her feet and saluting.

“This isn’t a parade ground, at ease,” the man snorted. “The lamp, yes?”

Song swiftly got to it, sneaking a look at Angharad’s uncle from the side as she reached for the matches. The two Tredegars only shared some looks – mostly the nose – but the ring on Osian’s hand bearing the two-tailed snake of House Tredegar confirmed the relation. He was, Song noted, taller than Angharad and in fine shape for an Umuthi. Very fine shape, she noticed, eyes lingering on those broad shoulders. That finely cut beard lent him the look of a distinguished older man, and he had an easy smile.

A smile currently directed at her, because she had been caught looking.

Clearing her throat and looking away with burning cheeks, Song lit a second oil lamp and tried not to turn into cinders from sheer mortification.

“Sit,” Commander Tredegar invited, still smiling. “As her captain, you are entitled to know of her health.”

Song slid back into her seat, yet feeling like she should be snapping a salute as she did.

“I am surprised to see her still bound,” she admitted.

“Standard procedure after possession,” Osian Tredegar dismissed as he settled in a seat on the other side of his niece. “Tomorrow they will test her again with brumal silver to confirm she is free of the parasite, but there is no expectation that anything remains.”

“Glad news,” Song said, and meant it.

“Some of the few to come out of this mess,” the older man sighed. “You have my thanks for acting when you did, Captain Ren. It was a… close shave, I have since been made to understand.”

Song almost winced. A close shave with an aether parasite was sure to leave marks even if you survived it.

“Yes, that is about the right reaction,” Commander Tredegar agreed, seeing through her restraint. “The dollmaker did a number on her: she will not be able to walk without help for weeks and it will take weeks more before she is anywhere near a fighting fit.”

She raised an eyebrow.

“That may cause difficulties with her Skiritai class,” Song said.

“Between the coming departure for Asphodel and her having psychosomatic wounds, she will be exempt from the monster-fighting,” Osian Tredegar said.

There was enough confidence in his voice that the should sounded like a will, which Song was aggrieved to admit she found rather attractive. He probably did not even write poetry, she told herself. There was no need to admire him too much.

“I expect Marshal de la Tavarin will find something else to occupy her,” she said, definitely not blushing.

“No doubt,” Commander Tredegar agreed. “The man’s dossier has more seals stamped on than a tourney board and any Skiritai that lives past sixty has a record to make Ramayan novels seem tame.”

Song made a disgusted moue at the mention of those things masquerading as literature. The Yellow Earth was right to try and have them banned, they were blatant propaganda: the ‘charming’ Ramayan captains always ended up tumbling doe-eyed, beautiful Tianxi maidens from an old noble family dispossessed by wicked, greedy revolutionary merchants. Which were not at all like the virtuous, appropriately money-oriented Ramayan merchants exalted by such tales.

Even worse, the authors cribbed from each other’s monologues. Song could forgive propaganda but not plagiarism.

“A fearful thing to consider,” she drily replied.

He smirked, settling more comfortably in his seat, and did not deny it.

“It was good of you to come and visit,” Commander Tredegar told her.

His tone sounded approving, which she did not think warranted.

“I am still her captain,” Song said.

“On paper,” the older man said, then cocked an eyebrow. “I must admit that Angharad was rather vague on the reasons why she believes there must be a parting of ways between you. What happened?”

Song’s lips thinned. In principle, she did not have to answer that question. While Osian Tredegar was a superior officer, he was not her superior officer. He would be when they left for Asphodel, however, so even had she been truly reluctant to tell him she would have been wary of poisoning the well.

“We had a disagreement over the death of Lady Isabel Ruesta,” she finally said. “It took place back on the Dominion but she since learned details of it.”

The dark-skinned man frowned, though not at her. He was fighting to recall the name, and after a few moments the frown went away.

“The infanzona with the borderline contract,” Osian Tredegar said. “Some sort of supernatural charm?”

Song nodded. Close enough. It was interesting to hear that Isabel Ruesta had been marked as an edge case. Mind control contracts were forbidden under the Iscariot Accords, but the Accords’ throughline was that they should govern only supernatural matters – and the most insidious part of Isabel’s contract, how it trained perception, was not something forced on by the contracted god.

The contract helped setting that perception, certainty, but it did not force it onto a mind. To declare it illegal on that basis would have been difficult, given that purely mundane social maneuvering could achieve much the same effect.

“She took a bullet to the head,” the silver-eyed woman mildly replied.

Commander Tredegar snorted.

“Well, these things happen when you go around using charm contracts on people,” he said, then raised an eyebrow. “I take it my niece was involved with Lady Ruesta?”

“Despite every attempt at fostering better judgment, yes,” Song darkly replied.

To her surprise, she was faced with what appeared to be genuine sympathy.

“Her mother had dreadful taste in lovers as well,” Osian Tredegar sighed. “Angharad comes by it honestly.”

He paused.

“Given the fool gallantry that infects Peredur like an honorable outbreak of the clap, I expect my niece would take poorly to a woman she was courting having an accident.”

“You seem indifferent to the notion,” Song observed.

“If the Ruesta girl was using a contract on Angharad, I’m more likely to give a medal than a reprimand to whoever put an end to it,” Commander Tredegar said.

Though there was an implicit invitation there, Song kept silent. After a moment, the dark-skinned man inclined his head in acknowledgement. He would not press the matter and she had no intention of speaking further on it.

“Despite your disagreement,” he said, “she seems to believe staying with the Thirteenth for Asphodel is the wisest course.”

“She implied as much,” Song warily said. “We were discussing terms when I noticed the discrepancies in her behavior.”

Commander Tredegar grunted in acknowledgement, and she was glad he did not ask any further. It was to his honor that the man knew where to draw the line in where to meddle – while the commander could have forced Song to take in his niece without any terms at all, the Tianxi would have been rather soured on the affair if he had.

“Regardless of where that matter falls, I am to give you a hand in the coming months,” Osian Tredegar said. “Colonel Zhuge arranged for my appointment as the Umuthi instructor, which grants me some influence in choosing which brigade will get which assignment when we reach Asphodel. You will be provided the opportunity to choose when the time comes.”

“You have my thanks,” Song said, inclining her head.

He smiled thinly.

“I have no intention of ever crossing Shilin Zhuge,” he said. “He might have that scholarly Tianxi pleasantness down to an art, girl, but he also puts up on his wall the calligraphy of rivals whose careers he buried.”

Commander Tredegar leaned.

“However polite it may be, it is still a row of bloody scalps.”

Now that was uncalled for. It was only proper for a respected scholar to display calligraphy and reflect on the hand of those encountered. She cleared her throat.

“One’s handwriting reveals much of one’s character, and thus helps grasp their virtues and flaws,” Song said, a tad reproachfully.

Just a tad. He was still a commander.

“So the Tianxi claim, yes,” Osian Tredegar drawled. “I must confess to a degree of skepticism on the matter.”

He dismissed the conversation with a wave of the hand before she could reply, rising to his feet.

“I have already taken up too much of your time,” he said. “I will leave you to your visit.”

“That is kind of you,” Song said.

Part of her was considering if she should stay longer than she had first planned since he might be there to pay attention to the length of the visit. Perhaps she should have brought a book. The tall man slowed by the door, then half-turned with an idle look on his face.

“Oh, one last thing,” Commander Tredegar said. “I am curious – do you have any notion of why my niece might have entered a layer?”

She blinked in surprise.

“None,” Song said. “She would not have done so on purpose, I expect: another of the Thirteenth entered a layer by accident, earlier this term, and in the aftermath our Navigator made it very clear how dangerous it is.”

She cocked her head to the side.

“Is that where she encountered the mara?”

“We cannot know for sure before she wakes,” Osian Tredegar precisely replied, but his face was grim.

He inclined his head.

“Thank you for your time, Captain Ren.”

“And yours, commander,” she murmured, returning the gesture.

The door closed behind him with nary a sound and her silver eyes flicked to his niece’s sleeping form as silence settled on the room. What have you been up to, Angharad?

Song Ren found she had no idea, and that worried her more than she cared to admit.

Angharad woke with a headache drumming against the inside of her skull.

She groaned, her body throbbing with a dull pain settled deepest in her bones. Eyes fluttering open, she found herself looking at a stone ceiling bathed in lantern light – she tried to get up, but the muscles of her midriff were like jelly. She twitched once, then fell back onto the pillows propping her up. A hand came to rest on her forehead.

“Easy now.”

She craned her neck to the left, but it was as if she were watching through a looking glass. She blinked forcefully, feeling filth caked up on the corner of the eye, and the vagueness came into focus. Osian Tredegar was standing over her. There were dark circles around his eyes. Angharad tried to speak up but her mouth was dry at sand. She licked at her cracked lips, but it helped nothing. She coughed.

“Wait a moment,” Uncle Osian said.

He leaned back while Angharad’s tongue sought the wet of her own spit, trying to remember how she had ended up here. It came to her after a heartbeat. The layer, the ambush. Song drawing a pistol on her, then the distant recollection of ripping down a curtain of silk and being tackled into a bed of flowers.

 “How long?” she managed to rasp out.

“Three days,” Osian replied, then clicked his tongue. “Lean back a little.”

She obeyed as best she could, even that small movement difficult. He poured the water into her mouth, gently, and part of her could not help but think of that woman in the layer. What had her name been? Miren. Miren, she’d been called. Angharad drank down gulp after gulp until he eased off the skin, then licked her lips. They were just as cracked as before, only wet. She leaned back down into the bed, letting out a rattling sigh.

“My bones hurt,” she got out.

“It is a psychosomatic injury,” Uncle Osian told her. “Your bones have not been physically hurt, but the damage done to your soul is resonating with your body.”

A pause.

“Bones and aching are good signs,” he added. “Sharp, localized pain is often the herald of permanent damage.”

Angharad swallowed.

“What happened?”

“Captain Ren figured out you were possessed and called on help to wrestle you down until the garrison could take you into custody,” her uncle said. “The first purging attempt went poorly, so you were drowned before a second was made.”

Her fingers clawed into the sheets.

Drowned?”

“In sea water,” he added, as if that were the part that mattered. “A temporary measure, Angharad. You were immediately resuscitated, as is done with sailors. It weakened the mara enough it could be expunged without… drastic measures.”

“Drowning is not drastic?” she asked.

“No,” he mildly said. “It is not the silver casket, or trepanation. Count yourself lucky the parasite did not have longer to burrow into you, else there would have been no choice but to use these.”

Angharad’s eyes were weak, everything out of her direct stare trembling, but that mildness warned her and watching her uncle’s face confirmed it: he was furious. A tight, contained sort of fury but fury nonetheless.

“Uncle?” she asked.

“I am told,” Osian continued with a forceful calm, “that the entrance wound into your soul was unusually neat. Such injuries, I am again told, usually occur when the soul is attacked while outside its mortal shell. As it would be when walking a layer.”

She swallowed. The urge was there to walk the line, try to dance around with words, but she pushed it down. Angharad could barely even think straight, and he was owed better anyhow.

“The Witching Hour,” she admitted. “It felt like a small cut, nothing more. I did not know my opponents were maras.”

Was that why they had moved so strangely? It must be why they had vanished after scoring a single blow, anyhow. Commander Osian Tredegar leaned back his chair, face calm as a windless pond but his dark eyes burning.

“Do you know what a mara does to someone, when given time?”

She weakly shook her head.

“To enter it first takes a bite of your soul,” Uncle Osian said. “Then it presses itself into that gape, replacing it, and begins spreading through you like roots.”

His tone was the sort of even that came from forcing yourself not to shout.

“It eats your memories, your very being to spread,” he said. “First the parts that know its existence and how to get rid of it. By then, it has influence enough it can begin to nudge you – urge decisions that are felt to be whims or fancies.”

His fingers drummed against the arm of the chair, just a little too hard to be quiet.

“After that the mara begins eating the parts of you that know how to talk,” Osian said. “Then those that know how to move. When it has that, it will make you head into isolation so it can hollow you out entirely away from witnesses.”

He closed his eyes.

“Men call the creatures dollmakers because that is what returns afterwards: a doll moved around by the mara, passing as whom it used to be while the parasite looks for its next prey.”

The fingers had ceased drumming. Now they were clutching the end of the armchair, hard enough it creaked in protest.

“What in bloody-handed Branwen were you thinking, girl?” he snarled. “Heading into a layer on your own, without a Navigator or so much as an ally to pick you up should you be unable to walk home afterwards. Are youtrying to get yourself killed?”

Angharad looked away. She was not a child, to be chided so.

“It went fine, until the very end,” she said.

You were fucking hours away from no longer knowing how to talk, Angharad,” Osian half-shouted, then closed his eyes.

He took a deep breath, ripped his hands off the chair and closed them into fists before setting back down gently. His teeth were clenched when he began talking again, but his voice had lowered.

“If your captain had not, with admirable wits, caught on to your situation you would currently have all the vocabulary of ten-year-old child,” Osian said.

She looked down at the hands in her lap.

“I underestimated the risks,” she admitted.

“You overestimated yourself,” he harshly corrected. “As things stand, it might well be months before you cease having shaking fits. Even when you grow able to stand you will require the use of cane.”

She breathed in sharply, panic rising.

“But it is not…”

“Permanent?” Osian finished. “No, lucky you. The senior Akelarre in port lent a hand and tricked the mara into leaving with only minor damage. Some memory loss was inevitable the moment it ate part of your soul and your wits will remain fragile for a few days yet, but most of the damage was psychosomatic. When the mara ripped itself out of your soul, it was not gentle.”

Angharad bit her lip. Part of her felt like weeping, if only out of frustration. At having lost things she would not even remember, but worse yet at what it meant that she would be unable to move around without a cane. She could not head back into the Witching Hour. To try that dark night without being able to run was suicide in long form.

And as that realization did sink it, she closed her eyes and let her head sink into the pillow.

She swallowed the sob, for what good would it do? This was it, then. She had failed so utterly she could not even try again. Her last chance of seeing her father, of ever freeing him, had just slipped through her fingers because she was the sort of fool to hesitate when shown the same face twice in a dream. The sounds that ripped themselves out of her stole the wind out of her uncle’s sail. She heard him sight, and when she opened his eyes he was rubbing at the bridge of his nose.

He looked as exhausted as she felt: another failure for the pile.

“Why?” he tiredly asked. “Tell me that, at least. Why did you insist on going gallivanting through a murderous aether nightmare? You entered through the same passage as the boy in your brigade, it was not a coincidence.”

“I-”

Cannot was on her lips, but it would be a lie.

“It was not for me,” she finally choked out. “But on the behest of another.”

Her uncle’s eyes hardened.

“No teacher would be fool enough to send you into a layer so unprepared,” he said. “Who?”

“I was not forced,” Angharad said.

“That does not mean you were not leveraged,” he flatly replied. “Who, Angharad?”

She lowered her gaze.

“It might be unwise to say,” she got out.

There was a long moment of silence, then Osian Tredegar softly cursed.

“It’s the ufudu, isn’t it? This all reeks to Hell of the Lefthand House.”

It was over, then. Even the suspicion was enough to finish this. She was finished. What point was there in hiding anything now, in even trying to lie? Angharad swallowed, then nodded. She felt so sick to the stomach that if she spoke she would start to throw up and never stop.

“They shouldn’t have anything on you that,” he began, then stopped. “Llanw Hall. Someone survived. They stole someone out of the ashes?”

“Father still lives,” she croaked. “I was shown a drawing of him with an arm missing. But uncle he’s – they tell me he’s kept in Tintavel.”

Beyond the Watch’s reach. Beyond everyone but the Lefthand House’s.

“Gwydion,” Osian Tredegar said, speaking the name like it was the worst sort of curse. “Of course Gwydion survived it all and now comes back to haunt us all. I should have bloody known.”

“The Watch can’t get me into the Black Mountain,” Angharad desperately said. “But the Lefthand House-”

He cut her off with a sharp gesture.

“Will deliver just enough of what they promised you to keep you on the hook and never a drop more,” Osian said. “To them things are most profitable with your father inside Tintavel and you willing to do most anything to get him out.”

“You think I don’t know that?” Angharad snarled back. “I’m not a fool, uncle, I know I can’t trust the ufudu.”

She clenched her fist.

“But what else is there?” she desperately. “What else am I supposed to do, just leave him to die in there? I can see no other way. Crooks they may be, but they are the only ones offering.”

“What did they ask you to do?” Osian asked.

She hesitated.

“Child,” he gently said, “either you can tell me now or we can have that conversation with a Mask in the room.”

She licked her cracked lips.

“The Infernal Forge,” Angharad said. “The one the Lightbringer is said to have tossed into the aether when Tolomontera fell to the Watch.”

“Of all the raving lunacies,” her uncle said, rubbing at his forehead, then frowned. “No, no. Of course the High Queen is after one, word is the Krypteia smashed her last a few years back. The ufudu are even toeing the lines of the Iscariot Accords – they’re not taking the device, they’re coming into its possession.”

Angharad frowned, lost.

“What do the Accords have to do with this?” she asked.

“Having Infernal Forges is forbidden under them, save for those in the Watch’s vaults and those within the walls of Pandemonium,” Osian said. “But the wording had to be careful, for many were hidden in the wake of the Second Empire’s fall  and no power would agree to unknowing possession being an Accords breach. Else having one buried in your countryside could get you interdicted.”

“So it is allowed?” she slowly said.

“No,” he said. “Having one in your nation’s ‘possession’ is not illegal but using them, studying them, hiding them and seeking to obtain an Infernal Forge is.”

Angharad blinked, confounded.

“But I am being solicited for this task,” she said, “surely…”

“Surely, if proof ever emerges of it, the High Queen will apologize for the actions of a cell of rogue ufudu and execute those involved as an apology,” Uncle Osian said. “If the Forge makes it to a hidden facility, she will line up some minor noble ‘aiming to usurp her’ to take the fall and lose his head should the Krypteia sniff out the lair and bring proof of its existence too solid to deny.”

Now she felt sick in an entirely different way.

“That is obscene,” she said.

“It has happened at least twice I know of,” Osian replied. “Not in my lifetime, but the last was as recent as the second decade of the Century of Sails.”

Not even a hundred years ago.

“It is the Queen Perpetual herself who signed the Iscariot Accords,” Angharad insisted. “With her own hand. The sheer dishonor of breaking her own word…”

“Oh, she ever respects her word,” Osian mildly said. “Only sometimes her subjects do not. Out of her sight, of course, and she rectifies this when it is brought to her attention. What else can be asked of her?”

Angharad opened her mouth to object, but the older man gestured curtly.

“We can have that talk some other time, when the both of us are better rested,” he said. “The ufudu is the one that sent you into the layer?”

“They said the Infernal Forge should be in one of them,” Angharad said.

“It might well be,” Osian said, “but you are unsuited to finding it. A sword only gets you so far in a layer. Navigators are the answer and they have tried and failed to obtain the Forge in the years Scholomance was closed. Although…”

He frowned.

“Aether responds to strong emanations,” Osian said. “A focused enough sense of need could have served as a compass of sorts. One growing stronger the more urgent the need became. Were you given a date?”

“The end of the year,” Angharad quietly said.

She bit her lip. It was out now, but part of her could not help but tremble at what was yet to come. But there was a wild hope, that her uncle might help her through her failure. If he lent a hand, surely…

“Uncle, I know I cannot-”

“No,” he coldly cut, “you cannot. I will not turn my back on my oaths to the Watch and ignore this.”

Horrible as that end was, there was also some relief. It was out of her hands, now.

“I will confess it all, then,” she tiredly said.

“Had you done anything worth confessing, that would be good of you,” Osian mildly said. “But you have not. The worst you can be accused of is not immediately reporting an agent of the Lefthand House, but that is not against the rules on Tolomontera.”

“So you want me to… cease,” she said.

He eyed her for a long moment.

“I could ask,” he said. “But you won’t, will you?”

Her fists clenched, however weakly. Angharad said nothing. It was better than lying.

“If you return to the layer in this state, you will die,” he plainly said.

“Then I will arrange for others to do so on my behalf,” she replied. “Beg and bargain as I must.”

“That will also get you killed,” Osian said. “It will make its way to someone who will look into it – either some Mask student looking to pass their class, or some Stripe looking to raise their score. You will be a commendation on their record by year’s end.”

She gritted her teeth.

“I cannot just abandon my father to die in a cell,” Angharad told him. “I know it would be wiser, uncle, the clever thing to do. But it is not who I am.”

She breathed out.

“I have only weeks until I must leave,” she said, “and while on Asphodel my search will have to end. I cannot-”

“That,” Osian Tredegar softly said, “is not entirely true.”

Her eyes fell on him, light as a feather. He passed a hand through his hair.

“That cache found on Asphodel,” he said. “It is suspected to include an Infernal Forge, though the Rectorate has not reported as much.”

Angharad swallowed.

“You mean…”

“I will not turn on the black, not even for my blood,” Osian said. “But were it to be obtained from the Rectorate instead, that would be… a pill I can swallow.”

“You mean it?” she breathed out.

His expression hardened.

“Do not pin hopes on this,” Osian Tredegar said. “I will report suspicions that the Lefthand House got their hands on a Forge the moment their agents sail with it. That is as far as I will to bend, and ancestors willing the Second Fleet will catch that ship on its way back to Malan.”

He grimaced.

“But as far as that, I will help you,” he said.

“Thank you,” Angharad almost wept. “Truly, uncle, there are no words-”

“Do not thank me too soon,” he quietly said. “For this I want an oath of you.”

She leaned in, so quick it hurt her tender neck.

“Never again,” Osian said, “will you ask me to bend my oath to the Watch, or do the same.”

Slowly she nodded.

“And whoever that ufudu is?” he said. “We will cut their throat when the business is done. I’ll not have the sickness spreading any further.”

A few weeks ago, Angharad might have balked at that. No longer.

“I will wield the blade myself, when the time comes,” she promised.

Osian breathed out.

“All right, then,” he said. “Tell me everything.”

She did.

Chapter 37

Treachery was afoot: the carrot seeds were gone.

Maryam might have been complicit in the crime, for when informed of this she offered no aid. Only profuse mockery, including some very unkind moralizing about how he who lived by petty larceny was doomed to be defeated by it. Petty. Petty! For once he was in full agreement with Fortuna, this was unacceptable talk. No, Tristan would have to thoroughly investigate this matter and prove her treason, rightfully relegating her to taking Theology notes for the both of them next class.

Now, if only his only ally in this grand work were not utterly incompetent.

“Maybe she used her eldritch Navigator powers to disappear them,” Fortuna suggested.

She was sitting atop a tree branch, the red trail of her dress trailing as she swung her legs.

“You are a goddess,” Tristan reproached. “How is anything eldritch to you?”

“I was only phrasing it this way for your sake,” she ineptly lied. “I think your field was cursed to be barren by a witch, it is the only reasonable explanation.”

Tristan wondered if she was being blatantly wrong on purpose. Even odds, he figured: it might simply be that she had not been paying attention to the entire affair beyond the amusement of outrage. The thief knelt in the dirt, carefully feeling out the soil. He had sown seeds rather liberally yesterday, but there was not so much as a single stray one left. Whoever had done this had acted methodically, and with malicious intent.

“Could be a devil ate them,” Fortuna suggested.

He rubbed the bridge of his nose.

“I resent that this last guess is the closest we have come to a working theory,” Tristan admitted.

“You need to listen to me more,” the Lady of Long Odds happily said. “I have all sorts of ideas.”

Not unlike a mangy dog had fleas, and about as respectably.

“It could have been foreigners,” he finally said.

It was a long and honored Sacromonte tradition to blame foreigners for troubles ranging from the rising price of bread to why your daughter had been caught half-naked with the neighbor’s son in the back of the shop. It would have irresponsible not to consider foreign involvement, one might argue. If they were an infanzon.

“I am no longer sure I want to be involved in this,” Song Ren drily said.

He flicked a glance back, finding the Tianxi standing at the edge of the garden with steaming mugs of tea in her hand. Tristan squinted her way, not having caught the approach. Had Maryam sent her accomplice to sabotage the investigation?

“I don’t know what it is you’re thinking, but I am almost certain I should feel insulted by it,” Song noted.

“Your help would be most welcome,” Tristan said, not openly adding as soon as I am certain you are not part of this conspiracy.

Fortuna, lending her ‘help’, immediately leaped down from her branch began crowding the captain. She stepped in too close, peering into Song’s eyes like some nosy tia trying to find out their color, and gestured at one of the mugs as if asking to take it. To Song Ren’s honor, she had never once fallen for this cheapest of ghost trickeries.

Unfortunately for Song, Fortuna had taken it as a challenge.

Purely for spite of his goddess, Tristan rose to his feet and ambled over to take the tea. No, he realized, not tea. At least not the proper kind: this was brewed… peppermint? Surprised but not displeased, Tristan actually took a sip for reasons beyond politeness. Peppermint was good for digestion and stomach pains, as well as tasting fine enough.

“I have run the numbers for the brigade funds,” Song said. “I believe we could go as far as ten ramas.”

Tristan chewed at his lip thoughtfully.

“Hage will bleed us if he realizes I’ve gold to slap on the counter,” he said. “The easiest way to avoid that would be asking for something in particular, not merely going fishing.”

She hesitated for a moment, brushing back her long braid.

“Ask about the local criminals,” Song finally said. “The rest we can get from the official reports on Asphodel, but that kind of knowledge will not make it onto them.”

Tristan gave an absent-minded nod. It had been an unpleasant surprise to learn that they were headed to Asphodel in three weeks, leaving them to scramble for preparations. Song had borrowed books from that fancy hidden Stripe library, but books would only get them so far. Hage was almost certain to have access to Mask reports on the Asphodel Rectorate, or Krypteia gossip just as good, and Tristan approved of asking about the local coteries.

“We’ll need to know our way around the underground no matter which of the contracts we end up getting,” he mused. “Getting the lay of the coteries in advance is a good investment. I would not be surprised if the Masks had a contact on the ground, either.”

Song’s impressively well-connected uncle had leaked to her in the letter how assignments would work: there were four contracts outstanding, and it would not be decided until they reached Asphodel which brigade received which. The man had not gone into details  about the contracts – could not or would not – but had mentioned that two were investigations, one an exorcism and the last a hunt.

Only the exorcism was likely to take them out of the capital, and not far. Even then finding the remnants of an old god was sure to be easier when you had a way to reach out to the people who could tell you which of the latest disappearances had been paid for.

“I expect that might be beyond our means to buy,” Song said, “but if the opportunity knocks…”

“Barely a day rich and already a spendthrift,” he teased.

She rolled her eyes.

“Maryam’s ties to Captain Yue could end up fruitful as well,” Song noted. “As the senior signifier on the island, she might be in the know for Asphodel affairs.”

“We lose little by asking,” Tristan shrugged.

The two stood there in silence for a long moment, sipping at their mugs. Song was the one to break it.

“Not a single seed left, I see,” she said.

Those last two words were not a figure of speech when coming out of Song Ren’s mouth. Tristan was not yet sure to what extent she could discern details, but she could read book script from across a room without any trouble. Part of him itched to ask how that would pair to, say, a telescope but theirs was not so comfortable a relationship that he could.

“Such meticulous extermination can only be the result of an enemy attack,” Tristan said.

“There are probably at least two birds, yes,” Song agreeably replied.

He paused.

“A what now?”

Song considered him for a moment, then her lips twitched.

“Maryam didn’t tell you.”

“Her treacheries are endless,” Tristan coldly said.

“She told me she saw a bird up on the roof yesterday,” Song informed him. “A magpie, by the description, though an unusually large one.”

“And she failed to tell me this because…”

A rusty groan, one of the drawing-room windows being cracked further open from the inside. They had been getting eavesdropped on.

“Because I thought it would be funny,” Maryam called out.

“See,” Fortuna mused, leaning against his shoulder. “I told you a witch was behind this.”

Bruja,” Song slowly said. “Did she just call Maryam a witch?”

“Nothing less than she deserves,” Tristan sniffed.

He turned a squinting look up at the roof, but there was no trace of the alleged magpie. How had it made it up here, anyway? Sakkas had said that this place could only be found by those who already knew where it was, but no lock was perfect. If the Gloam working laid into this place was as a surrounding curtain, birds might have simply flown over it.  Or perhaps the magpies had nested there for generations? An impressive lineage, if true, though Tristan could not recall ever seeing or hearing a bird here before.

“A recent arrival, do you think?” he said.

“I am uncertain,” Song admitted, sounding fascinated. “It could be that an animal is not enough of a ‘mind’ to be turned away by the defense and our presence drew interest. More might come if that is the case.”

“A siege, then,” he muttered, then cleared his throat. “I will have to draw from brigade funds.”

A wary look.

“What for?” she asked.

“To make a scarecrow,” Tristan fiercely replied. “I yet have carrot seeds: I might have lost a battle, Song, but the war has just begun.”

“I was right,” Maryam called out through the window.

It was a mark of Captain Yue’s rank that she had a solar inside the walls of the chapterhouse.

Though not a small building by any means, much of the insides of the Akelarre headquarters was taken up by the Meadow so private rooms were virtually unheard of. There were dorms for Navigators to sleep in, libraries for restricted works and a few small study halls, but all these were shared. The captain’s large solar on the upper level was not, though Yue had crammed so many devices and books inside that a room as large as the cottage’s drawing room somehow felt cramped.

Maryam had learned, over the last few weeks, to tell when she was in for a pleasant afternoon by gauging the enthusiasm on the scarred captain’s face when she was ushered into the solar. Briskness meant it was drudgework ahead of them, checking options off a list not out of belief they were possible but to be through, while on the opposite end of the scale a broad grin meant things were going to get… exciting.

Like being rowed out into a shallow part of the bay and dropped into the sea with stones tied around her feet exciting.

“Ah, Maryam, just in time,” Yue grinned, and the Izvorica almost cursed.

It was going to be one of those, then. The older woman hurried her in, closing the door behind and guiding Maryam past a fresh pile of books – nearly all of which had iron girding and a lock, meaning they were from the deepest part of the restricted library – and the same half-eaten plate of fried rice that had been balancing precariously on the end of a table for three days.

The sheer number of precious instruments in here, from astrolabes to orreries to a set of beautifully engraved ring dials, had been intimidating at first. There was a fortune’s worth of devices surrounding her, many of them of intimidatingly fine make. Nowadays, though, they mostly felt like the clutter that they were. Yue eased Maryam into the usual cushy armchair, then headed across the room to a large, broad silhouette under a pale sheet.

“That is new,” Maryam noted.

“So it is,” Yue happily said. “Had it brought up this morning.”

She theatrically tore off the sheet, which she had obviously put there herself for this very purpose. What lay under looked halfway between a water maze and an Izcalli calendar: an upright stone disk, almost man-sized with layered circles within. Each circle was connected to another by some shallow notch and at the heart, instead of a large motif of an Izcalli calendar, was a gaping hole the size of the Izvorica’s head.

Captain Yue presented it with a flourish, visibly pleased with herself.

“Well done,” Maryam hazarded. “I am… impressed?”

The older Navigator wrinkled her nose.

“At least some put effort into the lie,” she complained, then sighed. “Think, Khaimov. Does this remind you of anything?”

To Maryam’s mild shame, it took another few seconds before catching on. It was the size that had distracted her: the other disk had been barely the size of two fists, and the patterns on the surface significantly more complicated than these.

“The Kuru Maze that Professor Baltazar showed us on our first day,” she said. “The device that lets one gauge their Grasp and Command.”

“You could consider this beauty the bastard cousin of a Kuru Maze,” Yue said, patting the disk.

“I don’t feel any conceptual symmetry from it at all,” she frowned. “The draw of a Kuru Maze is that it restricts manipulation of Gloam. This looks, well, like…”

“A big chunk of rock,” Captain Yue cheerfully said. “Because it is. Not a drop of anything conceptual here. It’s an Izcalli invention called a stele stone.”

“Ominous,” Maryam noted.

The Kingdom of Izcalli – and all the other Aztlan states, to be fair – had a fondness for carving skulls onto everything and their naming sense tended to the funerary. Even Captain Totec had a saltshaker sculpted to look like a dancing skeleton he was inordinately fond of.

“You know how it is with Izcalli,” Yue said. “No matter how sound the scholarship, their scholars don’t take anything seriously until there’s a body count supporting it.”

“The Kingdom of Izcalli is the leading light in metaphysical anatomy,” Maryam loyally said. “No one else understands souls half as well.”

“Yeah, they sure burned a lot of candles studying those,” Captain Yue drily said. “But I seem to recall the man who initiated you into the Akelarre is from Izcalli, so I’ll let you off this once.”

She slapped the stone again, like a farmer at market endorsing their prize pig.

“Stele stones,” Yue said, “are made when a significant number of people die on top of them.”

Maryam blinked, having not expected it to be so literal.

“They used to make these from physician’s floors,” the Tianxi said, “but these days I understand some lords have a racket of ordering their dying serfs to go and lay on top of them so they can sell off the stones.”

The Navigator shrugged.

“It does assure steadier supply.”

Captain Yue’s notion of good and evil tended to run along ‘things that make my work easier’ and ‘things that make my work harder’, which meant she had all the sympathy of an iron rod but also that she was remarkably lacking in bigotries.

“And the advantage to lugging around corpse rocks is…”

Maryam trailed off leadingly.

“Think it out,” Captain Yue said. “The stone used here is basalt, which on the Ban scale of aether sensitivity is lower-middle.”

Maryam hummed. To qualify as middle sensitivity on the Ban scale, a material must be affected by aether phenomenon not directed at it. The study of the effect of metaphysical forces on physical objects was usually considered a part of alchemy, but inevitably it was a matter of interest to both the Peiling Society and the Akelarre Guild and as a result the terms for it were drawn from a dozen different disciplines.

It was a real mess of everyone borrowing from each other and contradicting each other’s works.

The Ban scale had been used by Cathayan architects for over a century before the Akelarre adopted it, justifying this by noting the imprisoned scholar-concubine who’d first created it had been a signifier and thus the scale had always been part of their scholarly wheelhouse. While not the most exact out there, the Ban scale had the benefit of being made into a series of rhymes that translated well to most the major languages of Aurager – and thus was remarkably easy to memorize.

Lower-middle meant the material in question was affected by nearby aether phenomenon, but not unduly sensitive. For example a cutter, with its aether engine, could dock at a basalt dock and there would be no trace left on the stone. A death on top of the stone slab, though? That strong, instant release would leave some kind of mark.

Yue had mentioned physicians as the original source, which likely meant painful ends at the hands of cutters. Many deaths, though, and evidently the Izcalli lords out there seemed to think that sending the sick to die on the stone would work just as well. It’s not about the nature of the death, then, it’s about the numbers.

“Saturation,” Maryam said. “Stele stones are basalt saturated with aether.”

Yue cocked an eyebrow.

“And what would be the use of such a thing?” she asked.

“You called it the bastard cousin of a Kuru Maze because those constrict the use of Gloam,” she slowly said. “This would do the same for… aether?”

“Are you asking me or telling me?” Yue said.

She chewed at the inside of her cheek.

“Nav,” she said. “Logos, I mean. It goes through the aether, so a stele stone is meant to constrict the use of one’s logos.”

“Good,” the Tianxi smiled. “That is essentially correct.”

She waved a hand.

“The reality is slightly more complex – the maze carved on the surface is because of metaphysical continuance, a concept you won’t be learning about for some time yet. Suffice it to say that moving your logos through the channels in the stone is more difficult than, say, simply wrapping it around the disk.”

“Why are we testing my logos at all?” Maryam asked.

It was one of the few parts of signifying she’d never had any trouble with. She was, she fancied, a much defter hand with hers than most of her peers.

“Because I told you to,” Yue easily replied. “Come, I will show you how it functions.”

Maryam was always careful sending out her nav with Captain Yue around, knowing herself a candle besides a bonfire. It would have been easy for the other woman to snuff her out without even meaning to. Yue had asked her this time, though, and would be careful. It was an odd feeling, how the other woman coaxed her soul-effigy – like being a raft being pulled along in a galleon’s wake.

Yue guided her all the way to the opening of the stele stone, then goosed her nav as warning. Maryam withdrew, did not follow her in. Instead she tried to feel out what tracing the pattern did to Captain Yue’s nav, what coiled and what tensed. When the captain withdrew, after what could not have been longer than thirty heartbeats, she was faintly panting. Yue brushed back her braid on her shoulder, smoothing it back into place to hide the burns on her cheek and ear.

“It is a good control exercise,” Captain Yue said. “We will not teach logos manipulation until third year, as it’s much too easy for a beginner to rip out their own soul, but if my theory is correct you will have little choice in learning the basics early.”

By now Maryam knew better than to ask her to elaborate. If she intended to, she would have. Instead she gathered herself and felt out the entrance of the stele stone pattern. All she had to do was trace it, not fill those wide furrows, but to make one’s nav was fragile had its dangers: Maryam slid in a rope, not a string. Immediately she felt the saturation’s effect. Most objects were inert when felt out with nav, like dull contours in a world of colors.

The stele stone instead buzzed like flies’ wings, and she had to keep a firm grip on her nav lest it be swept astray.

She was surprised to find it rather easy, at least at first. She just had to thread in her nav, which took concentration but not much difficulty. Halfway through the first loop she began to grasp what Yue had been hinting at by ‘metaphysical continuance’. Maintaining the thread she had woven while continuing to push forward was significantly more difficult than she had thought. She had assumed the trouble would rise like the slope of a hill, but two thirds of the way through the first circle she felt like she had to climb a wall instead.

“Fuck,” she muttered.

“Further,” Yue quietly said. “You need to finish the first ring.”

Gritting her teeth, Maryam pushed on. She might not have made it had she not realized she could cannibalize her own earlier work. She could thin the rope and make it into string. It eased the pressure, though she still only barely made it to the notch leading to the second circle. She threaded past it by a hair, breathing out, and – the pull took her by such surprise she tumbled all the way back to halfway through the first circle.

“What in the-” she snarled, firming her grip.

The pull gave when she pushed back, but as she tried to reclaim the grounds lost she felt as if something was pushing against her. A hand on her shoulder, a pulse of Gloam.

“That’s enough,” Captain Yue said. “I have what I need, withdraw.”

Maryam was tempted to rip herself out, but forced herself into a controlled retreat instead. One should never treat their soul-effigy lightly. When she came back into herself she was panting, covered in sweat, and Yue eased her back into the seat. She spent some time gathering her bearings while Yue puttered about pouring something into cups, pressing a metal goblet into her hand. Maryam took a sniff.

“Brandy?” she asked.

“It will take the edge off that brutal migraine you’re about to have,” Yue said. “Drink.”

Maryam grimaced but did. It burned going down, but there was a faint aftertaste of apricot that took the edge off the lingering in the mouth.

“What was that?” she asked. “Something fought me, it felt like. Was it the stele stone?”

“The stone had aether presence but not consciousness,” Yue replied. “It cannot fight you.”

She leaned back against one of her tables, though she had to push back a strange overlarge bronze compass.

“What has puzzled me about your condition from the start,” Yue said, “is its seemingly contradictory nature.”

“I don’t follow,” Maryam frowned.

It seemed rather plain to her: her Command was lacking because it was sabotaged by an aether entity.

“First we established through layer diving that the cause of your measure imbalance is an aether entity,” Yue elaborated. “Seemingly straightforward, if an unusual case. But then I put you through about a third of the possession tests known to the Akelarre Guild and none of them turned up a thing.”

The Izvorica’s eyes widened in alarm.

“You said I wasn’t possessed,” Maryam said. “That those were-”

“To ascertain the nature of your ties to the entity, yes,” Yue dismissed. “And they were. Possession is a layman’s term, ultimately, evoking some dollmaker hollowing a man and walking around with his face and memories. In practice relatively few aether entities are capable of this.”

“You thought it was some lesser parasite,” she slowly said. “One that a possession test would unmask.”

“An unusual case, as I said: an entity that gorged on your emotions unhindered for so long it became something nearly unique,” Yue agreed. “Only you have none of the physical markers of this. Therefore, I resorted to the submersion test.”

“An individual submerged in the sea with no physical tie to above will achieve metaphysical isolation,” Maryam quoted. “You wanted to establish whether it had an anchor to me.”

“And it did,” Yue smiled, “else you would have been capable of signifying under water without trouble just as you did in the layer. Thus we established that the entity had an anchor on you, but that your body showed none of the usual markers. Now, it might have been that we simply needed to get into the more invasive possession tests…”

Maryam swallowed. Sticking needles in her body and making her Sign during was not considered invasive? Making her eat a lodestone, Sign and then throw it up had been one of the easy tests? Gods. She was almost afraid to ask.

“… but that is a brute method answer, Maryam, forcing a circle into a square peg. I found a more elegant solution: what if that anchor was on a material part of you without being a physical part?”

And there the reason for the use of the stele stone became clear.

“My logos,” Maryam breathed out. “Shit, it latched onto my logos. I use it to signify, so every time I trace a Sign-”

“It contends against you, ‘pulling’ the other way, and thus in practice reducing your Command to that of a child’s,” Yue finished. “Interestingly, that it latched on to your logos it also likely why it hasn’t slurped up your soul despite being tacked on to you for years.”

Maryam swallowed, mouth suddenly gone dry.

“Pardon?”

“Think of your logos as a straw, permitting only so much to be drunk at once,” the older woman said. “The most fascinating part is, however, that the parasite seems to have adapted to you to some extent, feeding solely on emotions that you reject or suppress. It grew nearly symbiotic.”

“And screws up my signifying,” the Izvorica flatly said.

“And that,” Yue agreed. “Happily for you, the violent reaction the entity had to your using the stele stone confirms another part of my theory.”

“It’s a bit of an asshole?” Maryam suggested.

Yue smiled thinly.

“It goes two ways,” she said. “Through your logos it can feed on you, but…”

“I can also feed on it,” Maryam said. “You’re sure?”

“It will not be possible to confirm it until I have some particular equipment prepared,” Yue said, “but I believe the chances are very high.”

Maryam licked her lips.

“What would it do, feeding on it?”

“Retrieving your past aether emanations, for one,” Yue said. “Though they will not be as linear and differentiated as when you emanated them. Secondly, well, think of it this way – though we Akelarre manipulate Gloam and navigate aether, we are ultimately creatures of the Glare. This entity, however, is not. It should perceive Vesper in some fundamentally different ways.”

“That sounds dangerous to absorb,” Maryam said.

“The mind is a wonderfully elastic thing,” Yue said. “It will take what it can and a little more, then the rest will be buried or shed away. I expect, at the very least that devouring the entity will make major qualitative improvements to your logos.”

On top of restoring her Command, presumably. That did sound tempting.

“And it would be safe?” Maryam asked.

The captain burst out laughing, hiccupping and slapping her knees until she was almost tearing up.

“Oh gods no,” Captain Yue chuckled. “Anything but. But the alternative is it being forever latched onto your logos, so the notion of there being a choice here is largely decorative.”

She was, Maryam grimly conceded, not wrong about that. She made herself breathe out, calm.

“Equipment, you said,” she tried.

“Worry not, my dear,” Yue grinned. “It will be ready before you take that ship to Asphodel. I greatly look forward to the results.”

The Izvorica nodded, then hesitated.

“Out with it,” the captain said.

“Song mentioned that the entity she encountered had a soul,” she said.

“Yes, as you mentioned before,” Yue acknowledged. “While Song Ren’s contract is an interesting tool, she has not real grounding in metaphysics. I expect she saw the traces of some soul the entity ate before latching on to you, or emanations fresh enough they could be confused for you.”

“And if you are wrong?” Maryam asked.

“Then I get the pleasure,” Captain Yue grinned, “of starting this puzzle from scratch.”

The Emerald Vaults was not large enough an establishment to loan private rooms, but their garden did have small gazebos that lent an appreciable degree of privacy.

Though they had agreed on six at the beginning of Warfare, Song arrived ten minutes early. Lierganen tended to have their evening meal late, but given the widespread provenance of the students – and indeed of watchmen in general – one could not assume the dinner room would be empty even at this hour. She was lucky: only one of the gazebos remained unoccupied, and she promptly claimed it before someone else could. Talk on the terrasse was too likely to be overheard, it would not suit at all.

Only a few of the tables were occupied, she saw as she followed the servant in, with black-clad youths sharing tapas and drinks. She recognized few faces within, the only one of note the towering Someshwari man that was the captain of the Twelfth. Song received a few curious looks, but now that there was gossip about the Forty-Ninth she was not as interesting a subject of rumor as she had been – at least until the Thirteenth’s involvement in that affair came out.

The servant in neat livery bowed after presenting her the last of three gazebo and she nodded in confirmation. It was pretty piece of work, a round pavilion of whose skeleton was intertwined metal and wood with silk sheets hung as walls to curtail sight and sought. Song ordered a cup of Sanxing green tea and settled into the cushioned seats, readying herself to wait.

To her mild amusement, she had barely tugged her coat back in place when Angharad arrived – just slightly less early.

The dark-skinned noblewoman must have swung by her lodgings, for despite having had Skiritai class this afternoon she wore a fitted regular’s uniform. Like most clothes, Angharad wore these well: she was tall and shapely, which did not hurt, and had the effortless posture of someone whose fingers had been smacked when she did not sit straight as a child. The gloves were new, though. The same she had worn in Warfare.

The braids had been redone recently, Song noted, and her face was schooled into a polite society mask. A taught thing, that. Song would know, having learned the same at her mother’s knee.

She had always seen just enough of herself in Angharad Tredegar to make mistakes over her.

“Song,” the Pereduri greeted her.

“Angharad,” she replied. “Please, be seated.”

They hardly waited three breaths before a servant was with them, asking what might suit the lady. Wine, to Song’s mild surprise. There was some small talk, but short and halting. Neither of them felt like getting into it with the conversation that loomed. Their orders arrived together, perfectly timed, and the servant retreated after another bow. Song sipped at her tea. Exquisite, as everything served in the Emerald Vaults always was.

“I received a letter from my granduncle,” she said. “It shed some light on what you implied when we spoke yesterday.”

Uncle Zhuge had been unusually loquacious in that letter, even. He usually preferred to speak instead of committing anything to paper, the well-honed instinct of a man who had spent decades in one of the most cutthroat Garrison postings around. This time, though, he had laid out details – even if through implication and idiom, careful to give nothing a Mask reading that letter might be able to use. Reading between the lines, the situation on Asphodel significantly had changed due to the Rectorate’s find beneath their island – long believed emptied of all Antediluvian treasures.

Instead all the great powers were eyeing that shipyard and the find of tomic alloys hungrily. Diplomats, spies and saboteurs would be sailing the way of Asphodel even as he wrote and civil war on the island was nearly sure to ensue. As the Watch had contracts with the Rectorate, the tests were now likely to take place during civil strife. A significantly greater of risk for the students than what had been desired.

The trouble, after that, had been making the massive bureaucracy of the Watch actually do something about it.

“My uncle informed me it was a significant effort to get the tests pushed up,” Angharad shared.

Song almost hummed. Vague talk, likely repeating the words of the man in question. The Pereduri had not actually been told the details, then, despite having one of the main actors present. Song’s own letter, despite becoming a veritable garden of euphemisms when reaching the matter of politics, had been rather more informative on the subject.

“It would be career suicide for them to try and take this back, if you were considering it,” Song told her. “They had to bring a motion to the Conclave while it was in session.”

Angharad blinked.

“I thought Tolomontera under the authority of the Obscure Committee, no longer the general Conclave,” she said.

Song nodded.

“That is correct,” she said. “But that committee was granted that authority by a sealed session – meaning it cannot be formally appealed to the way an open committee would be. In other words, since it does not openly exist it cannot be directly petitioned.”

“Surely the Conclave would dismiss any motion regarding these matters regardless,” Angharad frowned. “It would be contradicting its own grant of authority otherwise.”

“Indeed,” Song agreed. “And the first quarter of any session of the Conclave is usually dedicated to dismissing such improper petitions. Theirs was added to that docket directly – the trick, you see, was to have it dismissed in the right way.”

The Pereduri looked a little lost, so she took pity on her.

“There are two manners of dismissal,” Song explained. “The first is ‘peremptory’ – that is, immediately thrown out. The second is ‘assignation’, when the Conclave deems there is already a committee in charge of this matter and sends the petition to them.”

“The dismissal being of the second sort would see their petition sent to the Obscure Committee,” Angharad slowly said. “Is that it?”

Song smiled and sipped at her tea. A simple sentence but not so simple an achievement. The Conclave was a cutthroat arena of rival factions, so unless votes were mustered for your improper petition in advance – by reaching out to factions that would whip up the votes, or brokers that could deliver a bloc beholden to them – such petitions were always dismissed peremptorily. Uncle Zhuge had made a veiled reference to playing off two Garrison factions against each other and trading some favors to free company brokers.

They had still only narrowly reached the threshold for assignation, a mere five votes above the line.

“Essentially,” Song replied. “The powers brought into the matter were not insignificant, Angharad. If they were then humiliated by the motion they supported being retracted by the very officers that brought it forwards…”

“They would take revenge for that egg on their face,” Angharad flatly said. “Wielding the very same influence that was called on.”

There had been no way for Uncle Zhuge to know that Song’s brigade would come so close to splitting at the seams within a month of making it to Scholomance. He had assumed competence on her part, and it shamed her that she had proved him wrong.

“Part of the bargain struck between our sponsors was aid and preferential treatment from your uncle, given his direct involvement in the journey,” Song delicately said. “It is not impossible for his part to be held up while you are not part of the Thirteenth. There are other brigades going to Asphodel.”

Angharad snorted.

“Which am I to choose – Tupoc’s lot, the Eleventh or the Nineteenth?”

Song hid her surprise. The Forty-Ninth, which had been the fourth on her uncle’s list, had been disbanded and thus could not feasibly participate. She had not known who would replace them, however. Osian Tredegar must have told his niece.

“I was under the impression you were on fair terms with Captain Langa,” she said instead.

Angharad’s lips thinned.

“Not so fine as that,” she curtly said. “I would not go under Imani Langa’s command.”

Song sipped at her delightful tea, choosing her words with care. Were Commander Tredegar not present on the island and one of the leading officers of their expedition to Asphodel besides, she might have been tempted to wield strong words here. With the man in consideration, though, she could not. Osian Tredegar had proved himself a fierce and ruthless actor in the defense of his niece.

“I will take your word on it,” Song said. “Yet this brings us to similar trouble: were you to sail out with the Thirteenth, you would be under my command.”

A pause to let her light words sink in.

“You have expressed an unwillingness for this in the past.”

Angharad’s jaw locked.

“I would not shame you by refusing an order before others, but I-”

“No,” Song flatly interrupted. “Allow me to be perfectly clear: if you walk around as part of the Thirteenth and I am made responsible for your actions, you will be subject to my authority. If you cannot tolerate this, there are two other brigades for you to pick from.”

“I have given my reasons for not wanting to be under your command,” Angharad stiffly said.

“That is your prerogative,” Song said. “As it is mine to refuse taking on a soldier who has told me they’ve no intention of obeying me.”

“And the others will?” she bit out. “Tristan and Maryam-”

“Are none of your concern,” Song coldly replied.

“You cannot go to Asphodel with only three cabalists,” Angharad replied just as coldly.

Ah, predictable. Song had seen that one coming, and indeed spent part of the day wondering who she should round out the Thirteenth with should Anghard not intend to accompany them. A fighter, it would have to be, but who would agree? The difficulty was in finding someone who would be willing to leap feet first into the pit when they could instead wait and take their test when better prepared.

The solution had, therefore, been to find someone already in the pit.

“I expect it would take me somewhere around an hour to secure another Skiritai,” Song said. “There happens to be one deeply in my debt and eager to clear his name.”

One of the few ways Muchen He’s reputation could be salvaged when it came out what the Forty-Ninth had been involved in would be a display of trust from his purported victim – like, say, Tristan Abrascal publicly welcoming him into the Thirteenth Brigade. Rumors that Muchen had been Song’s spy and collaborator would begin sprouting without even need for sowing.

That the man would accept was not really in doubt; if Song would have to ask still was.

Angharad frowned but did not call her a liar. There was still enough respect between them for that, or at least the Pereduri thought it possible she might not be lying despite knowing little of the affair. The Pereduri grimaced.

“I am not wrong, for not wanting to take your orders,” she insisted.

“Neither am I for refusing to be responsible for someone else’s cabalist,” Song replied.

She drained the rest of her cup.

“Good tea,” she said. “There is still time before we leave, Angharad. You know my terms – if they do not suit, speak with the other captains.”

She made to rise, but Angharad put a hand on her forearm to hold her back.

“That is,” the dark-skinned woman said, then swallowed, “please sit down.”

“It seems to me this conversation has come to a natural end,” Song gently said.

She flicked a steady glance at Angharad’s gloved hand. She withdrew it as if burned.

“I understand how what I asked would be unacceptable for you,” Angharad said. “It’s, I-”

She sighed, kneading her forehead. The sign of weakness was so unlike her that Song slowly slid back into her seat.

“I was overly confrontational, given what I requested,” Angharad said. “For that I apologize. I slept poorly and find myself in a difficult mood.”

Song’s eyes narrowed. That was one time too many she acted out of sorts. It would be irresponsible not to investigate, a failure of her duty as a watchwoman.

“Your gloves,” she said. “Why are you wearing them?”

Angharad blinked.

“It is a cool day,” she said.

No cooler than the last.

“Did you buy them today?” Song pressed.

“I,” Angharad frowned. “Yes, I think?”

Memory irregularities. Second string.

“Ah,” Song said, putting on a pleasant smile. “Let us continue the conversation, regardless. Would you call the waiter?”

Angharad jerkily nodded, leaning out of the gazebo to catch the man’s eye, and the moment she was facing the wrong way Song smoothly drew her pistol and pointed it at her chest. Angharad stiffened.

“Song, what in the name of-”

“Do not turn,” Song calmly replied, “or I will pull that trigger. Your brigade plaque, is it on you?”

“In my pocket, yes,” Angharad angrily replied. “What is this?”

“Take it out,” she said.

Visibly furious, the Pereduri began to reach for it but Song clicked her tongue.

“Take off the gloves first,” she said.

Angharad blinked, as if confused.

“What?”

“Take off the gloves first,” Song slowly repeated.

“I don’t understand,” Angharad slurred, speaking if through molasses. “What do you-”

Song cocked her pistol. Fear should push through.

“Take off your gloves and put the plaque in the palm of your hand,” she ordered. “Right now.”

Angharad blinked in confusion, but she tugged off a glove and plucked out the silvery plaque.

“What now?” she scorned, holding it up. “Am I to-”

The smell of burning flesh stole the words out of both their mouths. Third string. A heartbeat later the creature began screaming through Angharad Tredegar’s mouth and it all went to the dogs.

For once in her life, it brought Song Ren no pleasure to have been right.

Chapter 36

Angharad should be in bed.

Safely under her sheets back in the Triangle, the door locked and trusted comrades in the rooms around hers. Or at a tavern by the docks, drowning her fear in the noise of revelry. Or even with her uncle, who had sought her company but she had forced herself to turn down with precisely spoken words – every last one tasting of ash on her tongue.

Instead she was out here in the dark, a fool on a fool’s errand. The golden Orrery lights were distant, disdaining to light her travels, so Angharad Tredegar carried with her an isle of light. A lantern, shuttered down to the very barest slice, casting a trembling circle of paleness around her. Like a fairy ring from the old tales, keeping the spirits out.

Not that the monsters stalking this night would heed it. Angharad was a long way from home, and here the old laws of Peredur were but whispers on the wind.

She had followed the boulevard for what felt like hours. A broad, nameless road of great pavement stones turned smooth by time and rain. Straying would have been faster, through ruins and empty canals, but Angharad knew better. She felt the eyes on her, waiting beyond the cast of her lantern. Patient, silent. Hungry. Let them come out in the open, if they wanted her. Let the nightmares step into the light.

Captain Phalani had warned her they hunted as a pack, so she knew better than to believe the beast was alone when it slunk into sight.

The lycosi stepped out of a gutted house’s belly, its walk somehow like a spider’s crawl– weightless and too-quick, unnatural to the eye. It was furred and had a wolf’s head, but there ended the resemblance to the lupines of the Dominion.

The lycosi stood tall on bent legs not much like a hound’s: the proportions were off, the lower part of the leg almost as long as the upper. More like a man’s arm than a beast’s leg. The back legs were thicker at the leg, for leaping, and mangy gray-black fur hung loose on the frame. It had no ears, instead curved horns not unlike a ram’s, and its eyes were an eerily round black. A serpentine tongue hung loosely from the opened maw of yellowing fangs, its legs ending in almost overgrown claws curving like a hawk’s.

It approached without hurry, bait to draw her eye while the others crept up from behind.

“My people,” Angharad told the lycosi, “they despise wolves.”

The Pereduri breathed out, straightened her back and slid out her saber. She should be in bed. Wandering Port Allazei alone at night, it was a fine way to get yourself killed. And yet her she was.

“My mother, she said it is because our soil is poor and cattle is as much our lifeline as the sea,” the mirror-dancer said. “My father, though, he said the root is deeper. An old story.”

She gently put the lantern down on the ground. Its light narrowed, the pale shrinking and ceding the rest of the world to shadow.

“In those days before the Isles were bound as one, there was once a great ruler called Queen Branwen,” she said. “Have you ever heard of her?”

The first came from behind, claws scraping so lightly against the stone there was hardly a sound. But hardly still was, and the mirror-dancer had a keen ear.

The monster stepped into the light, the monster bled.

The fur was thick and the skin beneath tough as leather, but a single stroke split open the lycosi’s shoulder – it drew back with a whine, spilling black ichor.

“There are as many tales about Queen Branwen as there are grains of sand in an hourglass,” Angharad said, “but the most famous is not of her rise but her old age. When her might had waned and younger, hungrier queens came for her lands.”

The dance had opened in earnest and she saw them now, lurking beyond the rim of pale. Black eyes and wicked horns, the pearly glint of open maws. Right and left, charging. The bait looming at her back, skulking ever closer. The wounded one, just beyond the edge of the light. All patient, but so was she.

One and two and three, like the rocks swinging on ropes in the backyard that was now as much a land of the dead as this graveyard city.

Angharad stepped forward at the very last moment, the charging lycosi crashing into each other – shoulders tangled, spinning away with growls. And in that moment where they had been as a single ball of fur and fury, they stood between Angharad and the skulker like a wall.

She slid into that opening smoothly, going for the wounded beast – which fled, away from the lantern’s light and towards a collapsed shop on the edge of the boulevard. Trap, she decided, and did not follow. A fifth must be lying in wait. Angharad withdrew back to the circle, spinning her sword hand to limber it.

“Aged was she, Queen Branwen, but she met her rivals on the field,” Angharad said. “And three of these hungry young queens did she fell, before the last speared her through the throat.”

The runner had not returned, and the hidden one remained out of sight. The three that remained fanned out, spread around the fairy ring of pale. Left-middle-right, moving to encircle. No matter how quick Angharad was, she could only face one direction at a time.

“But Branwen’s daughters dragged her corpse away from the battlefield,” she said, “and as their mother had taught them, put the body in a great bronze cauldron they had never before been allowed to touch.”

Angharad softly laughed.

“And after a night in the water, Queen Branwen rose from the cauldron a living woman.”

It happened like this: Angharad Tredegar moved to the left, towards that edge of the circle, and the monsters moved with her. Left-wolf, watched, eyes cunning. Middle-wolf snarled, but right-wolf cut before it. It darted past the rim of the light, howling, and-

(A skull split open, right-wolf dropping, but from behind middle-wolf leaped.)

-and Angharad Tredegar clicked her tongue. Right-wolf had gone low, legs all askew, and she took the blow it offered. Waiting until speed and mass forbade turning back, then flicking her wrist and slicing through the leg just below the articulation. And as in the glimpse, the beasts sprang their trick. Left-wolf moved, to bait a pivot from her, while middle-wolf leaped.

Pin and strike, as old a song as the world had known bloodspill.

Only, as the lycosi she had crippled tumbled further down the boulevard, Angharad swung around her back foot and raised her saber point first.

When the middle-wolf leaped, she extended her arm almost gently and stepped into the kill: the point pushed into the beast’s throat just below the maw, clean and deep, before Angharad pivoted outwards. She ripped the blade out just before the now-dead lycosi fell past her, turning to face the last unwounded.

“Thus was the power of the cauldron, won from a great spirit in her youth: so long as Queen Branwen did not break with honor, should her daughters lay her to rest in the waters for a night she would live again.”

That dark-eyed beast licked its chops, gaze darting between its dead fellow and the crippled one. A snarl and it slowly backed out of the light. Angharad loosened her stance, an eye on the one whose leg she had cut through.

The lycosi that had left the light bolted. Ran for it without whimper or growl. Clever thing.

A glance behind told her the beast whose shoulder she had wounded had, too, disappeared into the dark. The fifth and last never even came into sight. She turned to the last, three-legged one. It was limping away.

 “From summer to winter, Queen Branwen fed the crows,” Angharad said. “Always she stood her own champion, her word iron, and though twice more she was slain twice more she returned. She buried so many crowns the tale goes they are found by plows to this day.”

Angharad followed behind the beast, calmly. Her steps on stone rang of the inevitable.

“So when winter brought truce, her rivals plotted,” she said. “They sent a beautiful singer to Branwen’s daughters, to seduce them, and whisper thus: if your mother cannot die, how can you ever rule after her?”

The beast had wits, more than most lemures. It grasped it would not be able to lose her after mere moments. It slowed, feigned tripping even as it bled ichor all over the stone.

“We cannot slay our mother, Branwen’s daughters replied. All the world curses such an act. You need not lay a hand on her, the singer whispered. Only, when she dies anew and you bring her to the cauldron, open the gates of your hall and flee. She will not return, and none will ever curse your name.”

Angharad stepped into the trap, approaching, and saw the lay of the attack in which muscles tensed. Left back leg, the front right leg at an angle: fangs, belly height. She struck half a moment before it attacked, splitting open the skull between the horns and spilling brains and black all over the cobblestone. It died before it could even grasp what was happening.

She stood over the corpse, softly panting, and closed her eyes. Pricked her ear, but nothing crept through the night.

“Spring came, and Queen Branwen fed the crows,” Angharad said. “Yet her rivals were not without mettle, and she was slain once more. Her daughters brought her to the cauldron but, seduced by the singer’s words, opened the gates of the hall and fled.”

She flicked the ichor off the blade, reaching for the cloth tucked away in her coat and wiping the steel clean. Ichor left to linger was death on a good blade, worse than blood or seawater.

“And during the night,” Angharad murmured, “a wolf crept into Branwen’s hall. Past the cold hearth and the empty tables, until it found a corpse in a cauldron. And it ate, the beast, ate its fill. Gobbled her up until nothing was left.”

She sheathed her saber.

“Queen Branwen did not rise again Her kingdom fell, her daughters reigned over nothing and were accursed as traitors,” Angharad said. “And wolves? Wolves we despise, for their fangs know nothing of honor and dishonor.”

She walked away from the corpses without a single glance back. Perhaps the creatures would know better than to trouble daughters of Peredur, when they next hunted in the night. Or perhaps not. Perhaps Father was right, and the only bargain to be had with wolves was the exchange of violence. Blade and fang, order against disorder.

As a girl, Angharad had scorned the daughters. Of course she had, seeing herself in the fearsome Branwen who so fed the crows. Now, though, she must wonder. Did it make her one of the daughters, that a pretty singer had charged her with treachery? Yet a fear lurked beneath that answer, a deeper whisper.

Or was she now the wolf, blind and bloody fangs in the service of the wicked?

Angharad took up her lantern, resuming her journey, but not before pulling at the collar of her coat. It felt cold out, all of sudden.

How could a woman find the footsteps of a ghost?

Angharad had been given a map by a liar’s hand, but those lines of ink on paper proved too weak a lantern to catch the trail of Tristan Abrascal. The thief had marked a rooftop with a stolen grenade, shattered a roof to fall into the hidden path below it, but these parts had many roofs and many of them were broken.

Her haystack was made of needles.

She rode the nameless boulevard as long as she could, but it spat her out in a rat’s nest of small, cramped alleys twisting every which way. As if trying to flee some ancient shame, each wriggling like a worm. The liar’s map only bore the broadest strokes, boulevards and avenues, and what lay in between was like most of Imani Langa’s words: empty. So were these streets, surrendered to silence and dust.

Out here it was only her, the lantern and what lay waiting in the dark.

Angharad raised her lantern to peer through the broken shutters of a once-shop – was there anything on this island but ruins and ruination? – but the darkness was shallow. It fled before the slice of light, too weak to be a gate into the Witching Hour.

Shallow, she realized, but not silent.

Dark eyes went to the edge of the window, and there she found a drop of water sliding past the edge. Down the wall, but the droplet refused to be swallowed by the dust. And when her gaze slid back up to the windowsill it was to see a rivulet. Then a second, the streams spilling down until the empty window was as a gutter mouth spilling a river.

Angharad drew back warily, but the scent caught up to her. Salt. Seawater, it was seawater. So far from the docks that seemed impossible, but… No, there was an answer. One she dreaded, but an answer nonetheless.

“Fisher,” she said. “You are here.”

What the wind whispered in her ears was not words, for the Fisher did not speak in them. It was what her mind forced them to be, for that was a burden it could bear – buckle under, but bear.

“You are lost.”

It was the sound of thread being pulled taut, of a life on the edge of a knife. Angharad swallowed. He did not mean the streets the lantern light was lapping at. A question burned tongue and it was not wise to ask it, but she must.

“Tintavel,” she said, licking her lips. “It is old, but you are older yet. Can you… do you know how to break someone out of it?”

“Strength is the key to every lock.”

She grit her teeth.

“You know nothing, then,” she bit out.

The Fisher did not answer, but neither did it leave.

She could see his mark from the corner of her eye. Water flowing just out of sight, just out of the lantern’s reach. So dark one might think it liquid night, gone when she looked, like a mirage. Swallowing, part of her wishing that the attention of the spirit she was bound to were in any way a comfort, Angharad headed deeper into the dark.

And whispers came with hers.

“Your father,” the Fisher said, and the word was almost fond, “once told me them. The words you offered to the dark.”

Angharad flinched, gaze chasing after the too-quick water. She could smell nothing but salt.

“My father spoke to you?” she asked.

She had suspected, else how could he send her down the right path, but to hear it said…

“Branwen’s tale,” the Fisher said, ignoring her startled question. “Would you like to hear it?”

“I know it already,” she said.

A laugh like teeth clenched so hard they cracked.

“You only know the lie.”

Angharad shivered. Cold or fear? It did not matter. The answer was not in doubt.

“The truth,” she said, “is always better than the lie. Always.”

“Nothing is always,” the Fisher said. “But Branwen tried.”

And so Angharad ventured into the dark, carrying with her only three things: trembling light, steel and the tale of an old monster.

“There is only one law, the eldest law, and its name is extinction. But the Crow-Queen was clever, and the clever fear always fear to end.”

Three corners Angharad turned before she understood that the street had curved and she was now behind where she had begun. Her jaw clenched. What lay ahead of her, save growing more deeply lost? She could not read the lay of this maze at all. It was as if the dark was fighting her, turning her away.

“Branwen wove a net out of maybe, and journeyed to where the world cracks,” the Fisher said. “There she cast the net and caught her death, like a fisherman catches fish.”

Angharad was no navigator, or even much of a huntress. Neither was she a roof-treader, a thief for this manner of night, and surrounded by walls that seemed to close in from beyond the ring of pale she felt as lost as the Fisher had claimed her to be. She could not read the lay of the maze, no. And she did not have the strength to open that lock. So what could she read?

Ebb and flow, she thought. Not thief’s work but a mirror-dancer’s. That much she could do.

“The Crow-Queen pulled it up wriggling and laughed. She could not die if her death was not free to catch her, so she fashioned a cauldron of bronze and a lid for it. Her death she threw inside, and tightly bound the lid with chains so it could never escape.”

Ambling through the maze, Angharad stopped looking for paths and instead let herself feel it. Like Mother had felt the tides and winds, a knack beyond what charts and compasses could tell her. A battle had taken place here, and treading those cobblestone streets with her hands trailing against the walls Angharad could almost see it unfold in her mind’s eye.

Tristan catching sight of a member of the Forty-Ninth, hiding. Sniffing out the ambush. Where to from here? Not through, not back. They would catch him, or follow. Up, Angharad thought. She ran her hand up the stone wall, looking for purchase. There were arches across, that would be the way. She climbed, the loose masonry of the old houses making it easy, and followed the shade within her mind.

The Fisher went with her, the water ever just out of sight but his words always reaching.

“Branwen, clever queen, grew fat and happy. Made daughters. Rivers went dry and mountains became hills, but she did not die. This was known, and her secret coveted for few are clever and many are hungry.”

Tristan, from his perch, would not fight. No, first he would watch. Count his foes, learn what he would be headed into. And then what? Not run, there was no point. The enemy had a contract. He must first cripple them so they could not catch up. Angharad moved across the grass-and-vines strewn rooftops, moving towards the thickest knot of streets. The natural confluence of the maze, where the Forty-Ninth would have laid their ambush.

The noose Tristan had fought to slip. 

“The Crow-Queen did not share her secret, for if she did the prison of her death would be known. Thus she was warred on, but could not die. Yet her daughters could, and though the queen won her wars many of her daughters were slain.”

It would have happened here, Angharad thought. The girl Fara taken unaware, silenced. Muchen He catching on, climbing. Blades coming out. Angharad, two rooftops deeper, finally found she found what she was looking for: a roof with rough hole at the center. Collapsed, from its jagged shape, and recently enough that no vine had spread through it.

Angharad made the jump across the street easily enough, wondering if she could have made it silently. Not if wearing a cloak, she thought. Tristan had, when he silenced the Malani girl he’d then crippled.

“Branwen’s daughters asked for her secret, that they might war for her deathless,” the Fisher said. “But the queen refused. Convening in secret, they decided thus: if they could not be made deathless, they would instead take their mother’s deathlessness.”

Standing on that same rooftop with the breeze at her back – and it was the right roof, the faint scorch marks around the rim of the collapse made that clear – Angharad took a moment to look back behind her. At the battleground, seeing how carefully Tristan had threaded the needle and played an entire brigade like pieces on a board before being caught.

Angharad had been taught how to use her surroundings in a fight, maneuver with the terrain, but in the end all her methods sprang from the strength of her arm. What the thief had done, weaving his weaknesses into a rope, it was tactics she would struggle to match. And improvised, too.

The Sacromontan might not be a fighter, but that did not mean he was not dangerous.

“They betrayed her,” Angharad quietly said. “Like in the story I told. Branwen’s daughters.”

“They ate her,” the Fisher said. “To eat her deathlessness.”

Angharad flinched. Not only kinslayers but cannibals? Few crimes were fouler.

“After, the daughters stood in a circle and chose one of them to test. But the daughter was struck dead, for the secret was not in Branwen’s flesh, and they wailed. Fearful of what they had done, they sought to bury their sister with honor.”

Her fingers clenched. She could see it, how the threads pulled together.

“The cauldron,” she said. “They opened the cauldron to bury her in it.”

The Fisher laughed and it was a dreadful thing: a cold wind rattling through the door, a lover’s kiss refused.

“Branwen’s death sought her, at last,” the Fisher said. “It found her in her daughters, and that settling changed them. Broke and rent them, bent their names.”

She could feel the old spirit’s glee.

“The hungry, empty things that were thus made they called wolves. And so their kind is reviled, for they carry in them treachery and death.”

Angharad did not reply. Her gaze moved to the hole, the gaping maw. It was flooding: entire rivers of seawater coming from beyond the lantern’s light, falling past the edge. The curtains disappeared into the dark. It was the way into the Witching Hour, the Fisher was telling her as much.

And more troublingly still, he wanted her to go inside.

“Tristan,” she quietly said, “said he could not use his contract within. Is your strength greater than his spirit’s, then? Or will you be barred entry as well?”

“You do not listen,” the Fisher said.

He sounded irritated, if a mountain could be irritated.

“Then tell me again,” she bit back.

“What rules you, Angharad Tredegar?” he asked.

She blinked, opened her mouth. Closed it. Angharad had loved stories, as a girl. And she could see the lesson in the Fisher’s, however bloody the telling.

“Fear,” she said. “Branwen died because of fear. Hers and that of her daughters.  That is your meaning. All this, elder, to chide me?”

“Fear is the bridle of failure,” the Fisher said. “Are you the horse or the rider?”

Silence. Her fingers clenched.

“I do not fear Imani Langa,” she said. “I do her bidding only-”

And then he was gone. Every trace of water, every whisper, every touch on her soul. Feeling strangely empty, Angharad was left to look down at the pit of darkness. Alone again with her lantern and the dark. It had not been a lie, what she said. She did not fear Imani Langa. But perhaps it had not been the truth, either, for she feared what lay behind the ufudu. The reach and power of the Lefthand House, what it could grant and withhold.

The Fisher did not care, she thought, that was she was striking a bargain with a servant of Malan. It was not in his nature to care for such things. What mattered to him was the why. That she acted not for her own purposes but out of fear. Angharad swallowed.

Yet what else could she do? Nothing. There were only dead ends ahead, save for the dark at her feet.

“Defense is delay,” Angharad whispered.

It was the voice of a woman trying to convince herself.

She stepped forward.

She fell.

Not knowing how she came to be there, Angharad stood above and under Hell, looking up.

Smoke filled the sky, canvas to ruinous red light as the Grand Orrery’s pale glare failed to pierce through – instead showing as a harsh, austere glare made out behind the curtain. And beneath her, ancestors…

She froze, choking on her own breath.

Smoke and screams on the wind. Salt in the air, the distant crash of the sea and… no, this was not Llanw Hall. She was atop a hill, but one crowded by houses and warehouses. Not looking down on river and fields of green. In and out she breathed, until her heart had calmed and her hands no longer trembled. She could feel sweat on the small of her back, as much from the wet heat in the air as the cold water that had filled her belly.

The Hell beneath her was of a different kind. It was a city swallowed by battle, a tide of fire and steel and blood. Tolomontera looked… not young, but younger. Now that her heart was no longer thundering she recognized where she was: the summit of the Old Playhouse, at the very top of the stairs. East of the docks, and from this perch she could see a city falling.

The ramparts around the docks had wooden protections atop them – hoarding, Song had called them – but large swaths were aflame. The battle had spilled past the docks, into the streets, though there was still fighting around the edges. Thunder rolled out from the bay, drawing her eye. Anchored in the water were a dozen carracks, shrouded in smoke from the cannons. They were not the only ships. There were wrecks in the water, and crowding the docks were Watch galleasses flying black banners.

Tightening her fingers had Angharad realizing she still held her lantern. Swallowing dry spit, she turned her gaze north. Fighting there as well, not far past the tip of the Triangle. There were not as many lights as by the fort that was to become the Watch barracks, where a large pitched battle was taking place, but she could see a Watch force had driven deep into the city.

 She shivered in the wind, despite the heat. Far west, at the edge of the city, there were lights and smoke as well. The Watch must be attacking Allazei from land on a second front.

From up here it felt like a dream, or perhaps the sketch of some errant nightmare. If she went below, though…  But she must. It had taken more than a night’s span to take Port Allazei, yet Angharad doubted she would have so long in this half-dream. The Witching Hour would spit her out sooner or later, so she must hurry. Though not without care. Maryam had said death in here would kill her in truth, and though Angharad knew herself a fine blade there was little she could do against a company’s worth of muskets, or grapeshot.

If either existed yet. The cannons out in the water were slow to fire and seemed to miss the ramparts as often as not.

Her gaze dragged further north, where she must go. The Infernal Forge was her desire, and she knew who held it: the King of Hell himself, or at least his reflection in this aether-place. Lucifer, the liar had told her, was the one to cast the treasure into the aether for spite of the blackcloaks. She must find him before he did, and where he must be was plain: the hulking silhouette in the distance, glaring down at the port. Scholomance, not yet called that.

Where would a king be, if not in his palace?

So down Angharad went, down the steps and into the ancient nightmare.

The Old Playhouse stood broadly between Hostel Street and the bottom of Templeward, so she cast her path northwards. If she reached Templeward, she could follow the street to the tip of the Triangle and make her way from there to Arsay Avenue. That should take her straight to Scholomance, here as it did in the waking world.

It was a dreamlike thing, walking through these empty and hauntingly familiar streets.

And though the city felt like a ghosts’ assembly, it was not: torches ahead, none of them burning pale. They must belong to hollows, for darklings saw in the dark better than men but not perfectly: they, too, used torches to get around.

On approach, she understood her mistake. Now and then, Templeward Street was one of the largest streets in the city, one of the great arteries. It was only natural for hollows to be barricading the bottom of the street, stacking a hodgepodge mixture of plank palisade and mounds of furniture. Angharad did not dare come too close – they were sure to have warriors watching the side streets – but even from a distance she could see the defenses bristling with spears and crossbows.

Armed men in coats of mail and leather were shouting and-

The barricade burst into shards of wood and flesh. Angharad saw a cannon ball bounce on the cobblestones past it, whisked out of sight. Half the warriors fled, but a woman in a plumed helm raised a banner atop the barricade and shouted in a hollow cant. The warriors began to rally, until the second cannon volley raked through what was left of the barricade and carved bloody furrows through the defenders.

Gone was the piled furniture, leaving behind a carpet of broken wood, and gone was the bravery of men.

The sight had her swallowing in fear, but she mastered it. This nightmare was not for her, for she was but a passenger through this nightmare. The violence was the key to this lock: when the Watch – for it must be them manning the cannons – were done bombarding, they would storm the street. When the fighting lines collided, Angharad would cross Templeward into the Triangle and make her way north from there.

It now struck her as suicide to stay on the great street, which was sure to see much fighting.

She drew back a few blocks and began to circle past the height of the broken barricade, keeping her ear pricked for further cannon fire. None came. The rooks would be advancing soon. As she closed in on the side of Templeward, she realized that the darklings had emptied the street for fear of cannons. They had scattered into the houses and shops on the sides, into the alleys. She hid herself, quieting her breath and kneeling close to the ground. Waiting.

When it began, it was not with war cries but with screams: no fools they, the blackcloaks had brought up their cannons and leveled the houses on either side of the shattered barricade.

Thunder rolled, scything through the houses in sprays of wood and stone. Walls and rooftops collapsed, the hollows trapped within screaming. A few charged out bearing swords and spear, chain mail and plumed helmets gleaming red in the light of the fires, and Angharad got her first glimpse of the Watch at war.

Black-cloaked men and women, companies of pike and sword with the front led by bulky, unwieldy muskets. Officers shouted, the Watch frontline knelt and before the darklings came close enough to even throw spears a volley erupted in plumes of smoke.

Only corpses were left in its wake.

“Reload,” an officer with captains’ chevrons shouted in Antigua. “Down the avenue, fourth company! We don’t know how long Colonel Vidal will hold.”

The Watch was pushing north, she realized, to reach the fighting deeper into the city. Some earlier offensive must have gone wrong. No matter: this aether playacting was no war of hers.

Angharad waited until she heard crossbows twang and war cries resound before she sprang into movement, running out of the dead end into the street then across Templeward. She heard shouts in hollow tongues behind her, even a shot whizzing past, but did not slow. There was no light on the other side, only a winding street turning north. That corner would be her salvation, keeping her out of the sight of the-

Two men, facing away. Keeping guard. One tall, the other slender – both garbed in steel with red plumed helms. They heard her coming, as much from her running as the shouts, and were already turning when she stumbled onto them. Taken aback, Angharad stepped back and it gave the taller one time to raise his spear. The other one fumbled for his sword even as her saber cleared the scabbard. The tall one thrust the spear, forcing her further back, and at the head of the alley she glimpsed a woman aiming a crossbow.

Cursing, Angharad rolled under a spear thrust as the bolt went wide only to catch a kick in the stomach. Grunting in pain, she gripped the boot with her free hand and used it to trip the man – who went toppling with a shout. She rose, another bolt whistling past her, and found the slender one had his sword in hand. She feinted high and he backpedaled, so much that her follow-up came short.

Instead of carving halfway through his jaw with the swing she only cut the lip, the tip of the saber instead hitting the edge of his helm and sending it tumbling off his head.

The warrior moaned in pain and fear, drawing back, and Angharad aimed her blow. Only it sank in, then, what she was looking at: a pale-skinned boy, his lip cut and brown eyes wide. Utterly terrified. He’d barely known how to use his sword, and now she could see that how chain mail fit him ill. Too large, too loose. He was not even a hollow, Angharad reminded herself, but some illusion of one.

Neither sparing nor killing him held any meaning at all.

And still her blade halted against his neck. She grabbed him by the hair, instead, and tossed him onto the other man as he tried to get up. From the corner of her eye she saw crossbowwoman was aiming, so she fled. More shouting, none of which she understood beyond the anger, but as she headed deeper into the Triangle the sounds became distant. They must not be pursuing.

She knew better than to slow her steps.

Running through the streets of the dark mirror of a city she had come to know, the Pereduri stayed off the avenues as she cut north towards the upper half of the Triangle, then once there adjusted west closer to Regnant. There were few lights along it, so if she was lucky… but she was not. A quarter hour in she was forced to hide by a large column of armed men going down Regnant Avenue and its surrounding streets, grim-faced and singing in hollow cants.

She took refuge on a rooftop, pressing down against the tiles as the edge of the column filed past her.

Their arms and armor were disparate: chain mail and leather cuirasses paired with spears and warhammers and arquebuses. Not an army so much as a patchwork of them, few of which matched. There were so many banners she could hardly tell them apart, like a cloth mane on the snake of steel that was their column. Once the main body of the procession had passed, the narrower breadth meant they stuck to Regnant alone and she was able to slide down from her perch.

The journey resumed.

Unwilling to risk running into another column, she headed back northeast. Back towards the upper third of Templeward, as the narrowing near the summit of the Triangle made the distance between it and Regnant mere minutes now.

She saw the fighting before she heard it, columns of smoke and firelight. Near the tip of the Triangle, the same men the blackcloaks further south on Templeward sought to relieve. How had the blackcloaks made it so deep into the city? Killing her curiosity, Angharad forced herself to think. It was hard, as if her very mind was wading through water. Tiredness, perhaps. Could a soul even get tired?

Her best shot of getting at Arsay Avenue, she decided, was to skirt around the edge of the fighting. It was less likely to be guarded.

She headed towards the sights, sound soon catching up. Powder shots and screams echoed across the cobblestone, all below hellish lights writ on smoke. Lightning struck in the distance, thunder rolled and in that spurt of light Angharad saw the corpses ahead. Strewn across the street like discarded dolls, half a dozen blackcloaks lay unmoving on the stone. Her steps stuttered but she pressed on, raising her lantern higher.

They had been killed from behind, she read in the lay of the dead. Struck as they fled by blades and arrows, though the arrows were then ripped out.

One of the corpses let out a rattling breath, blood bubbling from the corner of her mouth, and Angharad reached for her saber before realizing  it was not a corpse at all. Kneeling by the survivor, she gently turned her over on her back as the blackcloak moaned in pain. The woman was tanned, for a Lierganen, and her faced dirtied with soot.

Lying face down there had been no visible wound on her, but now Angharad could see a gaping hole in her belly. A gunshot, and from close up. The survivor’s eyes fluttered open, unfocused, and stayed on Angharad’s coat. Black as her own ragged uniform.

“Water,” she croaked. “Please, wat-”

She began coughing, spitting out blood. Hers was not the kind of wound one survived without a fine physician and a great deal of luck – neither of which were at hand. It was an uncomfortable notion to go through the affairs of corpses, but Angharad forced herself to look for a canteen among the dead. A man with sergeant’s stripes had one, and after unscrewing it Angharad took a sniff. Water.

She knelt back by the survivor’s side, easing a trickle into her mouth. She slowed when the woman choked, but soon the ragged breathing eased some.

“Thank you,” the survivor rasped. “Ma’am. Sorry, I can’t see your rank. My vision’s swimming.”

“I am a student under Marshal de la Tavarin,” she replied. “To become Skiritai.”

She would not lie even to the ghost of a ghost.

“Militant,” the woman breathed out, as if awed. “Never met one of you before. I’m Miren, Miren of Saraya. Third Regiment, under Colonel Vidal.”

The same colonel the Watch forced had mentioned earlier. Her guess had been right, then, it was this same regiment that the blackcloaks sought to relieve.

“What happened, Miren?” Angharad asked.

She coughed again, struggled for her breath.

“The devils opened the gate, like that Mask said,” Miren said. “Let us in. We rolled the defenders on that big street, Templeward, and the colonel drove us north. To secure the tail end some long road that crosses half the city, leads straight to the Lightbringer’s palace.”

Arsay Avenue, Angharad thought. The very road she was headed to.

“You did not make it there,” she said.

“No,” Miren bitterly laughed. “The plaza, it looked empty. We didn’t see the man until the vanguard was close enough to shoot.”

Angharad blinked.

“One man?”

Miren feebly tried to reach for the canteen and Angharad gently pushed her trembling hand down before pressing the metal rim to her lips again. After a few moments of drinking, the dying woman sighed.

“Sunless House,” she panted. “Sunless House. It was fucking archbishop, straight out of the Fall.”

“What happened?” she asked again, tone gentle.

“They went mad,” Miren said, hands shaking. “Some started clawing at their own eyes, screaming about how nothing is real, and the others…”

She drily swallowed, trembling.

“They turned on each other,” she whispered hoarsely. “I saw Rolando put a dagger in his own sister’s back and Cassander shot our captain in the head. Without a word, just shot him.  None of them saying nothing, their eyes all white, and…”

She was sobbing, Angharad lay a comforting hand on her shoulder, but Miren shook her off.

“It didn’t stop after men died,” she got out. “They tore into the bodies like animals, gorging on the flesh. I ran. Gods, I know I shouldn’t have but-”

“You did well,” Angharad murmured.

“He was standing in the middle of it,” Miren feverishly whispered, as if she hadn’t heard. “Just a man, dark hair, soft face. Arms behind his back, looking at us like we were dogs doing a trick. Just one man and he stopped the entire regiment cold.”

Misery Square, Angharad realized with a shiver of dread. There was only one large square in that part of the city, and it was Misery Square. Only Angharad was getting a whiff of the horrors that had earned it the sobriquet.

“The back of the column broke and ran,” Miren rasped. “Only hollows were lying in wait, ambushed us. It was a slaughter. I… someone shot me, didn’t see who.”

She licked her lips and Angharad eased a trickle into her mouth again.

“You don’t live through a gut shot like that, do you?” Miren quietly said.

Angharad swallowed, shook her head.

“I won’t make it back to our lines,” the soldier said. “And it, it hurts ma’am. Please.”

The Pereduri flinched.

“Please,” Miren begged.

It is not real, Angharad reminded herself. Just the impression of a night on aether. How long had it taken the real Miren to die, lying face down against the stone with that hole in her belly? An hour, two? How long before cold numbness triumphed over the pain?

“Close your eyes,” she said.

“Thank you,” Miren whispered, and did.

Angharad slid her saber out of the sheath, as quietly as she could.

“I read, once, that in the summer the streets of Saraya are as a carpet of flowers,” the noblewoman said.

Miren smiled.

“Like snow made of petals,” she said, “falling from the-”

Angharad slid the blade between the third and fourth ribs, deep into the heart. Death was not instant, almost never was. Angharad held her hand, whispering to think of the flower blooms in the light as Miren bled out. It took short of two minutes, the rook already weak from the gunshot. Eyes burning, Angharad forced herself up and ripped the blade free. She cleaned it with the cloth, sheathed it with hands that suddenly felt fragile.

“Rest well, Miren of Saraya. Until the Sleeping God wakes,” she whispered.

Angharad stayed well clear of what was not yet Misery Square.

Miren had warned her so she moved carefully, but they still took her by surprise.

She was mere minutes away from the dead watchmen when the ambush was sprung. The only warning was the twang of a crossbow loosing a bolt, and Angharad threw herself a shop door, bruising her shoulder but avoiding death. The darklings swept down the street, a throng a dozen strong bristling with arms – and there were more crossbows at the back. Shapes on rooftops, too, moving more like devils than men.

Unlike other darklings, none of these shouted war cries in their hollow cants. And though they moved swiftly, there was a stiffness… to the movement.

Staying out in the street was death, so Angharad kicked at the door she had smashed into. The latch broke, and inside she found – Miren? The sight gave her pause for half a heartbeat, just long enough for the woman to slash at her shoulder with a knife. Coat and flesh parted, Angharad letting out a hiss as the false blackcloak grinned in triumph. She drew back half a step, readying to charge in, and checked on the other warriors…

Only to find them gone. All of them. She glanced back through the door and found only darkness inside, the false Miren vanished.

“What is this?” Angharad hoarsely whispered.

Sword high, she stepped through and-

-Angharad stumbled through a doorway, landing on her hands and knees. She barely had the time to glimpse golden light on stone before she threw up. It was as if her stomach was being wrung out of her, squeeze by painful squeeze. When the last foul heave passed her lips she was left panting, looking down at her own sick, and drew back on her knees. She wiped her mouth with her sleeve.

The wound, she remembered, patting at her side.

Only there was no mark on her coat, and when she shrugged it off to pull up her sleeves no trace of the cut on her flesh. Only the soul entered a layer, Maryam had said. Only a soul could be wounded within. It was only a cut, Angharad reminded herself. Certainly nothing good, but hardly a death. It was not as if a soul could bleed out.

She rose to her feet, legs trembling, and her head swam with vertigo. Angharad sucked in a breath, part of her wondering if the air here had always been so hot. Above the golden light of the Grand Orrery moved, and with that sight came a delayed realization.

Angharad was back, out of the Witching Hour.

She had failed.

Chapter 35

It was barely six in the morning when Maryam got back to the cottage.

She’d been bundled off to the chapterhouse last night to sleep it off, against her protests. Just because her eyes had felt hot and she had slurred her words was no reason to have her slung over some watchman’s shoulder and carried to the Meadow. Or so she would have liked to say, but even when sleeping on grass surrounded by running water she’d had vivid nightmares about being strangled and eaten alive.

Captain Yue had ‘accidentally’ ordered her shaken awake at the crack of too early, then ‘apologized’ by making her breakfast over what was a very thinly veiled interrogation about how Maryam had managed a Sign the previous evening.

And Maryam had managed a Sign. Thalassic, no less. The giddiness she still felt at that had been enough for her to suffer the horrid rice porridge that Yue was under the impression served as an edifying breakfast. It had taken a veritable sea of tea to wash it down, but at least the Tianxi stocked the good stuff and she had deigned to dip into her personal reserves.

“I have a theory,” Captain Yue mused. “Consider yourself free for the evening, it will take me some time to gather the necessary materials.”

Maryam glared at her half-heartedly.

“The last time you said you had a theory, I nearly drowned.”

The knot keeping the stones tied to her ankles had been much too tightly made.

“And from that we learned the entity has a physical anchor on you,” Captain Yue happily said. “Isn’t that worth throwing up a little seawater?”

“Tell me I won’t drown this time,” Maryam demanded.

The Tianxi considered that for an uncomfortably long amount of time.

“Not on seawater, I don’t think,” Yue said.

“Not on any kind of water,” she insisted.

“There’s water in nearly everything, Maryam, don’t be difficult,” Captain Yue complained.

So Maryam had her afternoon free, though apparently it was not a feasting day so much as a last meal. Regardless, as she gave it good odds that Song would want to retrieve their affairs from the Ninth’s storehouse as quickly as possible, this was fortunate happenstance. Song thought so as well when the Ivzorica joined her for a spell in the kitchen.

“Tristan will be coming as well,” Song said. “He will need to pick up a shift at the Chimerical tomorrow to make up for it, but Hage appears to be flexible in such regards.”

The devil, Tristan often complained, was flexible in all manners save that of remuneration. He had apparently gone out of his way to find out the usual rates of Sacromontan day laborer so he could offer measurably below them. Song sipped at her tea, humming in pleasure. The Tianxi had offered a cup, but Maryam was already filled to burst with Yue’s own. Still, she grinned at the telling detail.

Tristan now, is it?” Maryam said.

No longer Abrascal. She did not bother to hide her satisfaction, which saw Song rolling her eyes.

“We have come to something of an understanding,” Song replied. “I will not presume on its length or strength.”

There was a salty joke in there, but sadly the Tianxi was almost as boring as Tristan in that regard. It was a shame Tredegar had gone over to the Thirty-First, Shalini was always good for that kind of a laugh. Someshwari claimed to be the finest lovers in the world – though only their part of the Someshwar, of course, not those deluded others – so their humor tended to run more earthy than the Tianxi or Lierganen ever let themselves be when sober.

“You’re allowed to smirk, you know,” Maryam told her.

To her delighted surprise, Song flashed her a wicked smirk.

“You may applaud,” her captain said.

Lips twitching, Maryam offered her a few polite claps as the Tianxi took a theatrical bow. She had not seen Song so… loose since their early days on the Rookery, and even back then there had been something coiling beneath the humor. The last few days had knocked something loose inside the other woman and Maryam did not dislike it at all.

“Where is Tristan, anyhow?” she asked.

“Out in the garden,” Song replied. “He should be sowing the carrot seeds, by now. He began weeding before I woke.”

And Song was not a late riser.

“Tristan the farmer,” Maryam mused, pushing back her chair. “That I have to see.”

“Tell him to get the dirt out of his hair before Theology,” Song called out.

She had not even mentioned the knees this time. Song truly was in a good mood. Taking the front door out, Maryam swung around to the long length of earth and greenery leading up to the edge of the hollow their cottage was nestled in. Tristan was walking back and forth across a rectangle of cleared earth wearing a loose shirt and trousers, a bag tied to his belt as he tossed seeds by the handful.

Her throat caught at the sight. For a moment she was riding down the valley road, while in the distance farmers plowed the earth before sowing barley and millet. She could almost hear the cattle bells in the distance, smell the shit and mud. Swallowing drily, Maryam licked her lips. Fool girl, she told herself. It is more than just a sea away. Leave it in the grave where it belongs.

If there was anything left of the world she had known as a child, she would only find it beyond the Broken Gates. What was with her today? She’d not had that nightmare since leaving the lowlands either. Had the Sign shaken loose some memories of home? Forcing herself to breathe in, she reached for the comfort closest at hand.

“Are you not meant to plow the ground first?” she called out. “Already cutting corners, Abrascal.”

Tristan, who for once appeared not to have heard her coming – even odds Fortuna had been chattering in his ear – turned with a start of surprise. Then her words sunk in and he turned indignant.

“It is not necessary with carrots,” he called back, sounding defensive. “The seeds are small enough for broadcast.”

She grinned and closed in, for there was blood in the water. She stayed at the edge of the broad rectangle of beaten hearth he had delineated in deference to his efforts, though.

“Sowed a lot of carrots in Sacromonte, did you?” she drawled.

“I read it in a book,” Tristan sneered back. “Besides, who are you to give me advice? If you’ve so much as touched a plow in your life, I will eat the rest of this bag.”

He shook the plump length of cloth, which was at least half full. Amusing as the thought of force-feeding him like goose might be the thief was, uh, not entirely incorrect. Had Maryam ever touched a plow? There were the yearly land ceremonies, but her older siblings had always done the symbolic plowing of the spring ground.

“My family lived on trade,” she finally defended. “Not fields.”

“And yet you meddle in my affairs,” he scornfully replied. “As usual, the humble farmhand – backbone of this country, and indeed of all countries-”

“Did you pay for that book?” Maryam challenged.

“I don’t have to answer that,” Tristan immediately said.

“The speech wouldn’t work as well if started with ‘the humble thief’, huh,” Maryam said.

He looked away, but not before she caught the corner of a grin on his face. To what would be Song’s relief there was no dirt in his hair, though he must have done the weeding on his knees before getting to sowing. The nape of his neck shone with sweat, though. It was appealing, in a rough tumble sort of way. Also very unlike him, as Tristan was a city man to the bone.

“You’re going to smell like sweat all morning if you don’t wash,” Maryam said.

The gray-eyed man rolled his shoulder.

“That was rather the point,” he admitted.

She cocked her head to the side.

“I thought Song had finally squeaked into your good side.”

“It is not about her,” Tristan dismissed. “I took drugs last night and aim to sweat them out. Field work is as good a means as any.”

Her brow rose.

“Was the mixture so dangerous?”

“There was poppy inside,” he said.

“I have seen you take poppy before,” Maryam pointed out. “Everybody uses it – my mentor once told me the Navigators have yet to encounter a land where it is not used.”

“That does not make it any less dangerous,” Tristan flatly replied. “Out in the Murk, they sell poppy in small dried sticks – clavos, they’re called. Nails. Because to shred and smoke one is to put a nail in your coffin.”

He grimaced.

“Poppy sinks its claws in you, Maryam, like few other things.”

For all that Song half-seriously made digs at his cleanliness, Tristan was perhaps the man neatest in his personal habits the Izvorica had ever met. No drink or drugs, he held gambling in distaste and disapproved of being spendthrift. That had her willing to wave away his words as a continuation of his habits, but there was something about his face… A tightness around the eyes, a half-clenched haw.

Tristan was not weaving guesses, he was talking from experience. And whatever that experience was, it troubled him still.

“I will take it I must, but I have seen the coffins of too many who used it nailed all the way shut to ever be pleased about that. The sooner I am rid of the dregs in my body, the better.”

Slowly she nodded. It must have been someone he knew, Maryam decided. It was wise advice besides, even beyond the poppy.  Some ceremonies of the Ninefold Nine involved drinking ergot wine or consuming vision mushrooms, and it was known certain practitioners took to their use a little too strongly – often they went mad, shattering their minds. A disease of the will, her mother had called it.

The thief leaned back, reaching for the small brass chain protruding from his pocket to fish out Vanesa’s watch.

“It is running late,” Tristan said. “I should stop and wash up.”

Absently nodding, Maryam’s gaze flicked to the side. There had been movement. Wind in the trees? No, higher up. On the roof, nestled close to the stargazing tower, she saw another twitch of movement. A bird, she realized. Large and black-feathered with streaks of white on its side and back. A heartbeat later it was gone, hiding in a tuck of the rooftop. How charming! She would have to look into the species. Maryam had always liked feeding birds.

“Maryam?”

She shook her head, turned to face her friend.

“I didn’t catch that,” she said.

“Have you thought about you’ll do with your cut?”

She cocked her head to the side.

“My cut of what?”

Tristan grinned broadly.

“Ah, Song hasn’t told you yet,” he said. “Clever woman that she is, she pocketed part of the bounty payout before the rest was seized by the Watch. The third they promised her.”

Now that was glad news indeed. So long as no one thought to ask them to cough it back up, anyway.

“How much?” Maryam asked.

A second hooded cloak was in order, and perhaps a proper throwing axe. The hatchets in the Watch armories were well balanced but not made for that purpose.

“It’s better when you see it from the black,” Tristan mused. “Come on, Khaimov, I’m about to make your day.”

Professor Artigas was a skilled speaker and her subject matter hardly uninteresting – aether, both its properties as a substance and the realm from which it flowed – but Angharad found her attention waning again and again.

Her sleep had been restless, drifting in and out for hours at a time, and staring at the ceiling had done nothing to abate her fears. She must speak with Imani Langa, and urgently. Only the ufudu had answers for her. Surely Imani would realize that the departure for Asphodel changed things. It was a mercy when class ended, freeing Angharad from the guilt of being a poor student.

Ancestors, Scholomance demanded so many readings. At least Marshal de la Tavarin seemed to remember what watchmen were supposed to be for. Rong was almost vibrating with excitement when Professor Artigas dismissed them, only a warning look from Ferranda preventing them from asking for an introduction to Uncle Osian.

Mentioning her uncle’s arrival at breakfast had so energized Rong Ma they had barely touched their bowl, instead asking question after question – few of which Angharad had answers for, her uncle having been all but estranged from House Tredegar as she grew up. She was going to have to find out what a fire ship was, and if it was true her uncle had sailed one into the Hull-Breaker’s maw. Perhaps Rong would save her the trouble of asking, even. Angharad had offered an introduction, some time back, and would deliver it. But not today.

She was not yet ready to look Osian Tredegar in the eye.

Ferranda lingered behind after the others packed away their affairs, the fair-haired infanzona turning a steady look on her. Angharad straightened. Ferranda Villazur’s face was on the plain side, but it was well suited to conveying severity.

“Something happened last night,” Ferranda said, which was not a question. “Should I be concerned?”

Angharad paused a moment, choosing her words before she answered.

“My uncle has made arrangements that run contrary to my intentions,” she admitted. “I must look into them further, but it may be I cannot join the Thirty-First at the end of the month.”

Ferranda’s eyes were searching as sought something on Angharad’s face. After a moment she nodded.

“Keep me informed,” she said, then after hesitating continued. “Do you need help?”

I may have mere weeks to accomplish what should have been the labor of a whole year, Angharad thought. Help is too feeble a word for what I need.

“I am not yet certain,” she replied instead.

Ferranda pressed no further. Angharad’s gaze slid away from her, towards another table. The Thirteenth Brigade looked exhausted, but also in a fine mood. Song smiled at something Maryam said, while Tristan rolled his eyes at them both. She felt a pang at the sight. It had been freeing, to leave the cottage behind, like having the wind at her back.

Now it looked like it was no longer her the wind favored.

“Rumor goes they were involved in a skirmish last night,” Ferranda quietly said. “Something down at the port that involved the Forty-Ninth.”

The same Forty-Ninth that had been noticeable absent in class today. Angharad had not told the infanzona of the bounty on Tristan’s head, those who would collect it, as it was not her secret to share. The enmity between the Thirteenth and the Forty-Ninth, however, was common knowledge – if not the reasons for it.

“It seems to have ended well for them,” Angharad said.

She was glad. To turn on a fellow student for something as petty as coin was without honor, and the Forty-Ninth had pursued that black mark most eagerly.

“Song’s the kind of woman who lands on her feet,” Ferranda noted. “She would never have made it to Scholomance otherwise.”

That was not untrue. And yet. Song calls herself captain yet keeps secret a curse that could harm all under her command, Angharad countered in her thoughts. The Pereduri was not so two-faced as to blame another for keeping secrets, but her own were not a literal curse that might spread to others around her. One all members of the Thirteenth save her had known about, once more proving her the sole fool under the roof.

Well, at least Tristan seemed to have learned of it on his own. Angharad could hardly take offense to a Mask digging up secrets.

“She is one of those I must speak with,” Angharad admitted. “Her uncle and mine struck a bargain.”

“Ah,” Ferranda murmured. “That kind of arrangement.”

She did not answer, leaving the infanzona to read into her words however she wished. The Thirteenth turned at her approach – Maryam’s face hardening, Tristan’s hand disappearing under the table – but she was greeted with polite enough nods, if little enthusiasm. She returned them stiffly.

“Song,” Angharad said after. “I require a word with you.”

The Tianxi narrowed silver eyes at her.

“What about?”

Angharad frowned at her, wondering if the other woman was playing the fool or simply had not yet heard from her patron. If Colonel Zhuge had not come to Tolomontera himself, she supposed the matter might have been entrusted to a letter instead.

“Matters best not spoken of in the open,” she finally said. “Would a table at the Emerald Vaults this evening suit?”

“I have other commitments,” Song evenly replied. “Tomorrow evening, however, does suit.”

Angharad nodded, parting after agreeing to discuss the particulars of the hours tomorrow at Warfare. The rest of the Thirty-First had gone on ahead, but Angharad walked to the front gates with Ferranda for company – though she was in no mood for small talk, which the other woman sensed and respected. Ferranda Villazur was not someone afraid of silences, befitting her skill as a huntress.

Angharad made her excuses when they were out on the plaza, mentioning she was to look for Salvador. Which was true, because her fellow Skiritai should be able to lead her to whom she truly needed: his captain, Imani Langa.

The Sacromontan often waited for her out in the plaza so that the two of them – and sometimes Shalini – might head to the Acallar together. Today proved to be no exception, the taciturn man seated on the bench by the statue of some ancient Sologuer royal – only he was not alone. Imani Langa stood beside him in a tailored regular’s uniform, speaking quietly as Salvador nodded. Both their heads rose at her approach.

“Ah, Angharad,” Imani smiled. “Just the woman I was looking for.”

“Imani,” she evenly replied, stomach squeezing tight. “Salvador.”

The Sacromontan nodded back, then rose to his feet. He shot a look at Imani, whose face remained a pleasant mask, then offered Angharad a nod goodbye before turning a clean pair of heels on them. They waited until he was well gone to speak again.

“Sit with me, Angharad,” Imani said, lowering herself onto the bench.

“Standing will serve.”

“Sit with me,” Imani repeated, “and smile. So that we do not draw attention.”

Begrudgingly, Angharad did – making sure to keep some distance between them.

“My uncle arrived last night,” she said.

“I heard,” Imani idly replied. “And the Thirteenth is headed for Asphodel soon.”

“As are you,” Angharad said.

“And the Fourth,” she agreed. “But no longer the Forty-Ninth, I hear. They are to be disbanded. I believe the Nineteenth is next line for that assignment.”

The Pereduri frowned, trying to recall the time she had spoken with the Nineteenth’s leader. Captain Tozi, had it been? The woman with that very Izcalli haircut.

“I do not know the details,” Angharad said, “but we will be away from Tolomontera for months.”

“We?” Imani lightly said. “I believed you set on transferring to the Thirty-First.”

“Things have changed,” she said. “My uncle made arrangements. I will be heading to Asphodel.”

Imani leaned back against the bench.

“Smile, Angharad,” she said. “As if engaged in flirtation with a pretty girl, not looking for an excuse to draw on me.”

The noblewoman breathed in, forced herself to calm. Only then did Imani continue.

“A bold choice,” Imani said, “but yours to make. Still, it seems to me a mistake to put off your labor until the last months of the year. When the other cabals are gone on assignment, many more eyes will be on you.”

Ancestors, that had not even occurred to her. If all the others left around the same time there would be what, at most twenty-eight students left on Tolomontera? As Imani was hinting, it would be devil’s work to get around unseen. And I will need a Navigator’s help, most likely. How many will even be there to request aid from? Neither Tupoc’s second nor Maryam would be eager to lend her a hand, if they even could.

“I need more time,” Angharad said. “I leave in mere weeks, and if what you say is true about the end of the year-”

“Then transfer,” Imani replied.

“There would be consequences,” Angharad told her. “For my uncle.”

“That tends to be the way, when choices are made,” Imani replied. “You have until the end of the year, Angharad. That will not change.”

She grit her teeth.

“Do you not understand-”

“It is you who does not understand,” Imani Langa coldly interrupted. “You were offered a bargain and took it. Now it becomes obvious to you that your decision has costs, and you are balking. This not a tragedy, it is a tantrum.”

“Am I to see my uncle buried and demoted for your sake, then?” Angharad hissed.

“For the sake of obtaining the help of the Lefthand House,” Imani corrected. “Unless you believe you can reach beyond the walls of Tintavel without us. A fortress that none ever escaped from.”

“Prince Wandile did,” Angharad pettily replied. “After his father sent him there to die.”

So the text of The Madness of King Issay went. The King of Hell himself spirited him out after Wandile swore to rise in rebellion against his father, setting blood against blood and thus sowing the seeds of their great kingdom’s fall. Some argued that part of the tale to be an allegory for taking bad council, and Mother had been firmly of that opinion, but Angharad would not lose the opportunity to correct Imani on an almost-lie if she had it.

“Save for one ancient prince, should one believe that part of the tale literal,” Imani dismissed with a roll of her eyes. “Do you believe your situation improved by the correction?”

“It was not worsened,” Angharad replied, the squared her jaw. “I will not harm my own kin for the promises the Lefthand House dangles ahead of me, Imani.”

She was not so much of a fool that she would be unaware the ufudu might just be intending to play her and cut her loose afterwards. What recourse would she have if they did?

“And should your father die in a cold, dark Tintavel cell would that count as harm?” Imani mildly asked.

Angharad’s jaw clenched. She forced herself not to reach for her blade.

“Do not push me too far, ufudu,” she said.

“Then do not waste my time,” Imani replied. “It is too late to back out now, Angharad. Simply accepting my offer you became complicit in the eyes of the Watch.”

“I could turn you in regardless,” Angharad said.

“You could,” Imani agreed. “At which point I will surrender, be made prisoner and kept in a cell until the Lefthand House trades me for a captured Krypteia agent. You, on the other hand, will be added to the list of those to hunted on sight in Malan – and the House of Tredegar will crumble to dust while your father rots in a cell.”

The ufudu rose to her feet.

“The end of the year, Angharad,” she repeated. “There will be no delay.”

A smile, as empty as the others before it.

“Still, I recognize there have been changes in your circumstance. Accordingly, I offer you aid.”

Reaching in her pocket, Imani took out a folded piece of paper and presented it. Angharad, grimacing, took it up.

“What is this?” she asked, not opening it yet.

“A map,” Imani said. “Your cabalist, Abrascal – he disappeared when fighting the Forty-Ninth and reappeared on the other side of a red line. There is only one way to easily explain that.”

“He fell into the layer,” Angharad quietly confirmed.

“The map leads to the house said fighting collapsed,” Imani said. “A good start, I think, for your search.”

And with her piece spoken, she left. Angharad stayed on the bench as the other woman walked away, ignoring her goodbyes as she stared down at the folded piece of paper in her hands. No matter how much she thought about it, how much she turned the pieces around looking for different angles, there was only one way to end this without betraying either her uncle or her father.

She needed to obtain the Infernal Forge before the ships left for Asphodel.

Song had not meant to stay long in the Galleries.

She was returning a book she’d borrowed from the private library, but had decided on a whim to rise to the uppermost level to have a look at the bounties. The Thirteenth had not yet done this week’s, though she was inclined to take one of the easy ones like on the previous week. The Warfare teachers had a recurring bounty to sweep their training fields for lemure nests, which earned only a pittance but could be knocked out in about an hour.

There were four such training fields, one for each contingent, and the bounty was always put back up within two days of being cleared: there was almost always one up for grabs.

With no Academy class this afternoon the lounge was nearly empty – only four other Stripes, seated around a table. Two she was acquainted with, Captain Anaya of the Twenty-Third and Captain Philani of the Thirty-Eighth, but she barely knew the others in passing. It made their staring all the more unexpected. Had word of the skirmish with the Forty-Ninth already spread? Song had expected the garrison to keep a tight lid on it for the first few days.

It was an egg on its face that a ship aiming to traffic a Watch student had been allowed to remain docked for such feeble reasons.

A glance at the bar told her that the usual servant was gone, replaced by Colonel Cao herself. The Stripe instructor stood behind the counter with a bottle and cup, writing into a slender manuscript. It was usually best not to disturb her without reason, so Song averted her gaze quickly. Ignoring the lingering stares from the others, she headed to the bounty board and skimmed through the contents.

Another of the Skiritai hunting bounties was gone, and more interestingly one of Tinker ones. Someone was being bold. Retrieving old materials from ruins out in the northwest paid very well on success, but also risked returning with nothing while a lemure attack was a near certainty.

A Warfare patrol was back up, as expected, and Song was unsurprised it had not been taken. It was the sweep for the field of the red ribbons, which was deeper in the grounds Scholomance and through a small thicket of trees. Not only did it take longer to sweep through, this one had the occasional lemure waiting in ambush.

That was enough to make her reconsider: Song’s arm was near enough healed, but after last night she was willing to set aside excitement for a time.

As she stood there wondering if she should instead grab one of the garrison patrols – never too long, but it was a spin of the wheel where or when you ended up on top of earning only ten coppers a head – she heard footsteps approaching. She angled herself to get a glimpse and found it was Captain Anaya. The Someshwari was a scowler by habit, but had a smile painted on when she came. Interesting.

“Captain Song.”

A hand offered, and taken.

“Captain Anaya,” she replied, shaking it briskly. “What can I do for you?”

The grip released.

“I only came to offer my congratulations,” Captain Anaya said.

Song cocked an eyebrow.

“What on?”

Theology this morning had not led her to believe word was out about the Forty-Ninth yet, despite their absence earning the Thirteenth many questioning looks, so best learn what rumor going around. Only the Someshwari cocked an eyebrow, nodding jerkily at the counter behind them. No, Song realized as she looked there. Not the counter but the slate with the scores.  Two dozen names were on it now, those leading the pack, but the topmost had changed since yesterday.

SONG REN – 23

It took every ounce of her self-control not to show a reaction. Hand on the chisel.

“Ah,” she said. “That.”

Below her the expected names had not changed. Vivek Lahiri at six and Sebastian Camaron at five. Yesterday, Song had been in sixth place with Nenetl Chapul having beaten her to four points and two other captains catching up to her score of three. She had, overnight, gained almost four times the score of the now runner-up.

“Any truth to the rumors of the Thirteenth’s involvement with the dust-up by the docks?” Captain Anaya idly asked.

A fishing expedition, then.

“That would be for the garrison to announce,” Song replied.

Other captain’s brow rose. It was not a denial, which was good as confirmation, but also a warning against further questions. Song stepped forward, taking one of the patrol bounties – she must, now that she knew about the score – and nodded at Anaya.

“Always a pleasure.”

“As you say,” Captain Anaya agreed.

The Galleries staff needed to be informed when most bounties were taken, so that word could then be passed onto those who had put them up. In this particular case, so the garrison could decide when tomorrow the Thirteenth would be slotted into its patrol schedule.

Since there was only one such person here, she now had an excuse to go to Colonel Cao.

She slid into a seat facing the other Tianxi, waiting for the colonel to finish tracing her characters. Chunhua Cao looked up after a moment, seemingly unsurprised by Song’s presence.

“Bounty?” she asked.

Song presented her with the patrol sheet. The colonel took it, reached for a ledger under the counter and dragged it up before cracking open. She made a quick note inside.

“Word will be passed to Captain Wen by seven about the schedule,” she said. “Make sure to consult him.”

“I will,” Song said, then swallowed. “Ma’am, if I may ask.”

“May you?” Colonel Cao drily replied. “Well, give it a shot.”

“My score,” Song said.

“You were told on your first day here that I would dock and award points as I see fit,” the colonel said.

Depending on whether you can impress or appall me, Colonel Cao had said.

“So the points are for last night,” Song said.

Colonel Cao drummed her fingers against the countertop.

“You broke up a trafficking ring that had set up shop under the garrison’s nose, and more importantly you did so while leaving survivors to interrogate and thus provide actionable proof,” the colonel said.

“I did not do it for score,” Song honestly said.

“No,” the colonel said, “you did it to keep your cabal from exploding in your face. But that doesn’t matter, Ren, because at the end of the day what you did was good for the Watch.”

She smiled thinly.

“That’s why you get twenty points instead of five,” Colonel Cao said. “Because you cleaned up our guts a little, contributed to the health of order, and that’s worth more than a dozen bounties.”

She poured herself another cup.

“You did good,” Chunhua Cao said. “I had my doubts when they told me one of the Ren would be in our first batch, but you haven’t cracked under the pressure – on the contrary, you seem to be rising to the challenge.”

Song swallowed.

“Thank you,” she made herself say.

“Don’t thank me, girl,” the colonel snorted. “I won’t pick you up if you stumble. That would rather defeat the purpose of this class.”

She sipped at her liquor.

“I saw you’ve been looking into Asphodel histories,” Colonel Cao said.

At Wen’s recommendation, given that their test would be on that very island. Which she suspected Chunhua Cao would know.

“Fascinating reading,” Song replied, perhaps less than honestly.

“For a Laurel, maybe,” Colonel Cao snorted. “It was a sound notion, but I recommend you grab another two books on your way out of the Galleries.”

The older woman flipped over the bounty sheet and quickly wrote out two titles in Cathayan. Trade in the Trebian, Ninth Sails Edition and Balancing Acts. She only added an author to the second, ‘Inez Espinoza’.

“You’ll find the trade logs in the records section,” she said. “It’s an Arthashastra count of estimated volumes and goods traded within the Trebian Sea, and between whom, for the last decade of the Century of Sails.”

That sounded most intriguing, in truth. Song cleared her throat.

“And the other?”

“Inez Espinoza is probably the finest political mind ever produced by Old Saraya,” Colonal Cao said. “She wrote Balancing Acts after spending twenty years as first regent then right hand to her nephew, so her examination of the balance of power in the Trebian Sea is sharp enough to cut.”

Lips twitched.

“It’s also quite disparaging to the Watch, which does not make it any less accurate.”

“I was under the impression,” Song slowly said, “that Asphodel is well on its to becoming a backwater. Of little import to anyone but their old Raseni rivals.”

“We live in interesting times, Ren,” Chunhua Cao smiled, and it was not a pleasant smile. “Not kind or good, but interesting indeed.”

She blew on the ink, closed the ledger from earlier and put it away.

“It is only a recommendation,” the colonel said. “Do as you will.”

Song took that for the dismissal it was. She picked up the books on her way out, but all the while a question dug away at her mind. Wen had recommended she read up on Asphodel in preparation of the distant yearly test, so why did Colonel Cao now seemed convinced that Song would need to borrow the books today?

Captain Wen Duan was like a truffle hound for small, delicious eateries. By the time their time in Scholomance ended, Tristan firmly believed that the Thirteenth was going to have hunted him down through all the best food shops in Port Allazei. The large man bit into his egg tart, scarfing it down with an indecent noise. He then remembered he was meant to be scorning them.

“What am I, your clerk?” Captain Wen complained.

Wen Duan always complained, Tristan had learned. The trick was in reading the undertone of the complaint. The signs were there if you looked for them. The overweight Tianxi was eating, which was not unusual, but he was swallowing before replying – which he did not usually bother with when he was out to anger you. Wen was always messiest when going for the throat.

Some of the things Tristan had seen that man do to churros should be banned under the Iscariot Accords.

“I would not dare make that claim,” Song serenely replied. “I will divest you of the letter immediately, if you’ll allow.”

He squinted at her through his spectacles, as if inspecting the words for something to take offense at and failing to find fault. Tristan made sure not to look too closely at the man, as the way he was dwarfed the small bakery’s sole table might have set his lips to twitch.  He was twice the size of it, and must have struggled to squeeze himself into the corner.

“Letters, actually,” Wen grunted.

He inhaled the rest of the egg tart, chewing enthusiastically.

“Colonels all around, Ren,” he added. “The garrison sent the patrol schedule, but you also have a letter from the Rookery.”

The second sign Wen was in a good mood, Tristan noted, was that though complaining to them about something they were in no way responsible he was not actually obstructing them. He was volunteering relevant information, and soon slid the pair of letters across the table for Song to take. Tristan filed away that Song’s great-uncle, whose rank she had kept vague, was a colonel at the Rookery.

That was no small connection. Professor Iyengar had taught them colonel was the highest rank most careerists could aspire to. In the Garrison only three ranks stood above it – lieutenant-general, brigadier and marshal – while in the free companies there were only two. Arguably only one, even, as being a warrant captain was the same thing as being the captain-general of a free company only with a command either too small or too recent to deserve representation on the Conclave.

All that and being a colonel not on some forlorn spit of rock but the Rookery itself, the heart of the Watch, meant that Song’s patron was no one to trifle with.  The Conclave only held session twice a year, but a colonel would be on the island-fortress all year long. There was a great deal of influence to be had there, if you were halfway clever.

He doubted Song would so blatantly look up to a fool, so he would err on the side of cleverness.

“Thank you,” Song politely replied, claiming the letters.

She tucked away the one with the formal correspondence seal, instead opening the simple folded paper from the Stripe instructor. Her brow rose, but her expression was pleased. He made an inquiring noise.

“We have Templeward east to west, beginning at six tomorrow,” she said.

Well now, Tristan thought.

“That’s not a chore your instructor assigned you, it’s a victory strut,” he said.

“Chunhua Cao doesn’t pick the patrol schedules,” Wen corrected. “Giving you a plum like that is the garrison sending a message.”

He disappeared another tart. Tristan eyed his rounded belly, wondering how there could be room for so much spite in there with the meals he ate. After a too-loud swallow, Wen cleared his throat.

“It would have been a bad look for them if the ship got away with Tristan, so you’re in good odor with the officers at the moment,” the bespectacled man said. “Enough so, even, that no one’s thought to ask if the six rolls of gold collected were all there was to the bounty.”

Song stilled.

Six?”

Wen frowned at her.

“Six,” he repeated.

“Then someone helped themselves to one,” she said.

It was, Tristan thought, very flattering that someone had effectively been willing to sink the equivalent of five hundred ramas into having him abducted. If you counted everything Tristan had ever owned in his entire life, it would not warrant even a third of that sum. The expense was so flattering the thief had decided he would take the time to acquire a particularly nasty poison to feed this mysterious individual as a way of expressing regard.

“It won’t be a garrison man,” Wen mused. “If one gets caught helping themselves in a mess like this, they’d be whipped out of the ranks.”

“Then it must have been someone from the Fourth,” Song said, then looked like she had swallowed a lemon. “Tupoc Xical ran for the ship with me, it cannot be him.”

Wen shrugged.

“Not worth pursuing then,” he said. “The Fourth earned the right to wet their beak a bit, getting involved on the right side. Their name’s not on as many lips, but on lips they are.”

The rat could only admire Xical’s unerring ability to always end up having the right enemies at the right time. It helped the man made so many of them, no doubt. Maryam cleared her throat.

“There was another cabal out that night,” she reminded Wen. “Might I ask what they earned?”

That earned his attention well enough.

“That’s still up in the air,” the large man replied. “The Forty-Ninth is dissolved, that much is certain, but I hear the punishments are being hotly debated.”

He leaned back against the wall.

“Most of the time, selling out one of our own earns you the short drop and sudden stop,” he said. “But Tolomontera has only three rules, by design, and none of them forbid this. So there are some calls for leniency.”

Tristan’s stomach clenched. Song had recounted Muchen He and Captain Ramona being crippled, but with Lady Knot around that only meant so much.

“How much leniency?” he asked.

Wen shot him a look that was almost reassuring. It was a distressing sight.

“Not that much,” he said. “The Ramona girl and Tengfei Pan, they had dealings with outsiders to sell you. They get handed fourteen-year contracts in a Desolation free company, and if they live through it their record is expunged.”

Tristan winced. He had little sympathy for any in the Forty-Ninth, but the Desolation was a living nightmare – endless plains of ash and dust prowled by mad gods and monsters that grew as large as mountains. The constant need to man that border was, many agreed, the leading reason the Imperial Someshwar had failed to swallow up its smaller neighbors before they coalesced into successor-states too large to easily overwhelm.

“It’s the other three that are being shouted about,” Wen continued. “They were part of the deal, but did not strike it. There’s been arguments for them being expelled, but as usual this brigade trips itself up.”

The three of them traded puzzled looks.

“How, exactly?” Tristan frowned.

The fat man looked thoroughly amused.

“The fellow cabalists of the students who tried to murder Song were not expelled, which some are calling the precedent to follow here.”

“The fault of those students was ignorance, not anything else,” Song objected.

“And what is that, save a different degree of complicity?” he shrugged. “Or so the argument goes. The other side’s pushing for them to be expelled.”

“And if you had to pick a horse,” Tristan leadingly said.

“They’ll get a mark on their record and a slap on the wrist,” Wen bluntly said. “The Desolation sentence, it’s not just a harsh punishment – it’s a way to bury this. They can’t justify the same or a hanging for those three, and if they’re expelled their patrons are sure to lodge protests with the Obscure Committee.”

“Which means the harbor irregularities around the Palmyran would be dredged up in the investigation,” Song said.

Ah, Tristan thought. Someone was covering their ass.

“Which then means someone pretty high up in the Tolomontera food chain would get demoted,” Wen agreed. “If they give the leftovers a second chance with a mark on their record, they cover themselves going forward – either the idiots bother you again and now there’s rope to hang them with, or they avoid you like the plague and the career of promising students was salvaged.”

Good enough, Tristan mused. The garrison was using him as bait, but it was also ridding him of the worst of his enemies and backing him in a broader sense. This must be what it felt like, to live in the Old Town and have the Guardia on your side – unless it burned their fingers, anyhow, but that was just the way of the world. How odd, to have the guns on your side, but not at all unplea-

“For the garrison to use him as bait is unjust,” Song bit out. “It is failing in their duty of care over a student twice over, and-”

“And you should make your peace with it,” Wen advised, “because kicking up a fuss is going to make those same officers now patting you on the back lose that friendliness in the blink of an eye.”

Her interruption had been so unexpected – and almost absurd – that it’d taken a while for Tristan to push down the surprise. This was a dead-end road, though, so now he spoke up.

“Song,” Tristan said, and when she turned he shook his head.

No one made demands of the Guardia save the nobles who owned them, and trying was a good way to get your legs broken. Better to take the pat on the back than push their luck and have it replaced by a knife. Song’s lips thinned, but after a moment she nodded.

That she seemed genuinely angry on his behalf was… well, something.

“Thank you for your advice, Captain Wen,” she stiffly said.

Wen eyed her for a moment, then sighed.

“Pick your battles, Song,” he said. “There’s a satisfaction to shouting down into the well, but it’s no replacement for a bucket.”

“Is that how you ended up on the Dominion?” Tristan asked. “Shouting into a well?”

Wen snorted.

“I guess you could say the well shouted back,” he said. “And that’s all you get from me, rat.”

He picked up another tart.

“Now off you with you lot,” he said. “I have an important social call to make.”

“Hungry for some turron?” Song idly said.

Wen glared at her through his golden spectacles. It seemed an innocent question, but by that reaction must have been anything but.

“Khaimov, you are fast become my favorite of this sorry lot,” he replied.

“You are my favorite captain as well, sir,” Maryam assured him.

A pause.

“Although Yue almost drowned me, so it’s more coronation than contest.”

“Fucking Hell, it’s Mandy all over again,” Wen muttered. “Out, before I volunteer you three to clean the barrack latrines.”

It did not sound like an empty threat, so retreat was wisely agreed on. They hastened onto the street, close enough to the docks to hear the waves lapping at the shore, and Tristan looked up at the Orrery lights. It was getting late. Maryam saw the same thing.

“If we want to be back at a decent hour, we should head out soon,” she said.

“Let’s,” Song agreed. “It is a business long overdue.”

It was not a long walk to their destination: a house on Septim street, to the east of the large workshop the Umuthi Society had built for their students.

They used those tall arched windows to orient themselves, made easy by the colored lights that shone out of them. Sometimes the glass panes trembled, and there was smoke enough pouring out the workshop chimneys it looked like the Tinkers had imported a slice of Hell. Despite its proximity to the eastern end of Templeward, the neighborhood was not all that frequented a part of Allazei – mostly, Tristan would guess, because there were more warehouses than homes around here. Song agreed when he shared the thought.

“I expect there must have once been a gate connecting the docks to here,” she said. “Only the Watch wants from Allazei a fortress, not a trade port, so I expect it was walled in.”

“The garrison uses warehouses north of the barracks,” Maryam shared. “It would explain why they do not care about these falling part.”

Song had mentioned a green roof and a basement, and though the former was not that uncommon Septim Street only had one green-roofed house with a cellar door on the side. Much less a padlocked cellar. Tristan knelt by it, not unaware that the tools that would let him make quick work of this were likely on the other side of the padlock.

“Can you open it?” Song asked.

If not, they had brought the tools to smash it open. Tristran pushed up the padlock, read the maker’s mark and snorted.

“It’s a Gongmin lock,” he scorned. “Of course I can open it.”

He did not need proper thief’s tools for a Gongmin, only a pair of slender hairpins. A bit of a struggle until he found the angle, a hairpin digging into his palm, but then it popped open with a most satisfying click. He turned to look back, getting a polite clap from Maryam and a horrified look from Song.

“I thought Gongmin locks were fine work,” she said. “My father’s own study uses one.”

“They’re good quality but still workshop-made,” he said. “Once you know the way to pop one, you can do it to all of them.”

“Point to our house being behind the terrible work of an ancient murderous cultist,” Maryam noted. “Let’s see you pop that with hairpins, Tristan.”

He rolled his eyes, but it might be something to ask Professor Sizakele about. Late in the lesson, she was chattier when getting old. Setting the padlock aside, Tristan huffed and pulled up the cellar door. There was no light below, but they had brought a pair lanterns as well as their bags. A short flight of stairs led them into a rather small basement, all bare stone and smelling of wet.

Their possessions were, amusingly enough, neatly stacked in a corner of the basement with the most delicate of them put away in a wooden chest so they would not be damaged by the rain day. Unlocked.

Tristan quickly the only two possessions he truly cared about – his delightful tricorn, immediately put on, and Yong’s pistol getting tucked away – then drifted to the opposite corner with a lantern. There the Ninth Brigade was keeping the goods they did not want to risk being caught with, which were…

“Mostly drugs,” he called out, picking through the chests. “Some bottles that could be either alchemy or poison, some lemure body parts and…”

He frowned, leaning forward. Stacks wrapped in waxed cloth.

“Books,” he said, paging through. “Restricted lore, I assume.”

Not that all of them were that, he discovered after paging through some volume in Samratrava that had appended illustrations displaying naked people in a variety of positions that seemed more fitting for contortionists than lovers. All things given, one seemed a lot less likely to get hurt listening to the book with the bleeding eyes drawn on the cover than the one encouraging you to do that while also doing the split.

“Some of this stuff could sell well,” Tristan noted. “Song?”

The captain frowned.

“I am inclined to leave it,” she said. “Taking back our belongings from the Ninth is one thing, to take theirs is another.”

That was, in truth, the way he was leaning too.

“They slapped us around like they meant to, so they should now let it go so long as we don’t make a fuss about taking back our things,” he agreed. “With Tredegar gone there’s really no reason for us to have bad blood with Camaron and his lot.”

“He robbed us,” Maryam argued. “It would only be fair to do it back.”

“Hatchets are not always the solution,” Song told her.

How Maryam, who could barely use a cooking knife without losing a finger, was apparently deadly when throwing hatchets was something Tristan would need to look into.

“Then we set this house on fire,” she said. “There will be no proof it was us.”

“Except for our belongings being back in our hands,” Tristan pointed out. “It’s not worth the trouble, Maryam. Mind you, if they’d had gold lying around…”

A little interest on the loan of their possessions would not have been going overboard.

“But they do not,” Song sternly said.

“They do not,” he agreed.

Maryam conceded, though she groused all the while, and they packed up their belongings. As Song had told them, none of Tredegar’s possessions were there. Bold of Sebastian Camaron to try and poach someone who had publicly humiliated his own enforcer, but then the boy had seemed like someone raised to believe consequences only happened to other people.

The three took back to the street, heading towards Templeward, and only when they were near that large boulevard did Tristan allow himself to indulge in his curiosity.

“What’s your letter about, anyhow?” he asked. “Best to check before we head back to the cottage, I would not want to have to return tonight.”

Song shot him a look that made it clear she was not fooled by the pretense in the least, but reached for her letter anyway. She broke the seal and unfolded the letter, eyes flicking left to right. A long moment passed.

“Ah,” she said.

“Ah?” Tristan asked.

“It appears our journey to the Asphodel Rectorate is not so distant as we were made to believe,” Song Ren said, “and that I have a great deal to speak with Angharad about.”

Chapter 34

Even with Ferranda’s help it took Angharad an hour and a half to prepare herself for the evening.

Her hair was pulled back into neat braids bound by glass beads, her eyebrows freshly plucked and her eyes painted with black henna. The most care, however, had gone into fashion. Angharad had decided to hew close to Pereduri fashion, in part because she simply could not afford a dress’ worth of inyosi fabric. Malani wax-print, as it was called away from the Isles, was expensive even in the heartlands of Malan: out here the price of even a single bolt was ruinous. Ingwenya cotton would suffice, and in her opinion breathed better anyhow.

Besides, with House Tredegar being struck from the rolls of nobility it was debatable whether Angharad was still allowed to wear wax-print. As she was no longer a subject of the High Queen her sumptuary laws should not, in principle, still apply. And yet. It was Malani fabric, and a daughter of the Isles who would wear it. Part of her hesitated. Some habits, she thought, would be long in the shaking.

Pereduri gowns tended almost universally to the low-waisted and tight, with personal inclination expressed through necklines, sleeves and skirts. Angharad settled on an Izcalli cut, a straight line beneath her collarbone that left her entire neck and much of her shoulders bare. The cut was popular in Malan as well, though not sleeved as she chose: puffed at the shoulder and slimming down to end at the wrist.

It left the first few silver stripes on her arm bare, as much a decoration as the pair of orange Uthukile bead bracelets matched the red and yellow stripes of the dress fabric. A wide cowhide belt circled her waist, fitted with her saber’s sheath. And that made for accessories enough. She had chosen, in deference to her means, not to pay a visit to a jeweler.

For an unmarried noblewoman the traditional skirts would be paneled, with the train just short enough one could easily walk, but Mistress Lerato had instead suggested a loose wrap that would show off a parted red petticoat and elegant soft leather boots. I rarely get to dress a woman with such long legs, the seamstress had said, it would be a waste not to use it.

The effect was just a touch scandalous, the sort of thing Mother had loved wearing, so in a fit of nostalgia Angharad agreed even though the boots were really quite costly – made by another shop on Templeward, recommended by Mistress Lerato. A wardrobe appropriate for formal occasions was always expensive, she reminded herself, but no less necessary for it.

Still, she was glad of the wrap skirt and parted petticoat when she made her way to the guesthouse near the eastern end of Templeward – there would have been no handmaid to pick up a longer trail if it dirtied on the street, and to use duelist’s straps for anything but their stated purpose was quite uncouth.

Having parted ways with Ferranda halfway down the street when her soon-to-be captain ducked into a clockmaker’s shop to browse the trinkets, Angharad was alone when she arrived at the Colored Arches at precisely ten before seven. Shortly before she was expected, though still late. Lord Thando had informed her the gathering would begin before but she was to come later, to allow for any last moment objections to her presence to be raised should there be a need.

If one was raised and upheld it was always possible that she would be dealt the humiliation of being refused at the door, but Angharad doubted that would be the case. Odds were at least one soul within might enjoy insulting her, but most would not and that would carry the day – why force bad blood with all of them where there had been none? Simpler to refuse her the invitation in the first place. Not unaware she was dithering out of nerves, Angharad straightened her back and finished making her way down the street.

The Colored Arches, to her mild surprise, looked more like a tavern than the kind of banquet hall she had been expecting. It was a long, sloping building whose wooden façade had been recently built but was painted a discreet dark green. Its only mark was a hanging sign displaying a hut made of colored streaks of light, a similarly discreet reference to one of the eldest spirits of Malan: the Cloud-Brewer, known to delight in harvests and feasts.

She rapped her knuckles against the painted door only once before it opened.

A man in dark green livery promptly ushered her in with a smile, welcoming her in the crisp Umoya of the Middle Isle’s heartlands. Dark-skinned as only the folk of those Glare-scorched lakelands could be, the servant cut a neat and friendly figure as he guided her through a short antechamber where another servant wiped her boots and she was offered a basin of warm water to wash her hands from the stink of the streets. Her black cloak – she had elected not to further thin her funds by having one made – was skillfully taken off her while the first of the servants led her towards the door.

“Lord Thando Fenya asked for the honor of bringing you in, my lady,” he said. “He should be along momentarily.”

“Thank you,” she said, inclining her head, then cocked an eyebrow. “Yanga or Madevu?”

He looked surprised at the mention of the two principal regions of the heartlands, but pleasantly so.

“Madevu, my lady,” he said. “Near the city of Inende, at the beginning of the cataracts.”

“Oh, further west than I would have guessed,” Angharad told him. “I never had the pleasure of visiting Inende, alas, as the dueling circuit always chose Ukuzi for the contests.”

A shame. Ukuzi was remarkably easy to reach, being at the confluence of several great rivers, and the second largest city of the heartlands was a bustling center of industry. Yet the expanding reach of stone and steel had swallowed much of the surroundings. In contrast, the western reaches of Madevu were still wild and the great waterfalls there were said to be a thing beauty.

“There is no better road than a river,” the man quoted with a chuckle. “Besides, my lady, it rains much the year in Inende. It is from the High Isle’s westerwinds.”

Was it now? Angharad had never heard such a thing before and was rather charmed that Peredur’s occasionally temperamental weather seemed to be passing to its neighbors as well, but before she could ask of these westerwinds the door opened. A servant offered her a smile, brushing back her bound hair, and stepped out of the way so that Lord Thando Fenya could go through.

The man, she would admit, cut a finer figure than she would have expected of a man not blessed with particularly good looks. His long-sleeved doublet and matching puff trunk hose were in colorful inyosi fabric, displaying eye-catching geometric patterns in blue, white and red but over it he had thrown a long, open black jerkin that went down to his thighs. She had not noticed this morning, but the inside of his collar has some subtle blackwork sown to match it.

He had so many gold rings on his fingers and tinkling bangles on his arms he would hardly have been able to wield a sword even if he had one belted at his hip instead of a bejeweled dagger.

“Lady Angharad,” he happily said. “And early, I see!”

“Am I?” she asked. “I can wait, if there is need.”

“I would never dare,” Thando chuckled. “Come, let me show you to the salon.”

She smiled back, turning to nod her thanks at the servant whose name she had never learned – only to find him gone, along with all the others who had lent her a hand. Impressive training. Thando walked her down a short hallway, then through an open door to an almost wistful sight: a richly decorated drawing room filled with nobly born peers of her age. Just like a tournament evening, she thought.

Thando stepped in ahead of her and theatrically swept his arms, claiming attention from all the guests.

“It is my great pleasure,” he announced, “to introduce Lady Angharad Tredegar of Llanw Hall.”

Angharad gave a shallow curtsy – not the lady’s curtsy but the duelist’s, one hand on her saber – and was met with a retort volley of curtsies and bows. A quick look through the room told her that, counting herself and Thando, there were eleven guests in the hall. At once more and fewer than she had been expecting. Only two servants stood within, waiting to the side with alert faces, though one immediately approached her with a tray of crystal glasses.

“A Totochtin red, my lady, if it please you,” the servant offered.

“It does,” Angharad replied, deftly claiming a glass.

Ancestors, it really was like a circuit evening – there too, no one would be caught dead drinking Malani wine. The Isles were known for their beers and liquor, not the fruit of the vine. As her tacit sponsor for the evening, Thando did not throw her to the wolves but instead stay with her to make introductions and ease her into mingling. Pure happenstance, of course, that this came with the side effect of deepening their association in the eyes of the other.

She could not tell if he was still trying to recruit her, but he was going out of his way to make ties – and to make them in the eyes of these guests. You have enemies here, Thando, she thought. Or at least foes. One did not wage a war of maneuver with scarecrows.

As if to test her, or warm her up, they began with one of the easier figures – and one passingly familiar from the general classes.  Lord Kasigo Njezi, a fresh-faced man with a boyish grin, was from the Twenty-Third Brigade. His doublet was ingwenya cotton, like her dress, and subdued in pattern if not in color. His hose was an unremarkable pale cream, drawing the eye instead to his elaborate boots – soft, knee-cavalier boots in calfskin with beadwork rims.

Unlike Thando, he had slender sword at his hip.

“I had hoped to see you on these evenings,” Kasigo said, shaking her hand enthusiastically.

That it had not even occurred to him to offer to kiss it was, Angharad would admit, somewhat charming.

“It is a missed opportunity not to have earlier conversed,” she replied.

Lord Kasigo, she learned, was a Laurel – diplomat track, like Zenzele, who he seemed acquainted with. And not unaware of the feud binding him to Musa Shange, by the look he shot Musa at the mention of Angharad’s friend. The way he changed the subject to the coming Theology report after that, almost hasty, let her place him in the pecking order here: he was at the bottom, relying on being inoffensive to maintain his position at the table.

She steered them out of the conversation not long after, pretending not to notice how Thando’s calculating eyes took her measure all the while. He must have judged her fit for greater challenges, who they ought out afterwards: a pair, of which knew only a man she misliked.  Musa Shange was the first to talk, and she had to admit he looked like a woodprint of a courtier: his doublet thin and with an elongated diamond of an opening to display his muscled chest and stomach, paired with an open jerkin richly lined with fur and tapered hose.

Musa wore no jewelry save for a heavy ivory medallion hanging on a golden chain, inscribed with a prayer to the Sleeping God on one side and what must be the Shange heraldry on the other, but what did that matter when not a single article of clothing he wore would have fetched less than gold?

“Lady Angharad,” he drawled. “We meet again.”

“Lord Musa,” she replied, inclining her head. “Good evening.”

At odds or not, it was only with the man’s assent she had been able to come here tonight. That warranted manners from her, and even some cordiality. The other Skiritai promptly committed the courtly equivalent of stepping on Thando’s foot by introducing his companion before the other man could.

“I present you Lord Zama Luvuno,” Musa provided. “Signifier for the Eighth Brigade.”

Any brigade with a number below ten was not to be trifled with, much less a Navigator who she might have thought a soldier from the contour of his silhouette. Angharad traded a curtsy for a short nod. Lord Zama was not much inclined to conversation, it seemed.

“Lord Zama is royal blood twice removed,” Thando added, not to be cheated of his role entirely.

That would make him two generations of descent from the child of one of the Queen Perpetual’s many consorts – a diluted relation, admittedly, and by the laws of Malan not royalty at all. Her Majesty’s blood, however, carried a certain prestige no matter how rare the drops had grown. The man was handsome enough in his golden doublet that Angharad understood why the High Queen might have wanted one of his kin as consort. Not her sort of dish at all, but it had been well-cooked.

Lord Zama rolled his eyes at the words, but nodded in confirmation. That made twice.

“Apologies,” Angharad began, “but are you perhaps…”

The man nodded again. Mute, then. Unfortunate, as Angharad barely knew anything of sign language – and not of the one in common use, anyhow, but the naval one taught to her Mother. Izcalli finger-talk was considered the Vesper standard, and was significantly more elaborate. No pun intended, although she would take it.

Unfortunate twice over was that Lord Musa evidently did know finger-talk, and signed something at Lord Zama that had the man chuckle. Angharad spent most of the ensuing talk trying to ferret out the nature relationship between the two as Musa translated for the other lord. Not one between the sheets, unless they were skilled at keeping those signs away from prying eyes, but it was friendly enough. Something was itching at her, though, and it took her a moment to realize what.

Musa was treating the other man like an equal, which she’d almost never seen from swordmaster.

Neither is vassal to the other, she decided. She knew little of the Eighth Brigade, but it was well-backed enough that the Ninth’s own connections warranted no precautions from Lord Zama. While chewing on that, she almost missed when the talk turned to the ‘Abbey’, the site of the classes for the Akelarre students. It was Musa translating for Lord Zama that dragged her back into the moment.

“He wonders if you were aware that your fellow cabalist Maryam has not stepped foot in the Abbey proper since the first day,” Musa said.

“She has found other instruction, I hear,” Angharad shrugged. “I am not greatly involved in Maryam Khaimov’s affairs.”

“It would be strange to have a Triglau in one’s cabal,” Thando mused.

“Agreed,” Musa said. “Though I suppose being able to bring a servant even in Scholomance would have its uses.”

Chuckling, even as Angharad frowned.

“She is a student,” she reminded them, though she did not go as far as saying ‘same as us’.

It was too close to a lie for comfort.

“No one says otherwise,” Musa dismissed, “but service is in their blood, Lady Angharad. Left to their devices, they would collapse back into barbarity and destroy all the industry we brought to their lands.”

That might be true, Angharad assessed, but was being spoken with a phrased certainty that was making her rather uneasy – so was the way Lord Zama nodded, as if this were known fact.

“She is Izvorica, not Triglau,” she informed them instead of arguing the point. “A people within the greater whole, I understand, but distinct.”

Lord Zama’s fingers flashed in a quick sequence, Musa snorting at the sight.

“Pereduri indeed,” he translated.

Angharad was beginning to dislike Lord Zama.

Thando, perhaps sensing the rising tensions, eased them out of the conversation and by claiming he was in need of drink. Angharad followed him towards the tray-bearing servant, enjoying the respite.

“As I mentioned this morning,” he murmured, “this hall is heavy with the opinions of the south and the heartlands.”

“You do not share their thoughts, then?” Angharad asked.

“My kin are career watchmen, which makes me abolitionist by default,” Thandi said, though he did not sound all that enthusiastic about it. “But it is, well, did you ever hear about that mess up in Isilide about four years back?”

It took her a second to place the name. A city, well in the north of Malan but short of the Low Isle.

“The riots that had cloth workshops set ablaze,” she recalled. “An accident, I heard.”

Disorder always brought ruin.

“It was no accident,” Thando flatly said. “The lady of Isilide opened new wax print workshops and manned them with slaves. It is a profitable trade good, Angharad, but also profession. Skilled workers with lifelong training and patterns kept within their families. The new workshops paid not a soul inside and so they sold their cloth at half the price.”

Which would have been death on the old workshops. Only nobles were allowed to wear inyosi, so the greater profit in it for merchants was in truth from sales abroad. Even if the new wax print was of lesser quality, traders would likely choose it – the margins would be strikingly better, and it wasn’t as if some Someshwari lordling would be able to tell the difference.

 “So they set the workshops on fire?” she said, appalled.

“And threatened to do the same to any opened in years to come,” Thando said. “They were feted as heroes in the city, so the lady had to back down.”

Angharad felt torn – on one hand, to rise against one’s sworn lady was dishonorable. On the other, there was honor in acting to defend one’s kin and calling. Thando shrugged, taking the glass of red from the tray he had come to fetch.

“I will not speak to the souls of these Izvorica,” the Malani said after a sip, “but slavery is mostly to the benefit of the rich. Besides, it is not good for the health of a realm to have too many slaves.”

Slowly she nodded. That much seemed plain truth: the Izcalli had more slaves than anyone in the world, though they called them serfs, and their nation was constantly wracked with unrest. Besides, Mother had mentioned that the western colonies were all the property of the crown and the greatest izinduna – though lesser lords were beginning to form associations to pool their means in order to sponsor their own.

“What happened to them?” she asked.

“The workers?” Thando blinked. “As I told you, the lady backed down. A few arrests were made for appearances but that was all.”

“The slaves, I mean,” Angharad said.

“Ah,” Thando grimaced. “They were, I hear, inside the workshops when those were set aflame.”

Angharad breathed in, looked away and drank deeply of her wine. One could go for a long time sifting through that for a speck of honor.

“Come,” Thando said, sounding almost sympathetic. “This one should be more to your tastes.”

The Pereduri felt a twinge of resentment at how well he had pegged her when she was introduced to Captain Emeni Maziya of the Twenty-Ninth, a wonderfully tall woman whose green and yellow off-the-shoulders gown bared impressively muscled shoulders and the contours of a generous figure. Malani preference for high-waisted gowns could be forgiven, when serving to prop up such a… cause.

“A pleasure,” Angharad smiled, bending to kiss her hand.

A hand with callouses to match the iwisa at her hip, she noted, a round-headed mace that saw more use in ceremonies than war but would crack a skull nonetheless. And a woman would not, Angharad mused, get hands like these without regularly swinging it around.

“Flatterer,” Lady Emeni laughed. “You see, Fanyana? This is how it’s done.”

Her companion, Fanyana, was a sullen man with a plump face and a tightly buttoned jerkin that was a veritable riot of silver scrollwork and silver buttons. Even the long sword at his hip was silver, be it the sheath or grip. His hair was a neat cloud that Angharad suspected must have taken twice as long to style as her own.

“I am not so free with my lips, Emeni,” he stiffly replied.

The man was taller than her, Angharad realized, but stood so stooped one hardly noticed.

“Lady Angharad,” Thando stepped in, “I give you Lord Fanyana Khosa.”

A pause.

“Yes, from those Khosa.”

Angharad almost goggled at the man. The same House of Khosa who were the once-kings of the March, last of the Malani highborn to kneel when the High Queen unified the Middle Isle? Angharad saw little of those great warrior kings in the scowling man, but she supposed it was not her place to judge. The House of Khosa had been an unbroken line of izinduna since the Union War, and such a thing merited great respect.

To be a lord or lady on the rolls one needed only to be born nobly, but to be induna was something greater – set above by the Queen Perpetual, marked as great. That distinction it was something that could be passed to your children, but not by their own unless they earned the honor anew the same way you had. That is to say by owning land on the Isles, commanding troops and carrying out a deed worth the recognition of the court.

The Khosa had achieved this without fail since the Century of Loss, Angharad could believe in that even if the Khosa in question did not so far impress.

Alas, as they chatted on the most neutral matter Thando had been able to offer up – whether or not the Uthukile winter storms were the single worst on Vesper – Angharad was grieved to deduce that the bountiful Lady Emeni was likely involved with Lord Fanyana. While she would never complain at such a woman leaning forward so frequently, it was not for her eyes but the red-eared Khosa’s that the charms were being displayed.

Lady Emeni also seemed acquainted with Ferranda, asking of her health, though Lord Fanyana was visibly indifferent to the matter. He thinks it beneath him, Angharad decided. He might not even be wrong, given his birth. More interesting was when the charming captain mentioned her recent tea with Captain Nenetl of the Third, a hint as to where she stood. A foe to Musa Shange, almost certainly, given the infamous enmity between Nenetl Chapul and Musa’s own captain.

If Angharad was to look for allies here, Emeni Maziya was a good start. That and she must be careful not to make too much of a mess pressing her intentions, else Lord Fanyana was likely to oppose her on the simple grounds of misliking crassness.

Still, Lady Emeni’s continued advances were so cheerful a seduction that the Pereduri left their company rather cheered. Lord Fanyana was a gloom cloud, but not entirely without humor – his quip about the great curse of the Towers Coast being called the Imperial Someshwar had been quite droll.

“Ah, the last four are together,” Thando mused. “Into the breach, Angharad.”

He hesitated.

“Do not take the twins personally.”

As forecast, the last four guests were standing by an elegant Tianxi landscape while sipping at their drinks. Three of them women, the sole man introducing himself so happily and so eagerly that Thando did not even have the time to preempt him.

“Awonke Bokang, Third Brigade,” he said, shaking her hand. “Capital to meet you.”

His doublet was positively dripping with colored beads in the Uthukile style and he wielded a Low Isle accent thick enough it would not flinch under bombardment. He was Umuthi society, she soon learned, and most interested in the saber her uncle had gifted her. So was the second of the lot to be introduced, Lady Lindiwe Sarru.

That one Angharad had already known the surname of, for she was Skiritai.

“Impressive work with the chimera yesterday,” Angharad told her, trading duelist’s curtsies. “It was skillful strategy how your crew trapped it into the house.”

“And you with that satyrian,” Lady Lindiwe replied. “It was rather satisfying to see one handily dispatched after the last chewed up most of that crew on our first day.”

“Salvador’s contract allows us to take risks most cannot,” Angharad demurred.

She took a close look at the woman for the first time, noting that for one who spoke Umoya like a southerner it was unusual for her to be bearing a saber a hand’s span longer than Angharad’s own – and even though Lindiwe Sarru was shorter than her! Her dress was classic Malani court attire, high-waisted yellow inyosi fabric with dark brown double lines adorned by matching rings. The high collar and layered sleeves paired with a long train, almost trailing behind, had been the fashion in the capital last she heard.

Not so the two green skirt ribbons fluttering on her side, which no matter how dainty could only be duelists’ straps – meant to hike up the skirt and tie it back to the belt to free the legs should there be a need for a duel.

“A surfeit of humility,” Lady Lindiwe frankly said. “Still, I am glad to finally have another Skiritai among us. Next time I ask have these little evenings moved on the evening of the week I did not spend the afternoon in a fighting pit, perhaps I will get fewer comments.”

Ah. Angharad had wondered why the event was moved by a day, though for the same reason freshly outlined she had not been inclined to complain.

“I would not count on it.”

She turned to the speaker. The twins, Thando had called them, and they were very much that. More to Angharad’s delight, the pair were slender beauties with sultry dark eyes wearing silver bands with striped veils going down their backs.

At first glance they seemed to be wearing the same striped black and white ingwenya dress, but it was an illusion – the positions of the black and white were reversed, on both the veil and their elegant paneled dresses. Their wear was different from her own Izcalli cut not due to the cloth but by virtue of having silver netting over where Angharad’s shoulders were bare, and the pearl necklaces they wore: one broad, halfway down the shoulder, and the other at the base of the beck.

As with everything else, they contrasted shades with each having one necklace of black pearls and the other in pale.

“If I might introduce the ladies Branwen and Morcan of House Emain,” Thando said. “They may even, at some point this evening, deign to reveal which is which.”

“I would not count on that either,” the rightmost twin noted.

Even if she had never heard their names, that faint undertone to the Umoya would have told Angharad they were Pereduri as surely as the low waist of their dresses. They both cocked eyebrows at her and offered their hand to be kissed, which presented Angharad with the delightful dilemma of which knuckle to grace first. She chose the first to address her, to an inscrutable expression from both beauties.

The leftmost twin then addressed her in Gwynt, which Angharad grasped parts of. Something about ‘gray’, ‘region’, and a term meaning ‘sea-and-stone’ that was an old-fashioned byword for Peredur itself. The lady spoke quickly and in an antiquated manner, however, so Angharad was soon lost.

“I did not understand you,” Angharad replied in the same tongue.

The twins shared a look, one of them sighing.

“Evidently,” Lady Emain replied, in Umoya.

“It was a pleasure, Lady Maraire,” the other Lady Emain added.

The use of House Tredegar’s name on the Malani rolls of nobility was a clear dismissal, which Angharad would admit stung a bit. She had hardly met any others from home since leaving it, to have such a distance put there from the start was something of a blow.

As did the fact that she had come across beautiful Pereduri twins only for them to be… unnecessarily scathing, to put it gently. Between Emeni being taken with the Khosa earlier and now this, the dinner was looking to be slim pickings. It was a little unfair of the world to make it so. Neither Lord Bokan nor Lady Lindiwe seemed all that surprised by the way the ladies Emain had acted, or the way they then walked away after the barest sketch of a curtsy.

“I think Morcan is the one with the small black pearls,” Lord Awonke noted as they watched the pair retreat. “She glares like I am insect, not a rat.”

It was an effort for her lips not to twitch.

“She has to be Branwen,” Lady Sarru contradicted in a murmur. “She only implied that my entire bloodline are fresh-faced upstarts underserving of nobility the once, which would make her the friendly twin.”

“Is House Emain so ancient?” Angharad asked. “I would not call myself unlearned in the matter of the peerdom but I am not familiar with the name.”

Admittedly it sounded like a name from southwestern Peredur, which she was less learn in, but if they were a great house she was certain she would know of them.

“The sisters are descended from two war captains that came to Peredur during the First Landing,” Thando provided. “Or so is claimed.”

That was a hallowed lineage, Angharad would concede. Most of the first ships to land to make shore on the duchy’s stony beaches had been slaughtered by the old lords of the land, save for a few distinguished captains who raised driftwood halls after either wedding or vanquishing the locals. Often a little of both. In a sense those captains had been the eldest nobles of Peredur, though few of these ancient houses were now prominent.

Given that Peredur was said to have been the first land reached by the ships of Morn, which kept sailing to the Middle and Low Isle after a grisly blooding, it was an old argument that their bloodlines could be considered the first nobles not only of Peredur but of all Malan. And thus the noblest of all, by some interpretations. Mostly from those who would benefit from such an honor.

“If they had anything to boast of but their blood, they would,” Lady Lindiwe drily said. “I would not be surprised to hear House Emain rules naught but a manor and a stony beach.”

Angharad slid her a look. Some might describe the lands of House Tredegar in such a manner, though of course there was more to them than that. She was debating what to say when a bell was gently rung, drawing the attention of the guests to the same smiling man who had greeted her at the door.

“Dinner is ready,” he announced. “If you would follow?”

Handed the opportunity to let the matter lie, Angharad took it.

A single, long table was to host the veritable banquet they were served.

As the guest of highest birth, Lord Fanyana Khosa sat at the head of the table and the rest of them settled five on each side. Angharad found herself between Thando and Lord Zama, which at least simplified the matter of conversation. On the other side the closest were Lord Kasigo and Lady Emeni, both of which were glad sights. Well, for the pleasure of the eye more one than the other but conversationally speaking the balance was closer.

Malani feasts were long, drawn-out affairs and this looked to be no exception. The first service was a traditional chicken and vegetable stew, exquisitely spiced, and in its wake maize beer was brought out. Angharad had finished her wine, so she accepted a cup. With the beer now on the table, conversation began in earnest. News from abroad, at first, as was custom.

“It may be war is brewing in the Someshwar,” Lord Fanyana shared, living up to his seat. “The Ramayans are squabbling with the Upani over their eastern enclaves.”

That was met with some cheer, as war in the Imperial Someshwar tended to be good for business. With the roads made unsafe by roving armies, sea trade always picked up. That and should the war last too long Sunflower Lords were like as not to get involved, which would then see steel and powder rise sharply in value.

By the time fresh steamed bread was served along with curry, the discussion had moved instead to Thando’s intriguing mention of a flurry of diplomatic delegations between the Ten Republics.

“It is an open secret that the Sanxing were busy courting the central republics to support their colony plans when the Dimming happened,” Lady Emeni opined. “Like as not, now that the situation in Jigong has hit the bottom of the barrel they are taking the pulse of the current sentiment.”

More than a few glances slid Angharad’s way at the mention of Jigong, which was understandable. She was still nominally under the command of a Ren, something which everyone present seemed to understand the meaning of. It might not have been so at the beginning of the year, the Pereduri supposed, but Professor Yun Kang had ensured otherwise.

“It is said that Song Ren of the Thirteenth is a direct relation of the man behind the Dimming,” Musa lightly said.

Angharad sipped at the beer. Only to be expected that Musa would be the one to bring her into this, so she had been keeping one eye on the rest of the table. One reaction stood out: Lady Lindiwe Sarru rolling her eyes. No friend of Musa’s, then. She’d not had the opportunity to learn what brigade the other woman belonged to yet, but it was now her intention to.

“Chaoxiang Ren was her grandfather,” Angharad replied. “Though she was born years after the event in question, of course. Her personal honor is unstained.”

Murmurs of agreement all around, but the general sentiment was plain: bad goods, broken goods. No fault of hers, but best kept at arm’s length. She pushed down the urge to argue. Angharad’s  disinclination to share more on the matter saw the subject move on, towards talk of unrest in the Kingdom of Sordan over terms of peace. The Treaty of Concordia had been signed eighteen years ago, and seen Sordan become a tributary of Izcalli while the port of Concordia was ceded to Malan. Some Sordans were said to be agitating for the trade port’s return to the fold.

“We would not need to hold it at all, had they not bent over the for izzies during the Sordan War,” Lord Awonke snorted. “Without a royal fleet base in the Trebian, Izcalli is sure to try to close the Auric Strait when they next have themselves a war.”

Angharad had never been all that interest in matters of greater policy, but it was common knowledge that one of the main goals of the Queen Perpetual over the last two centuries had been ensuring that the Auric Strait, connecting the Straying Sea to the Trebian, could never be closed to Malani ships by the Kingdom of Izcalli. Or anyone else, for that matter.

“Everyone shafted Sordan during the peace of Concordia,” Lord Kasigo opined. “Malan, Izcalli, even the Watch when they brokered the whole affair. They have reason to be angry, not that it will lead to anything but the royal fleet anchoring a squadron in bombardment range of their capital.”

Lord Zama signed, Musa leaning forward to read his fingers before speaking.

“Or the Grasshopper King sending Doghead Coyac to scare them back into submission,” Musa conveyed.

Some snorts, but Angharad raised an eyebrow.

“I am unfamiliar with the name,” she said.

“One of the leading generals in Izcalli, rumored to be the throne’s favorite,” Lord Fanyana informed her, for once looking engaged. “He led the Izcalli forces in the Sordan War and by all appearances he is one of the finest military minds of our age – at the Battle of Narba he defeated three armies in a day.”

“And he is said not to be Izcalli by birth, only Aztlan,” Lady Emeni added. “Scandalous, yes?”

It was, given that the Atzlan realms around Izcalli were more likely to yield serfs than high-ranking generals when the Sunflower Lords got their say. The traditional round of sport was had at the expense of the Izcalli inability to build so much as a barn without having a round of civil war and emptying a Someshwari village. When the roast mutton, pumpkins and carrots were served – cattle being on the plate signaled this was the main service – conversation turned to the latest about everyone’s associations.

In other words, gossip.

“I hear that fallen noble from the Nineteenth, Barboza, got into a fistfight with a cabalist from the Twelfth,” Thando shared. “There was shouting about a bathtub.”

“Lierganen nobility,” one of the Emain twins noted. “Almost a lie.”

There was some laughter at that, and Angharad near smiled. The ladies Emain, while openly indifferent to the talk of politics, seemed much more interested in this sort of talk. Lord Zama, noticing her cup was empty, silently offered to fill it with maize beer again. It would have been rude to refuse, given his higher rank, so Angharad nodded. It was only her second cup, she still had room.

The Pereduri ladies then traded a few sentences in Gwynt between themselves, which had Thando leaning towards her.

“How well do you understand that?” he asked in a murmur.

“Not well,” she admitted. “The only word I caught was ‘mouse’, though it could also have been ‘thistle’.”

“Unfortunate,” he said. “I had hoped someone would finally understand their asides.”

Angharad hummed.

“A curiosity, if you would,” she said.

He cocked an eyebrow.

“Her brigade?” she asked, discreetly gesturing towards Lady Lindiwe.

His smile was knowing.

“Tenth Brigade,” he said. “Closely tied to the First.”

And the First, from what Angharad recalled, was foe to both the Ninth and the Third. Yet Lady Lindiwe had been quite cordial with Lord Awonke, who was actually of the Third, and that might mean the enmity there ran very shallow. So it might be possible to muster both of them for the same cause, Angharad thought. What she needed to find out was how likely that pair was to support Zenzele being invited purely to pull at Musa’s ear.

She drifted back into the conversation after nodding Thando her thanks, finding out that talk had turned to how that ‘Tupoc fellow from the Fourth’ had managed to get the captains of the Thirty-Sixth and Thirty-Eighth so frothingly angry that the latter had drawn a pistol on him right there in the Galleries. That prompted Angharad to share a few choice stories from the Dominion. Half the table shook with laughter when told them about his almost ending up in a cage, and booed how he called himself a defender of the weak when stepping in the way of an honor duel.

Sleeping God, the man had only been on the island a few weeks longer than her. How was he already this disliked?

By the time of the next service – dumplings and sour milk – she felt like she had a handle on the currents of the table. She sipped at her cup of beer, filled anew by Lord Zama even though she had barely touched it, and considered the levers she might pull at. The following service should be dessert, followed by a second round of mingling over drinks, which would let her try her hand at getting Zenzele his invitation. The only way for it was to gather enough supporters that Musa refusing would make him look worse than accepting, and the count for that was… troublesome.

The Emain twins were likely to sit it out, and Lord Zama unlikely to slight the man he was friendliest with. Lindiwe, Awonke and Emeni were a solid foundation if she could sway them. Thando would likely help, for a price, and Lord Kasigo would side with the victors. That meant the man she needed on her side, the hinge of it all, was Fanyana Khosa. That would be tricky to achieve, but Angharad found herself hiding a smile as she sipped at her beer.

It felt exciting, to be back here in this room. Doing what she had been raised to do, with people she understood. Another breath of fresh air.

Dessert was traditional, sweet corn pudding, and when Lord Zama again filled her cup with beer Angharad realized she had made what her father called the beginner’s mistake: being so taken with her own schemes she had failed to consider there might be others afoot. Maize beer was not a strong drink, but the kind served at feasts was stronger than the usual kind. She had not had enough to make her drunk, but enough to loosen her limbs some. And if she drained that cup, then the refreshments later? Then she would be.

So now she must consider another question: why was Lord Zama trying to get her drunk?

The easy guess was that Musa might try his hand at another challenge tonight and had decided to get the odds on his side, but that did not seem much like the man. While not exactly without wiles, Angharad thought Musa Shange would simply be too proud to claim a victory in this manner. There was something more to it. What did Musa want? With her, likely little. But his captain had charged him with courting Angharad for the Ninth.

That was the thread Angharad needed to follow to unwind this to the source.

Horse trading of gossip continued over the pudding, Angharad not touching her beer and digging in s quickly as was polite to fill her belly further. A shame, as she rather enjoyed the delicacy and would have preferred to savor it. What is the angle at work, she wondered, and how can I use it for my own purposes? What had her at a loss was that Musa hardly even glanced at her, more interested in table talk about the Forty-Fourth having run into blem and ran with the legs tucked between their legs, and did not seem to be moving to muster against her.

He was not pulling strings, or maneuvering. Was all this simply Lord Zama having a surfeit of hospitality? She had her answer when the last of the plates were cleared and the servants brought in small cups of distilled palm wine. A liquor on the stronger side. And Musa rose to his feet, smiling, to offer a toast.

“To our latest addition,” he said, raising a glass to Angharad.

The man was trying to get her drunk, no doubt about it. She could not refuse a toast to herself, so she matched him – as did most the table – and drank the palm wine. Only she used an old trick of her father’s refraining from swallowing. She then pretended to chase the strong liquor with maze beer, instead spitting out the liquor into that cup. Musa wanted to achieve something by getting her drunk, and so far her only hint was that two at the table had not drunk of the toast.

The first was facing her, so it was the natural choice.

“Do you not enjoy palm wine, Lord Kasigo?” she idly asked.

The fresh-faced man looked embarrassed.

“I was raised Serene Redeemer,” he replied. “I do not drink alcohol.”

He brow rose. To a Universalist with her all Redeemers were hardliners, but the so-called ‘Serries’ were one of the starker sects of the faith. Their claim to fame was a doctrine that the soul must be kept serene to be closer to the Sleeping God, emptied of earthly distractions. Like drink and music, most famously. So taken aback was she that a moment passed with her at a loss as to what to say, Kasigo stepping in.

“It is uncommon in noble households, I know,” he said, “and I imagine yours was quite different. Most Pereduri are Universalists, yes?”

And before Angharad could open her mouth, the second to abstain stepped in.

“Ah, Kasigo, I must stop you,” Lindiwe Sarru smiled. “You approach a mistake.”

The man shot her a surprised look.

“Do I?”

“Indeed,” she said. “Tredegar, you see, is not from a noble household.”

Dead silence followed, filling the room to burst. In it, Angharad could hear of a noose pulled tight.

“Pardon?” she evenly asked.

“Correct me if I speak untruly,” Lady Lindiwe said, tone pleasant for all the strong language, “but was House Tredegar not  struck from the rolls of nobility, its holdings placed in the care of the crown?”

Eyes cold, Angharad met her gaze. Lindiwe – no, Sarru now, the Pereduri owed her no further courtesies – was being quite obvious in seeking to force a duel.

“All titles are set aside when taking the black, Sarru,” she replied. “Is that untrue?”

She laughed.

“Must I explain to you,” Sarru said, “the difference between a title being set aside and stripped?”

“It seems it is I,” Angharad flatly replied, “who must explain to you the meaning of the word courtesy.”

“Manners are one thing, lies another,” Sarru said. “Everyone here joined the Watch while titled, and by this virtue warrant invitation to such a gathering. Everyone except you.”

She had two threads to pull: Musa’s captain wanted her in the Ninth and Lindiwe Sarru had not been drinking. Intending a duel from the start? Yes, she decided. Though giving great insult, the other woman was not speaking with particular venom or anger. She was simply speaking the words needed to get what she wanted.

And Angharad saw no way to slip out of the noose.

“Your words stain my honor,” she said. “Withdraw them.”

“No,” Sarru happily said.

Stiffly, the Pereduri rose to her feet.

“Blades, then.”

“First blood?” Sarru asked.

“Surrender,” Angharad coldly denied.

“A woman after my own heart,” she laughed, rising as well.

The rest of the table erupted, but more in excitement than outrage. The only to look miffed was Lord Fanyana, though more at the mess than the words. Angharad stepped aside servants were sent for to prepare the drawing room for a duel, ignoring Thando’s quiet words as she closed her eyes and tried to put it all together.

Musa would not want to help Sarru, who was friend to his own captain’s foe. So why had he asked Lord Zama to get her drinking? Even had she imbibed another round or two of palm wine she would not have been made incapable, only…

Sloppy.

Musa was not helping Sarru, he was harming Angharad. He must have figured out Sarry would press for a duel and wagered that with some drink in her she would make a mistake and gravely harm a member of the Tenth. Which would draw both the First and the Tenth down on her head, and that of any brigade she was part of. Ferranda would not be able to withstand such grand enmity, not when the Ninth was already at odds with her.

But Captain Sebastian Camaron could, and would no doubt extend his protection with a smile – should Angharad join the Ninth Brigade.

“What a snake,” she murmured. “I almost missed it.”

“Angharad?”

She opened her eyes, finding Thando Fanya frowning at her.

“The captain of the Ninth reaches into this room,” she said. “Perhaps he should be taught a lesson.”

“Dueling a friend to his foe will do no such thing,” Thando said.

“No,” she agreed. “That will have to come later.”

To their honor, none of the servants looked uneasy when told to prepare for live blades being bared. Nor should, they since nearly all of them were Malani. The only detail left to put together, Angharad thought, was why Sarru was so eager for a duel. She could not ever recall giving the woman offence. When offered a pin to steady her skirts by a woman in green livery, Angharad took it and slid it in after some adjustments.

Her stride would not be fully free and she disliked fighting in soft boots, but it was nothing crippling.

She handed her sheathed saber to the officiant – Lord Fanyana had been volunteered – and after Sarru did the same, she gave the noblewoman a cool glance. Her duelist’s straps had pulled her skirts, revealing fighting boots Angharad could only envy. There could be no doubt she had come with this in mind. The two of them stood there, no one else close enough to overhear, as their weapons were inspected.

“This all seems most unwarranted,” Angharad said.

“Does it?” Sarru mused.

“What have I ever done to earn your ire?”

Lindiwe Sarru’s smile was a cold thing.

“I tire, Tredegar, of hearing talk of butter,” she said. “Of the mirror-dancer among us, how she must be the finest Skiritai in our year. Praise after praise after praise.”

Her dark face tightened.

“Time to give them something else to talk about,” Sarru said.

She shot the other woman an incredulous look.

“Gossip is what this is all about?”

“If you do not grasp that in this school rumors are the only currency of status, then you are a very great fool indeed,” Sarru scorned.

Lord Fanyana returned their sabers, which was for the best. The only answers Angharad had it in her to give now would lead to this ending in a corpse. The center drawing room had been cleared of furniture, everything put up against the walls, and the great round carpet on the ground was designated the dueling. The rest of the guests kept to the sides as the two of them walked to the center of the carpet, Angharad’s stride angry.

She forced herself to smooth out her anger. Giving her opponent power over her mindset was the first step to defeat. They turned to face each other.

“Draw,” Lord Fanyana said.

Angharad slid out her blade.

“Begin.”

She pulled on her contract and-

Nothing? No, everything was there. Everything but the woman she was facing, who was missing from the glimpse entirely.

-the power of the contract withdrew, and now there was a triumphant grin on Lindiwe Sarru’s face.

“I knew it,” she quietly said. “Not your reflexes, but those of others. You can read how muscles will move, it’s how you always know how to kill the lemures.”

Angharad forced herself to put on a hint of dismay and bury her relief very, very deep.

“There will be none of that with me, though,” Sarru told her. “I’m a shadow, you see.”

And then it began.

Sarru was shorter than her, but the longer length of her blade would make up for it some. It will be either lightened or slow, Angharad as the other woman fell into a high guard. Best to learn which quickly, for it would inform her approach: she took a middle guard took, stepped forward and then to the side. Sarru moved to keep facing her, her stance seemingly easy to keep, and Angharad tried a feint – towards the chest, then sweeping down to the foreleg.

Sarru smoothly moved a step back but her blade did not so much as twitch. Slow, Angharad decided. She was limiting her movements to keep from committing to a mistake she would not be able to take back. Then victory lay in offence.

Angharad Tredegar breathed out and moved.

Quickstep, closing range, and a cut to the arm – Sarru parried, all crisp textbook clean, and the riposte went for her face. Snorting, Angharad slapped aside the blow and wove past her guard. She would have had her knee kicked out under her for it, if she’d not circled first. Sarru moved to match, Angharad feinted, forced her blade low to protect her knee, then pivoted again. The Malani struggled to keep up, half a beat behind, and Angharad kept up the pressure.

Blow to the neck, getting an awkwardly angled block, and she slammed the pommel of her saber on Sarru’s chest. She drew back with a pained groan, guard askew and Angharad saw the opening. The golden road. Draw back the blow, press the blade and then thrust her wrist: the base of her blade would come to rest against Sarru’s throat, death blow withheld.

Her hand moved, and then it all went to shit.

Lindiwe Sarru pressed back against her press, sweeping back with – she shouldn’t have been able to, the weight of her blade working against the strength of her wrist, but here we were – her own blow, Angharad ducking under what should have been victory and getting elbowed in the face. She rolled back, narrowly avoiding a blow that would have sliced up her flank deep, and smoothly rose in a high guard.

“Your saber’s not heavy at all,” Angharad said. “You were baiting me the entire time.”

“Candlesteel alloy,” Sarru smiled. “Meant for the slaying of spirits, but your blood will suffice.”

“Come and draw it, then,” she scorned. “Or is the only sharp edge on your tongue?”

A twitch of anger, and with nothing left to hide the Malani finally went on the offence. A feint that Angharad ignored, a blow she turned aside but she had good footing and a quick wrist: they both danced away rather than choosing to slice up each other’s cheek. Perhaps it was time to find out how Sarru dealt with saber locks, Angharad mused. The other woman was not slight, but the Pereduri would pit her arms against the other woman’s any day.

She tried not to think too deeply on how she was beginning to enjoy herself.

The noblewoman slid forward, stride smooth, and – and the door burst open. Angharad stilled halfway through a saber stroke. As did Sarru, though not so quickly she did not bring her blade to edge of Angharad’s guard. The rat.

It was a man, she saw, in Watch black. Regular’s uniform with cloak over it, and on his collar was pinned a golden braid. A commander’s mark, she had learned in Mandate. What is a commander doing he– and then the face sunk in. The short hair, the brown eyes and tall stature. The neatly trimmed beard with a hint of gray and the Tredegar nose.

Uncle?” she croaked out.

Commander Osian Tredegar – he had been a captain, as far as she knew! – swept the room with his eyes and spared the situation what could only be called a deeply unimpressed look.

“Disgraceful,” he said. “This is Scholomance, not the royal court. Sheathe those blades before I have you both running laps around the harbor until the sweat leaves some room inside for common sense.”

She flinched back, lowering her blade. Sarru shot her a look, as if wondering whether this had been arranged.

“This is matter of honor, Commander,” she said, “it is not-”

“It is not the place of officer of the Watch to duel,” he calmly interrupted her. “It is, in fact, strictly against regulations.”

A thin smile.

“As you are still students this is not a breach, but it proof that you are still very much arrogant children,” Osian Tredegar said, then glanced at Angharad. “Sheathe that bloody sword, girl. I’ll not say it again.”

Feeling very much like she should be looking down at her boots, Angharad did. All the others had been silent, until Lord Fanyana cleared his throat.

“If I may ask for your name, sir?”

“Commander Osian Tredegar,” her uncle replied. “Umuthi Society, currently on assignment for the Obscure Committee.”

The handful of watchmen charged with overseeing Tolomontera? His words earned a ripple. The Emain twins were the only ones visibly unimpressed, trading sentences in Gwynt. Her uncle fixed them with a steady look.

“Oh, but I know who you are,” he said, baring his teeth. “Sticks with bad hair and noses up in the air? You must be Ceridwen’s daughters.”

A snort.

“She was a snobby brat as well,” Uncle Osian said. “There is a reason she was pushed into a pond on the night of her debut.”

Far from being offended, to Angharad’s horror the pair were now looking at him with almost starstruck expressions.

“No offence was meant, Commander,” the leftmost twin assured.

“Mere curiosity,” the other added.

“I’m sure,” he replied, rolling his eyes, then turned his gaze onto the rest. “Considering that my own niece was involved in this foolishness, I will turn a blind eye this once. I invited you, however, to ask your brigade patrons what participation in honor duels while serving a term in the Watch will do for your prospects.”

From his tone, it was nothing pleasant. Perhaps, if Angharad was very lucky, no one would think to mention during his stay that this was the second duel she was fighting in less than a month.

A vain hope, with Wen Duan around.

Part of her, she would admit, took delight in all these better born sorts shuffling awkwardly out of the drawing room like embarrassed children. Sarru was the last to leave, leaning in for parting words after sheathing her sword.

“This is not over,” she said.

“So close to a lie, Sarru,” Angharad chided.

She snarled as she pulled away, a servant closing the door behind her and leaving Angharad to stand alone with her uncle. Who was looking somewhat unimpressed with her.

“What made you think this was a good idea?” he asked.

 “My honor was impugned,” she stiffly replied. “What else should I have done?”

A long moment passed.

“Sleeping God, you sound like your mother,” he sighed. “Our father used to say she took to the sea because she’d picked all the fights there were to be had on land.”

Shaking his head fondly, Uncle Osian pulled her in tight and she leaned in eagerly. He was, she notice just not quite tall enough to rest his chin on her head. He made to withdraw after a moment but Angharad tightened her grasp, leaning her forehead against his shoulder, and he relented. It was a long while before they parted.

“Look at you,” he grinned, looking enchanted. “So tall now! When I last saw you, you did not even reach my chest.”

“I was only nine,” Angharad laughed.

And a lot more interested in her live steel lessons than her visiting uncle at first, although that’d changed when he began giving gifts. That Izcalli paperweight in the shape of a two-tailed snake had been her favorite, keeping a place of honor on her desk for years. Osian’s brown eyes took her in, scrutinizing.

“You’ve your mother’s nose and build,” he said, “but the rest is all your father’s, I’m afraid.”

She straightened in pride. Gwydion Tredegar’s good looks had made him the darling of Pereduri peerdom, once upon a time.

“Would that I had gotten his charm as well,” Angharad ruefully said. “I would end up in fewer duels.”

“Oh, I doubt that,” Osian snorted. “Malani lordlings are like tomcats – lock a couple of them in a room and some fur’ll always go flying. We have to train it out of them before the Watch can get a use of the virtues.”

He shrugged his shoulders.

“Besides, your mother saw to it you know you way around a blade, which I wager will serve you better in the long run than any amount of wiles.”

“It has helped me on Tolomontera,” Angharad admitted.

He beamed.

“I had a feeling you would do well here,” Osian said. “The Militants prize talent above all and they’ve the cleanest inner workings of any covenant.”

A thoughtful pause.

“It helps that most of their chief officers are complete lunatics,” he added.

“Are you sure you should be telling me this?” Angharad asked, half-serious.

“Nothing you won’t learn in Mandate eventually,” Osian dismissed, “though I expect they’ll coach it in nicer language. Still, enough about the Watch. How have you been? Are you enjoying your time with the Thirteenth?”

Ah. Angharad cleared her throat embarrassedly.

“I have been settling in,” she said. “I did not expect there to be quite so many scholarly classes, but I am keeping up with the work – still, I must confess that Warfare and my covenant classes remain my favorite.”

“I wish,” he said, sounding somewhat chagrined, “that your favoring the fighting pit full of monsters came as a surprise.”

She blinked in surprise. How strange, why would he? Still, she set that aside for the embarrassing part.

“As for the Thirteenth Brigade, we are to part ways,” Angharad said. “We have had differences too difficult to reconcile, so I will be transferring to the Thirty-First for at least a few months.”

Her uncle’s face clenched.

“I – you,” he said, then licked his lips. “I’m sorry to hear that, because it won’t be possible.”

The noblewoman frowned.

“I don’t understand,” she said.

“You must stay with the Thirteenth for at least the next few months,” he said.

She goggled at him.

“Why?”

“Because in three weeks you will be leaving for the Asphodel Rectorate as part of that brigade, heading out for your yearly test,” Osian said.

She almost laughed at the absurdity of the words, until she saw his face was dead serious.

“Uncle, I have not been on Tolomontera for a month,” Angharad said. “How could I possibly be ready for this test?”

“That has been taken into consideration, and you’ve been given an easier assignment because of it,” Osian said. “But the timetable cannot be moved, Angharad. I had to step on quite a few toes to get it changed.”

“Help me understand,” she quietly asked.

“The Thirteenth was picked for one of the Asphodel assignments when it was formed,” he said, “because the Rectorate is a quiet spot in our backyard. Unfortunately, the situation as changed.”

He grimaced.

“At the turn of the year, the Rectorate announced that it discovered an Antediluvian shipyard beneath the island,” Osian said. “Which would be bad enough, but there was also a massive imperial cache inside among which was the largest find of tomic alloys in a century.”

Angharad breathed out, parsing the implications. Great wealth, of course, but more importantly-

“They will be able make skimmers,” she said. “The old kind from the First Empire, not the smaller modern ones.”

“They already can,” Osian grimly said. “When the Rector revealed all this to the diplomatic envoys of every successor-state, he also showed them the first skimmer the shipyards made – no larger than a caravel, but my friends in the Deuteronomicon tell me the aetheric engine’s twice the size of anything the Tianxi can make.”

“And this brought enemies to their doorstep,” Angharad guessed.

“That’s one way to put it,” he snorted. “The Krypteia are predicting that within six months there will be civil war with foreign power involvement. Whoever gets their hands on those shipyards tips the balance of the Trebian Sea their way, Angharad – you must go now or you’ll be heading into bloody mayhem.”

“I would not have to go at all, if I were not part of the Thirteenth,” she carefully said.

He grimaced again.

“That is unfortunately untrue,” he said. “Your killing the Cerdan boy ensured the Obscure Committee won’t send you to Sacromonte and it’s been judged the odds are too high you’ll get assassinated if you’re sent to the Riven Coast – that house has friends among the pirate kings. Asphodel is the only destination in the cards for you.”

“Surely there are other brigades taking tests there,” she tried.

“Four will be sent,” Osian agreed.

“Then,” she hesitantly tried, “would it not be possible-”

“It’s too late, Angie,” he softly interrupted. “I burned most the favors owed me last year so I did not have the pull for this on my own. I had to get help from Colonel Zhuge.”

“I am unfamiliar with the name,” she admitted.

“He is the officer who recommended Song Ren,” her uncle said. “A well-respected Stripe with a command on the Rookery. I had to lean heavily on his connections. We made… arrangements, and they all involve your being part of the Thirteenth.”

A reluctant halt.

“I gave my word.”

Angharad bit her tongue, better to swallow the sharp words wriggling on them. It was a grave disrespect for Uncle Osian to make promises on her behalf, but she owed him debts greater than words could convey. She would have died a hundred times over, if not for his interventions.

“I have already told Song I intend to leave the Thirteenth,” she finally sighed.

“I cannot stop you from doing that,” Osian frankly said. “But if you do, Angie, the wheels come off the carriage. Colonel Zhuge pulls his support, almost certainly, and what follows will be… unpredictable. Messy.”

He rubbed the bridge of his nose, mind wandering.

“I’ll be pulled out of the trip, at least,” her uncle said. “Buried in a workshop for a few years even if I don’t get demoted. You’ll still be going to Asphodel, but if the patron and those who gave recommendations for the brigade you join get involved-”

Osian trailed off, frowning.

“You are sailing there as well?” Angharad asked.

He nodded.

“I’m part of the delegation negotiating for tomic materials and the designated Umuthi instructor besides,” Osian absent-mindedly said. “I’m to discreetly lend a hand to Song Ren on Asphodel using those appointments. Zhuge let me be the face for this whole deal so if it crumples it’ll be coming down on my head, but-”

“I’ll do it,” Angharad said.

Ancestors, how could she do anything less? After all he had done for her it would have been abominable to turn on him. His head swiveled her way.

“I could try to get you transferred to another of the brigades going,” he tried. “The colonel will get snippy, but I could still hold up my end of the bargain with him.”

“I don’t suppose the Thirty-First is one of them?” she asked, but it was half-hearted.

She would not wish this debacle on them, and if they were not involved she could not conceive of asking them to be. It would be a poor repayment of their kindness indeed to drag them into this. Osian shook his head.

“The Fourth, Eleventh and Forty-Ninth,” he said.

So Tupoc, Imani Langa or the band of fools after Tristan’s bounty. To think Song would be still be the finest pick of the lot. And then it hit her: Imani Langa. The bargain she had struck, the Infernal Forge for a letter to her father and aid freeing him. She could not get the damned thing if she was not on Tolomontera. Panic rose, but she fought it down. Imani was bound for Asphodel as well, she would have to understand.

Wouldn’t she? What if she didn’t?

Angharad dimly realized that was on a ship seaward bound, and the lights behind her were growing dreadfully distant.

Chapter 33

She could feel the eyes on her as she walked down the hall.

Whispers and stares, smirks and anticipation. Word of Song’s exoneration from the death of four students had made the rounds of Scholomance like a circling vulture, first as rumor then as fact. Every single brigade patron on Tolomontera had been instructed to report the facts as determined by a formal investigation – and four cabals were promptly disbanded, their handlers transferred away. The way Song heard it, the events becoming ‘official’ had actually lessened interest as the truth was quite time compared to some of the rumors.

Until word began going around about Professor Kang’s unfortunate encounter, anyway, which made the whole affair juicy all over again.

The other cabals had been gossiping about the coming confrontation for days, placing bets like it was to be a dog fight. It was a minute-long walk from door to door in this last hallway, a straight line with no obstruction, but the end still felt like it had snuck up on her. Song paused before the threshold, breathed in. It was not hesitation if she was just catching her breath.

Tristan casually stepped between her and a pair of gawkers, fiddling with his pistol and hiding her face from them as if by happenstance. Song hid her surprise – they had reached something of a truce over the last week, but the friendliness was but a layer and one that tended to thin whenever Maryam was not present.

She did not acknowledge the kindness and neither did he, which made it easier to swallow.

Raising her chin, Song made herself stride through the threshold. The almost crypt was better lit than usual, lanterns having been set down on the sides, but it was otherwise unchanged. Rows of desks and pillars, a menagerie’s worth of stuffed corpses and glass cases, and up front on the dais the desk and – huh. A tall, dark-skinned woman with brown eyes and hair pulled into knots encircled by golden bands at the base. No sign of Yun Kang.

Song walked to the usual desk almost in a trance, barely even noticing as the others joined her. It was barely five minutes before the last students walked in and the professor in front pushed off the desk.

“You, in the seat by the pillar,” she said, pointing at a chubby Someshwari. “Close the door.”

She turned to the class without checking to see if she was being obeyed.

“You may call me Professor Cence,” she said. “As Professor Kang is not yet capable of walking without assistance, I will be teaching this class in his stead.”

A pause for that to sink in.

“He should be returning next week,” she added. “If not, I will likely be returning.”

Whispers buzzed like a hive freshly kicked. So many stares were directed at the back of Song’s head it felt like they were pressing against her scalp. A hand was raised from the back, getting a nodded permission from Professor Cence to speak.

“Is it true he tried to get a student killed?”

Song turned, finding she did not recognize the one who spoke – an Izcalli boy with no contract to reveal his name. Impossibly, the weight of the stares grew. Even the professor glanced her way, before returning her gaze to the other student.

“Accusing a member of the Watch of a crime without proof usually fetches a caning,” Professor Cence mildly said, adjusting the collar on her uniform. “Given the rumors, I will spare you discipline this once. There will be no second chance for any of you.”

That killed any boldness students might have been inclined to. The dark-skinned professor wasted no time digging into the lessons after that, picking up where Kang had left. Song felt a little cheated by the fact that she was not as interesting a lecturer as the man trying to kill her, though the lack of constant questions thrown her way more than made up for it.

The Tianxi found herself ignored the first two times she raised her hand to answer a question opened to the class, as if Professor Cence was overcorrecting for her predecessor, but she was allowed to explain the process by which crops grew in Gloam-covered lands – skotosynthesis, feeding on darkness – and received an approving nod for it. Song did not raise her hand again for the rest of the lecture, even after the quarter-hour break that separated the two sections.

Part of her winced at what was to come, but it was necessary and her own design besides. She still waited until they’d walked out the gates of Scholomance, out of sheer practicality.

“Here will work,” Song quietly said.

Maryam nodded under her hood while Tristan gave a too-sharp grin. He was the only one of the three who enjoyed it, when they erupted into a loud argument – Song accusing him of stealing brigade funds, him accusing her of being cursed and Maryam playing peacemaker for a few moments before being called half-hollow and joining the fray. It was loud, vicious and utterly mortifying to be part of but it did what it was meant to accomplish: dozens watched as Tristan made to strike her and was held back by Maryam.

There had been witnesses enough, Song decided after they stalked off, that by the time she attended class in the Galleries this afternoon rumors would have spread. Enough that Ramona would be willing to believe her when she offered to sell Tristan Abrascal to the Forty-Ninth.

Tristan Abrascal slept like he was trying to burrow into the ground, even when drugged. Curled on himself, as if trying to wedge himself into the cracks of the world. Song checked his pulse, fingers lingering not a moment longer in deference to his dislike of being touched, and withdrew with a satisfied nod. The mixture and dosage were the thief’s own work, but he had asked her to check on his pulse once in a while to ensure he’d not accidentally killed himself.

The heartbeat was not slowing or weakening, so as far as she could tell he’d be fine.

Song left him in his corner, behind the crates, and climbed back up the ladder into the pale light of the Orrery. The shrine she had picked as the meeting point was small, barely large as the cottage’s kitchen and only two stories high. The selling point was that the door had been bricked in so it could only be accessed by climbing a rope to the roof and then taking a ladder down inside. Even more useful was that time had torn town everything around the strangely empty shrine for two blocks, giving her a wide open field to defend. Song lay down on the roof, pulling her coat close as she waited with her loaded musket.

All that was left to do was wait, and laying there alone her head felt full of too many thoughts. Instead of letting it wander, she made herself go through the plan again.

Looking only at martial might, dealing with the Forty-Ninth was not overly difficult.

Since Song was the one setting the meeting, all she needed to do was pick a good perch surrounded by open grounds, let them pass the point of no return then spring an ambush. Muchen He was the real threat among the brigade, so opening the fight kneecapping him with salt munitions was a must. Four would be left after that: Captain Ramona, Tengfei Pan, Huang Pan and Fara.

Huang Pan was a Savant, chubby and lacking a fighter’s calluses. As a fighter, he was a nonentity beyond his ability to pull a trigger. The Malani woman, Fara, had been somewhat of an unknown before Song made some inquiries and learned she was Arthashastra Society. Historian track, according to Zenzele. Able to fight but not a fighter and not contracted. Marginal threat.

Neither Ramona nor Tengfei would be so easy to handle, both being trained and physically fit.

The Thirteenth would be at risk of losing that skirmish of four against three, and even should they win the odds that someone would get killed were unacceptably high. If helped was sought, however? Song figured that Angharad alone would be capable of sweeping through the whole Forty-Ninth if Muchen was incapacitated. If Song reached out to the Thirty-First at large, if striking from ambush the outcome was already decided.

The complication preventing that was, ironically enough, their worst fighter: Huang Pan.

As a means of tracking, Song would consider her fellow Tianxi’s contract average. The Six-Sided Plum Blossom had granted Huang the ability to divine whether a single specific entity – object, living or divine – was in one of the cardinal directions or not. The range to the ability was nine li, the old Cathayan measure translating to short of three miles. It must be a truly ancient deity, for it not to use the imperial scales. Or at least one whose worship had hit its peak before the Second Empire.

Regardless of that interesting detail, it must be said that to hunt a fugitive Huang Pan’s contract was helpful but in practice still inferior to a well-trained hound. As a scouting tool, however? Now it became a headache. To meet the Forty-Ninth Song had naturally been forced to set a meeting place, which meant that after they approached Huang Pan could be asked to use his contract on it.

He could then confirm whether any member of her cabal was in that location, which was Tristan had to be there. None of it would have been possible without his presence, and thus assent.

Now, assuming Captain Ramona was not fool – and Song did not believe her to be one – she would also have Huang check for potential threats the Thirteenth was known to have some ties to. Like, say, Angharad Tredegar or Ferranda Villazur. Maybe even Tupoc, as he’d stepped into a confrontation between their cabals once. They would be immediately caught out and the Forty-Ninth would simply leave, the entire plan falling apart at the start.

That meant the only two people who could be there were Song and Tristan, the latter tied up as prisoner. As trust between herself and the Forty-Ninth was understandably low, Song had demanded that only two of them come take the merchandise as any more than that would make it trivially easy to double-cross her at the last moment and simple take Tristan. It wasn’t as if Captain Ramona would actually pay her so much as a copper if she could avoid it.

Of course, Muchen He backed by either Ramona or Tengfei could still likely beat her in a fight if they got close enough. But Song had known neither of the latter would come.

Across the open field, Song glimpsed Muchen He approaching with a hooded figure slight enough it should be Fara and smiled a hard smile.

As she’d expected. If Tengfei came with Muchen, Ramona would fear they’d go around her and sell Tristan themselves to get Tengfei Pan his captain’s seat back. Only if Ramona came with the Skiritai instead, she was risking Tengfei getting the support from the other two to double-cross her from the back instead. The Lierganen captain coming to Song had made one thing clear: her hold on her cabal was weak, and if she did not bring home a victory Tenfgei would supplant her again.

It was somewhat heartening for Song to realize her brigade was not the only one drowning in internal strife.

Song did not allow her musket’s muzzle to peek out over the edge as she gauged the winds, saw the curls of force in the air she would need to work with to shoot Muchen He in the head. Her finger never touched the trigger, but it was a calming thing to know she could snatch his life right out of him should she wish him. Only when they were less than a hundred feet away did she call out.

“Hands out in the open,” Song said. “No sudden movements.”

“We come in peace, Captain Song,” the hooded figure called back.

The voice confirmed her to be Fara. Good, Song could handle her if that came down to blades.

“I’m sure you do,” she said. “Do it anyway.”

Muchen, she saw in the dark, looked amused and somewhat approving. When they came close enough not to need to raise their voices, he was the one who asked how they would do the trade.

“I have him in here,” Song said. “Fara will come up to help me bring him out.”

“Ramona insisted on him being tested,” Muchen replied.

“Tested for what?”

“Being awake, and this being a trap,” the other Tianxi said. “Simple needle test, nothing inhuman.”

Song made a show of considering it, even though she had already suspected they would want something of the sort and prepared. There was a reason Tristan was drugged.

“Fine,” she conceded, “but there’s a change of plans.”

“A third is all you’ll get,” Fara snorted. “The captain was clear on that.”

“And a third is what I intend to get,” Song sharply replied. “I will be coming with you down to the port, to verify I am truly receiving such a sum.”

“That was not the deal,” Muchen said.

“It is the one on offer,” Song coldly replied. “Take or leave it.”

They hemmed and hawed, tried to argue, but deep down all knew the Forty-Nine would fold. They were in too deep and her demand was not unreasonable.

Ten minutes later the three of them – carrying a fourth – were on their way south. When they joined the rest of the brigade, she was greeted by Tengfei Pan leveling a pistol at her head.

“Lovely,” he said. “A third of the bounty just handed itself back to us.”

What a waste of a handsome face, she thought. She flicked a glance at Ramona, whose sharp scarred face was unreadable.

“My condolences,” she said, at least halfway meaning it.

Tengfei snarled, but his arm was pulled down by Muchen.

Think,” the other man flatly said. “She has been methodically cautious so far, do you truly think she came to us without contingencies?”

Song deliberately ignored Tengfei, knowing it would anger him more than anything she might say. Irrelevance was the pond he saw himself drowning in.

“I have come to ensure my share will be correctly split,” she told Ramona. “Shall we get on with it, or do we first need to indulge another tantrum?”

“I don’t know,” Captain Ramona mused, tapping her chin. “Teng, you got another one in you?”

He did not.

Trading in flesh, Song learned, was brisk business.

They hid in a gutter warehouse by the docks, Tristan unceremoniously stashed behind a pile of rubble. Tengfei Pan was sent out to the Palmyran, slipping through a crumbling part of the wall and returning a quarter hour later with the caravel’s captain. The tall Someshwari woman was well into her fifties but she still had smooth skin a girlish air about her, helped along by her golden nose ring and long braid. She did not introduce herself, but then she did not need to. Chameli Kalra had a contract with the Sixfold Matrimonial Snake, so her name hung in golden letters above her head.

To constrict others with a touch was a fearsome power, Song mused, but Captain Chameli’s price was an unpleasant one: a trickle of venom, fed directly into her belly. Even recurrence immunity would only help her so much with that.

“This the boy, then?” Captain Chameli flatly asked.

“That he is,” Ramona replied. “And drugged too. Song?”

“He drank a full dose of mafeisan,” she lied. “He should be out for at least another hour.”

Tristan should, in truth, be awake by now. The poppy milk should have worn off on the way, according to the dosage he had himself measured.

“That makes things simpler,” the captain approvingly said. “We need to be careful: some galleon docked an hour ago and spat out a hundred sailors, it shook the harbor guards awake.”

“We need to move him tonight,” Ramona said. “When goes missing people will look.”

Eyes flicked to Song, who shrugged.

“I have the cabalists in hand, but our patron is a bloodhound,” she said. “He’ll come sniffing around.”

Captain Chameli grunted.

“I never said we wouldn’t do it tonight,” she replied. “Only that I’ll need one of my boys to bring a barrel first. We’ll make it look like he’s water supplies.”

“Handling that part is on you,” Ramona said. “We’ve fulfilled our end of the bargain.”

She raised her hand, rubbing thumb and forefinger. The Someshwari scoffed.

“You get paid when he’s on his way, not a moment before,” she said. “Wait here.”

They waited in strained silence as the Someshwari strode away, disappearing into the dark. Even had talking so close to the docks not been a risk, Song suspected they would have stayed silent. She could feel the tension in the air, the coil tightening. To the Forty-Ninth, this was the end of a long and rocky journey.

Which was true enough.

Captain Chameli was back, quicker than last time, with a satchel bag a thick-bearded Aztlan man whose arms were like steel bands. He was carrying a wooden barrel, which he set down without even a grunt.

“Where’s the meat?” he asked.

Tristan was pointed out to him, and it was distressing how easily the sailor pulled him up and stuffed the barrel with his body. The Someshwari captain provided a lid with two breathing holes on it, which the sailor stuck in with a single knock. He then hoisted up the barrel experimentally, for the first time showing some strain, and put it down.

“I can,” he told his captain. “Just not at a run.”

“It’ll do,” Captain Chameli grunted. “Get him going.”

That had the Forty-Ninth ruffled, several reaching towards weapons, until the older woman rolled her eyes at them. She tossed the satchel bag at Ramona’s feet.

“The coin is in there,” she said. “I’ll stay until you are finished counting.”

The Lierganen student knelt and popped open the buckles, everyone – even Song – leaning in to look at the inside of the leather bag. What awaited was stacked rolls of the largest gold coins had ever seen, which Ramona began removing. She reached out and was handed one by Huang, who then flinched when Tengfei glared at him. Ignoring the byplay, Song tested the weight and studied the coins. Ten a roll, larger than even the largest coins from the Imperial Someshwar.

They were stamped with the image of a thicket of olive trees on one side and a griffin rearing up on the other, betraying the Sacromontan origins. These were, Song realized with a start, selvas. Tribute coins, they were called, as they were minted to be worth five golden ramas coins and so useless for day-to-day use. Of the Sacromonte currency they were the rarest coins, as despite the name tributes paid to the city were usually in ingots instead of actual coinage.

There were ten rolls inside, which meant the Forty-Ninth had just been handed a sum of five hundred ramas. That was the yearly income of a wealthy trader, she thought, or an aristocrat with a respectable estate. It was, she calculated a heartbeat later, more than half over what a brigade of four would receive over an entire year at Scholomance. Gods, no wonder they had been willing to take so many risks. Even some of the princelings would think twice for such a sum.

There was a thump as a roll was thrown at her feet, then a second.

“There,” Ramona said. “As agreed, a third.”

It was not, Song almost said. Counting the roll already in her hand, three coins should be removed from another roll then two silvers provided from elsewhere. Approximately. On the other hand, by the cold looks she was receiving from the cabalists of the Forty-Ninth she suspected pushing her luck would end badly. Instead she tucked away the roll she held in her belt bag and crouched to add the other two.

It was overfull, part of a roll peeking out, which felt almost obscene.

“All finished?” Captain Chameli drily asked.

“I am,” Song said. “Ramona?”

“All paid up,” the Lierganen replied. “A pleasure doing business with you, captain.”

“Sure,” the Someshwari snorted. “If we meet again, I won’t know you.”

Without so much as a nod to any of them, Chameli Kalra turn to show them a clean pair of heels and walked away. They watched her disappear into the shadows of the street.

“Well,” Ramona mused, “they can’t all be charmers.”

A snort from Fara.

“Let’s head back,” Muchen grunted. “Staying here is a risk.”

“Agreed,” Song said, putting on feeling.

She took the lead, taking them towards Coatl Street – to the right of the cut through the Triangle they’d taken to get to the docks, but similar in length. None objected, though the pace she took was brisk enough she had to slow for a panting Huang. Bringing irritation to her fore, she let them pass before her save for Captain Ramona who stayed at her side. They still reached the place in time.

Song’s eyes lingered on mottled red shutters that looked only a stiff breeze away from falling off their hinges. The corner of Coatl Street and Lippy Lane, the door by the stooped red shutters. This was it.

“Well,” Ramona cheerfully said, “that was a productive night, wasn’t it?”

A prelude to their parting ways.

“It’s not over yet,” Song Ren replied.

In a single, smooth gesture she drew her pistol and shot Muchen He in the back of the knee. Skiritai were Skiritai, so he caught the movement – and though he could not move quickly enough, a porcelain arm sprouted to covered his knee. The salt munitions tore through it like it was wet paper, blood and bone shards splattering the ground.

There was an utterly still moment, as if no one else could quite believe what she had just done.

“What the f-” Ramona began, but then the door flew open and chaos reigned.

A bolt of darkness struck Huang Pan in the side, his sleeve catching with black and oily flames, while Tupoc leaped out through the doorway with a loud whoop – his segmented spear glinting in the light. Song tossed away her pistol reached for her blade while Captain Ramona drew hers, Tengfei Pan letting out a surprised yelp when someone threw what sounded like a rock at his head.

Fara took a skillfully thrown hatchet in the leg, Maryam stepping out of the same alley as Tupoc’s signifier.

Ren,” Ramona snarled. “You cursed-

She moved as she spoke, swinging wildly, and Song’s lip curled with contempt. Losing your head was no way to keep it. A step back, ceding the ground, and Ramona swung again – Song caught her wrist with her free hand, tugging her already overextended form forward. She smashed her guard into the other woman’s nose, shattering something and cutting into the cheeks.

Ramona stumbled back, shouting, and Song kicked her in the stomach. That tripped her, and as she fell Song calmly approached as she kept an eye on the rest of the skirmish. Tengfei had been beaten by someone, likely Tupoc, but the Izcalli was now putting his spear at the wounded Muchen’s throat.  Maryam had needed help from Expendable to take down Fara, but they had that handled and Huang Pan was kneeling with his hands behind his head.

No longer on fire, at least.

“It’s finished,” Song said, kicking the sword out of Ramona’s hand.

The captain tried to reach for her pistol, but this time Song’s boot hammered into her chin. She swallowed a scream and did not try again. Maryam, hood down and bloody hatchet in hand came to join her.

“This the captain, then?” she asked.

Song was too slow to answer, another stepping into her shoes as the Fourth moved to secure the wounded of the Forty-Ninth.

“The very one,” Tupoc drawled. “She’s having a rough night, our friend Captain Ramona.”

Song knelt by her, the Lierganen’s bloodied face thick with hate. She spat.

“You fucked it all up,” Ramona gasped. “It was a perfectly good deal, the rat for the gold, and you just-”

“All are free under Heaven,” Song coldly replied. “We’ve killed kings to teach Vesper that lesson, Ramona. Did you truly think I would abjure it for coin?”

“Ugh, now it smells all sanctimonious in here,” Tupoc drawled, leaning against his spear and fanning his hand before his face. “Have the decency to just torture her instead, would you?”

She ignored him.

“The warehouse with our effects,” Song said. “Where is it?”

“Fuck you,” Ramona rasped. “What are you going to do, hi-”

Before Song could so much as reply, Maryam drew her hatchet at hacked into Ramona’s foot – it sank between two toes and bit down until it hit bone, the Lierganen screaming hoarsely into the night. The Izvorica, cold-eyed, then wrenched it out to the sound of a second scream.

A heartbeat of silence, then a low chuckle from Tupoc.

“That one’s on me,” he confessed. “I didn’t think Khaimov was listening.”

He was again ignored.

“Tristan’s still on the ship,” Maryam evenly said. “I’m not wasting my time being pleasant about this, slaver. If you want to enter Watch custody with limbs still attached, answer the fucking question.”

Ramona, shivering in pain and bleeding, looked up at Maryam Khaimov and saw only ice staring back. She shivered again. Song said nothing when the gaze returned to her, merely cocking an eyebrow.

“Soulless fucking hollow,” she spat, then grit her teeth and turned to Song. “Septim Street, a few minutes east of the tinker workshop. The house with the green roof, the stuff’s in the basement.”

Maryam’s hand rose again.

“It’s all I know,” Ramona snarled.

The Izvorica was eyed the other foot, but Song caught her gaze and shook her head. It was one thing to use violence as part of an interrogation, another to toy with a prisoner. Maryam grunted, then leaned down to wipe her hatchet on Ramona’s clothes. The Lierganen flinched, in no small part because the other woman chose to do it an inch below her neck.

“Once again, the Tianxi ruin everything,” Tupoc complained. “You could have let her strike the other foot, at least, make it match.”

Song would admit, to her mild shame, that on grounds of pure symmetry she considered it for half a moment. Instead she rose to her feet and dusted off her coat.

“There will be garrison officers waiting for us on Regnant Avenue,” she said. “We only need one of them to confess to have a reason to search the caravel.”

With a full company of armed watchmen, which would put every sailor on that cursed boat under arrest when they found a student imprisoned inside. They’d get to cool their heels in a goal for a few days before the Watch had them all shot and the Palmyran was appropriated as criminal property.

“Try the Malani first,” Tupoc said. “She’s already had to pay up with Lady Knit, she’ll do anything to avoid doing it again.”

That was, unpleasantly enough, probably good advice. Song opened her mouth to reply when she was interrupted by a ruckus in the distance – a few streets down, lanterns were being lit at the docks and shouts echoing across the cobblestones.

“Song,” Maryam urgently said, “what’s happening?”

Fuck, Song thought, silver eyes dipping between the islands of lantern light to see what it was that had men shouting.

“The Palmyran is trying to sail away with Tristan on board,” she hissed. “Tupoc, get the prisoners to the Watch and tell them we need to move now.”

The Izcalli raised an eyebrow even as she reached for her musket.

“And what are you going to be doing?” he asked.

“Stopping them,” she said, and broke into a run.

Tupoc was not one to listen to sensible orders, so Song was not surprised when he ignored hers and followed her down the street as Maryam trailed behind them. The surprise was that he’d bothered to order Alejandra Torrero to do what Song had asked of him before taking off.

The real insult was that she’d had a head start and he was still pulling ahead of her.

He was the first to run through the covenant pillars, but Song better saw what was happening out on the docks. The Palymran was still at the leftmost dock, but it was leaving. The dockworkers were arguing with a pair of large sailors untying the knots keeping them moored – and there was only one left – but neither were actually trying to stop them. The caravel was allowed to leave whenever it wished, this was all just very irregular.

She was the second past the pillar, but she slowed and Maryam shot past her as she brought up her musket. She’d hoped she would not have to fire it tonight – her arm was still fragile – but there was no time to hesitate. Slowly walking forward, she took aim and pulled the trigger.

Red bloomed on the first sailor’s forehead.

As he dropped the dockworkers threw themselves down and the other sailor panicked, reaching for a cutlass as Song began to reload. Clean, powder, ball, aim. The man was halfway through hacking down the ropes when Song’s shot pulped his throat. She broke into a run after that, hoping to catch up after the others, but horror caught in her throat when she saw Captain Chameli on the caravel deck with a blade out – and cutting the rope on her end.

Even as she ran, the Palmyran began to push off the docks.

No,” Song shouted.

She was too far, she’d never get there in time, but the others – a glance told her they were short too, Tupoc reaching the very end of the dock as the caravel came clear of it. She saw him hesitate to leap for a moment, then back down. Maryam, who had fallen behind, was bent over and muttering when Song caught up to her.

A Sign hung before her, but by the time Song was close enough to feel its hum in the air it had collapsed.

“Come on,” Maryam whispered. “Come on. Work.”

She drew the Sign again, trails of oily darkness, but it dissipated. The Izvorica yelped, smoke wafting off the tip of her fingers. Maryam’s face was the picture of anguish, eyes rimmed red, but even so she tried again.

“Work, damn you,” she hissed. “I know you can.”

The Sign thickened, buzzing like an angry hive, but Song could already tell it would fail. It felt angry, out of control. Maryam’s mind had clouded. When it shattered, it was into jagged shards that melted a strip of the signifier’s sleeve. The Izvorica swallowed.

“Maryam,” Song said, “you cannot-”

“Work with me,” Maryam croaked out. “Please, just this once. Work with me.”

The plea echoed, rang like a bell into a world suddenly gone quiet.

And this time, when Maryam Khaimov reached for the dark, it came to her like an eager hound.

Fingers traced the Sign in hurried strokes, hers and the other’s both, until the Sign hung in the air like suspended obsidian – large as a torso, rippling like water.

“Come back here,” Maryam snarled, and slammed her fist through the Sign.

Only instead of screams and melted flesh Song saw the Gloam collapse into a spinning sleeve of crawling characters, hovering an inch above Maryam’s sleeve. In the distance, between the stripes of Orrery light, strands of Gloam coalesced into half a dozen torrents of darkness that slammed into the sails of the Palmyran.

They swelled inwards, pushed by the Gloam winds, and the caravel slowed to a crawl before stopping outright. There was shouting, which only grew louder and more panicked when the masts groaned and began to bend backwards under the furious winds – the caravel’s aft smashed into the dock with a thunderous crack.

And then the Gloam was gone, Maryam dropping to her knees and throwing up all over the docks. Song reached out for her, hesitantly, but between heaves the Izvorica slapped away her hand.

“Go,” she forced out. “Ship.”

A whoop ahead: Tupoc had not hesitated at all, it seemed. She could not afford to either.

Behind her the harbor guards were shouting, and she dared hope they would muster to storm the ship. She must buy them time to get there. Leaving Maryam behind, she ran for the edge of the docks. The caravel was not a large or a tall ship, but it was still too high for a mere leap to get her onto the deck. She had to climb the back rigging, hearing on the deck above a pistol being fired and someone screaming in pain.

She climbed over the edge to find a sword being swung at her, tumbling forward as it sliced through the air. She threw herself into the sailor’s leg, tripping them down, and then rolled away just as someone took a potshot from the forward deck. She turned just long enough to rip out her pistol and unload it in the tripped sailor’s belly, rising to her feet as she watched Captain Chameli standing at the wheel with a furious look on her face.

The Someshwari woman was looking at the docks, which were being swept by a tide of armed blackcloaks.

“Lazar,” the captain shouted. “Get the boy. We need a hostage.”

The sailor answering the call was a one-eyed, skinny cabin boy who ran towards what should be the captain’s cabin. Song ran after him, around Tupoc laughing as he swept his spear between two sailors with cutlasses. One of them was now missing most of her teeth. The cabin boy, Lazar, got to the door before she could and wrenched it open-

And got a chair smashed into his face, Tristan grunting with effort.

The cabin boy dropped and the gray-eyed thief blinked in surprise, as if surprised at how well that’d worked. Though he should have been a bound prisoner the whole time and untouched, he had somehow gotten a massive bruise on his cheek and a cut on his scalp. He was also no longer tied up, so Song had some guesses as to how that had happened.

“Song,” he said. “What in the Manes is-”

Song saw the light of the flint spark just in time, grabbing him by the neck and throwing them both down. The bullet tore into her coat and she felt a flash of heat, but when she rolled over she barely felt any blood. A graze, not a hit.

“Shit,” Tristan said, helping her up. “Come on, we need to jump into the-”

Vision swimming, she yanked him out of the way of the swing. The large sailor from earlier, the one who’d carried the barrel. He looked furious and- once, twice, thrice. A volley was unloaded into the man’s back as blackcloaks swept the deck screaming for everyone to kneel. Song did, punch drunk but hardly deaf, and a heartbeat later Tristan followed suit.

“Fuck me,” the thief murmured. “We did it.”

“We did,” Song said, if he caught the surprise in her voice he was kind enough to say.

In the end, only two sailors from the Palmyran survived: the cabin boy with the missing eye and the woman whose teeth Tupoc had shattered.

Both were clapped in irons after being dragged off the ship, bruised and bloody, and the rooks keeping guard were looking at them as if they were vermin. Song helped Tristan off the caravel, the thief limping – though he’d deemed his leg not broken – and leaning against her. He was noticeably uncomfortable at the touch, so she set him down by Maryam’s side. The blue-eyed woman was no longer emptying her stomach, but there were traced of bile on her chin and she still looked nauseous.

The docks were getting crowded, she saw, as another few prisoners were dragged in by hard-faced blackcloaks. The Forty-Ninth were made to kneel under the pillared temple that served as the gate to the docks, watchmen with muskets in hand looking over them.

Tupoc’s second had duly notified the garrison officers that Wen had asked to be waiting, which meant Song was able to secure the withdrawal of the Thirteenth and the Fourth with but a conversation. She was too tired to deal with Tupoc quite yet, even though manners demanded she should make an attempt, so she doubled back.

Song still had one conversation left before the curtain call. Maryam was passed out and snoring when she returned, the gray-eyed thief watching over her like a hawk.

“It might be best if she slept at the Meadow tonight,” Song whispered. “I have never seen her wield Gloam on such a scale before.”

Tristan looked down at the Izvorica fondly.

“Leave her for a bit more,” he said, then groaned and stretched out. “We are due a talk, anyhow.”

Song inclined her head. They did not go far, only to one of the many stone benches near the dock walls. He sat first and she kept room between them when following. For a moment they sat there in the dim lights of the Orrery, watching the stripes of pale carving across the distant dark.

“I owe you,” Tristan said, sudden and blunt. “What do you want for it?”

She did not answer immediately. The urge was there to ask him to stay with the Thirteenth, but she knew better. He would accept, she thought. The Sacromontan was, in his own way, ruthlessly scrupulous about debts. He would do it, but then Tristan would see being part of the brigade as chains and her as his debtor.

And he was not the kind of man to ever trust a debtor.

“I would like,” Song finally said, “for the two of us to have an honest conversation.”

He studied her for a moment.

“Are you sure it can’t be anything else?” he asked, tone almost whining.

“Certain,” Song drily replied.

His goddess leaned over his head, saying something Song could not hear, and she could see his cheek muscles tremble the slightest bit as he forced himself not to react.

“Proceed,” he said. “I think I have a concussion, anyway, which is about two thirds of honesty.”

She hesitated, but not even a heartbeat. Breath before the plunge.

“I can see your goddess,” Song said. “And your contract.”

He cocked an eyebrow at her.

“I’m aware.”

The red-dressed goddess leaned in too close and tried murmur something into Song’s ear. The closeness was overly familiar, but the knowledge that she was not truly ‘there’ helped make it somewhat tolerable.

“I cannot hear her, however,” Song noted.

“Lucky you,” Tristan frankly said.

Her lips twitched at the utterly outraged looked on the redclad goddess’ face, and the apparent furious berating that ensued. Not that the levity was destined to stay for long.

“I have never heard of anyone being visited so often by their god without turning into a Saint,” she said. “I have been expecting you to turn into one for months, and…”

She frowned, looking for the right words.

“That you did not turn into one was almost as alarming,” Song admitted. “It meant you were breaking the rules, somehow, and I could not hope to predict the consequences.”

The thief stared at her, grunted.

“It’s been-”

Song raised a hand to interrupt him.

“You don’t need to tell me,” she said. “I do not bring up the matter to seek answers of you. It has been pointed out to me that I have not earned the right to ask them from you.”

He grimaced.

“I can understand the concern,” Tristan said, and it was an olive branch of sorts.

He bit the inside of his cheek.

“It’s been this way for years,” he said. “If I was going to turn into a Saint, I already would have.”

“That is reassuring to hear,” she admitted. “I expect having been exposed her wiles for years will have inured you some.”

He slowly blinked.

“Her what now?”

“Her wiles,” Song repeated, stressing the syllables in Antigua. “Did I mispronounce it?”

“Oh Manes,” Tristan muttered, “you can’t hear her.”

“I cannot,” Song hesitantly confirmed. Again.

The thief met her eyes square on and laid a hand on her shoulder, face seriously.

“Song, Fortuna is terrible,” he said, tone heartfelt. “And I don’t mean it in some eldritch way, I mean that she is bad at existence.”

Song paused. Opened her mouth, then closed it. Swallowed.

“She couldn’t trick a child into doing her bidding even with an entire barrel of candied dates,” Tristan said, taking back his hand. “She has lost arguments to pigeons.”

Pigeons. As in plural?

“So all the talking,” Song trailed off.

“Today she’s mostly been complaining about how Hage banned her from the Chimerical and insisting I should buy Maryam some blue ribbons we saw on Templeward,” he said.

A pause.

“They’re overpriced,” he added. “I’m not paying silver for those.”

Song felt a little faint. The goddess, Fortuna, she was only one of the troubles between them but certainly one of the larger ones. A constant presence she must pretend not to see, a poisonous whispering ghost trying to tip the thief past the line of Sainthood.

To learn she had been rhetorically defeated by at least two pigeons was something a blow to her believed understanding of the situation.

Song passed a hand through her hair, somewhat at loss as to what she should say. Apologize, for having never asked? It seemed meaningless when they both knew he would never have told. She settled on something simpler, if no less true for it.

“My god is also a jackass,” she told him. “I sympathize.”

His face went still, for a moment, and then to her surprise he burst out laughing so loudly it echoed across the water. He swallowed it, held it in, but then their eyes met again and it escaped his belly as Song found herself joining in. By the time she stopped her cheeks ached and her belly hurt. It took a while for the two of them to gain back their breath, the pants their only sound aside from the quiet lick of the sea against the docks.

“All right,” Tristan suddenly said. “Fine.”

Her heart caught.

“Fine?” she asked.

“I make no promises for how long,” the thief said.

“I did not ask for any,” Song serenely replied.

Tristan grunted, sounding displeased.

“I already bought the carrot seeds, it’d be a waste not to use them,” he argued.

“It would be,” she agreed.

He scowled at her.

“The lack of smugness makes it worse,” he complained.

“I have no idea what you’re talking about,” Song Ren lied.

Tonight, she decided, had been a good night.